May June 1980 - Commodore Computers

MAY / JUNE 1980 ISSUE 4. $2.00 

MAY/JUNE, 198O ISSUE 4. $2.OO 

The Journal for Progressive Computing'M 

•

THE WORLDS MOST 

INTELLIGENT PRINTER. 

With Wrth more features ihan -than any other oiher machine- 

regarctless of price- prioe- it if turns mild-mClnnereq 

mild-mannerec) 

regardless 

~rsohal personal computers irrto into super-powered word processors. 

1ALPHA MlCZo_ 

r ^dhio 

SCiBNTlFtCi 

A SPf'E'DING PRINT print BA.LL. ba 

whee, ,ets 

~ "fl-If'oN doiSV 

print" wheel lets )1:>u . 

• fA tier qu.ll~ sty,eS in seronds. 

seconds. 

t;",onqe tvp RFUt.. WAN COST"L"( SOFrWARE 

•• or1 umns ... al/automatlca fly. . 

• THE . of 6 LANGUI'eES · 

.,.Q:>,oni.5;h,Frel)ch, Gerrnol) and 

Enne boafh- 

r 

APPLj 

7BXAS 

!£XiP) 

I 

I 

l 

- • . .. -.' 

,. 

17791 ll1ql o^ParKCifcie,SuitsH, Sk)tParKCiIC\e, Sui1aH, Irvine,Cq.C714)557-8501 

1"·Ina. Ca. (714)557' 850\ 

Available af-Vhebestcomputerciealer5-ordifedfrDmXYtTiec at fuebest computerdealers·ordireclfrom)(ymec -Oealensinquiries . Dea\elS ins/ited inviteq. ©1S80XYMEC

ow you can add high 

resolution graphics 

to your Commodore PET 

computer. The MTU 

K-1008-6 GRAPHIC INTERFACE 

can be used with either old, new, 

or business PET computers. It is 

simple to use, and fits inside the 

PET for protection. 

PET 

, 

- 

- 

- 

. . -. - - 

.,... - , 

* - - - 

,~-.---~ - ', 

The GRAPHIC INTERFACE gives you easy con 

trol over each dot in a matrix which is 320 wide by 

200 high for a total of 64,000 dots. Because each 

dot can be controlled, either graphic Images, text 

lines, or any mixture of the two can be displayed. 

Since each dot is controlled from software you can 

even design your own special character font or graphic 

image set (logic, chemical, architectural). 

INTERFACE TO ALL PETS - With separate connector boards 

for each style PET (K-1007-2 for OLD PETS, K-1007-3 for NEW). 

The K-1008-6 can be used with either. 

THREE TYPES OF VIDEO - You can select either normal PET 

video, graphic video, or the COMBINED image of both video sig 

nals simultaneously! 

8K RAM MEMORY EXPANSION - The graphic matrix requires 8K 

RAM which is supplied onboard. This rnqmory can be used for 

program or data storage when not being used for graphics (or see 

your program in binary on the display!). 

FLEXIBLY ADDRESSED ROM SOCKETS - Five ROM sockets are included 

on the board. They can be set at the same or different addresses, with you 

controlling which sockets are enabled at any time through software control. 

You also choose the sockets to be enabled when the PET is turned on. 

EXTERNAL EXPANSION - This board also creates the KIM memory expansion 

bus supported by al) MTU products. This allows insertion into our K-1005-P 

card file for expansion up to 4 other boards outside the PET case. 

LIGHT PEN - The board has been designed to work with an optional light 

pen which MTU will be announcing soon. 

SOFTWARE INTERFACED TO BASIC - MTU also has available machine lan 

guage software to allow you to plot points, draw lines, and display char 

acters at high speed. 

Call or write for our full line catalog of products. 

MICRO TECHNOLOGY UNLIMITED 

P.O. Box 12106 

2806 Hillsborough Street 

Raleigh, N.C. 27605 

(603) 627-1464 

Micro Technology Unlimited 

• P.O. Box 12106 

2806 Hillsborough Street 

Raleigh, N.C. 27605 

As of June 1, 1980

2 COMPUTE. MAY/JUNE. / 1980 198O. . ISSUE 4. 

Professional Business Software 

For The Commodore 32K Microcomputer System 

With 2040 Dual Drive Disk & 2022 Tractor Feed Printer 

General Ledger 

Accounts Payable 

Accounts Receivable 

Payroll 

General Ledger Accounts Payable Accounts Receivable Payroll 

• Holds Up To 300 Accounls. 

Accounts. • Interactive Data Entry With 

Verified I Input And Complete 

• Accepts Up To 3000 

Operator Prompting. 

Transactions Per Month. 

• Cash Disbursements Journal, 

Cash Receipts Journal, and 

• Automatic Application Of 

Credit And Debil Debit Memos. 

Petty Cash Journal for lor 

simplified data entry. 

• Maintains Complete Purchase 

• Maintains Account Balances 

Records For Up To 200 

For Present Month, Present 

Vendors. 

Quarter, Present Year, Three 

Previous Quarters, And 

• Invoice File Accepts Up To 

Previous Year. 

400 Invoices. 

• Complete Financial Reports 

Including Trial Balance, 

Balance Sheet, Prolit Profit & Loss 

• Random Access File 

Organization Allows Fast 

Individual Record Updating. 

Statement, Statement. Cash Receipts 

Journal, Cash Disbursements 

Journal, Petty Peny Cash Journal 

• Multiple Reports Provide A 

Complete Audit Trail. 

and more. 

• Accepts Postings From 

• Check Printing With Full 

Invoice 

Detail. 

External Sources Such As 

Accounts Payable, Accounts 

Receivable, Receivable. Payroll. Payroll, 

• Full Invoice Aging. 

• Automatic Posting To 

Etc . . .$295.00 General Ledger .... $195.00 S195.00 

• Maintains Invoice File For Up 

• Maintains Monthly, Quarterly. 

Quarterly, 

To 300 Invoices. 

And Yearly Cumulative Totals 

For Each Employee. 

• Accomodates Full Fuil Or Partial 

Invoice Payments. 

• Payroll Check Printing With 

Full Deduction And Pay Detail. 

• Customer File Maintains 

Purchase Information For Up 

• Sixteen Different Reports 

To 1000 Customers. Including W2 And 941. . 

• Allows For Automatic 

• Interactive Data Entry With 

Progress Billing. 

Easy Correction Of Entry 

Errors. 

• Provides For Credit And Debit 

Memos As Well As Invoices. 

• Automatic Data Verification. 

• Complete Job Costing Option 

• Prints Individualized 

With Cumulative Totals And 

Customer Statements. 

Overhead Calculations. 

• Interactive Data Entry With 

FullOperator FuliOperator Prompting. 

• Random Access File 

Organization For Fast 

• Complete Data Input 

Updating 0Of1 Individual 

Verification And Formating. Records. 



General Ledger .....$195.00 

S195.00 General Ledger... er .5350.00. 5350,00 

Structured around the time lime tested and reliability proven 

series of business software systems developed by Osbome 

and Associates, these programs have been designed to fill 

the need of a comprehensive accounting package for the 

new Commodore PET micro computer system. Each program 

can either stand alone, or be integrated with the others in a 

total software system. 

Designed with the first time user in mind, these programs 

lead the operator through step by step, verified data entry, entry. it It 

is impossible to 'crash' a program due to operator error or 

invalid data input. Design consistency has been maintained 

from program to 10 program to greatly increase operator 

familiarity and confidence. 

Documentation, normally a problem for small systems 

users, is provided by the comprehensive series of Osborne 

and Associates user manuals. These three manuals together 

total over 800 pages of detailed step by step instructions 

written at three levels for DP Department Managers, Data 

Entry Operators, and Programmers. You don't dan', have to worry 

about getting gelling 'promises' instead of documentation because 

the documentation was written before the programs 

were developed. A second set of manuals detailsd any 

changes required during conversion. Each programp provided on disk with complete documentation. Packaged 

in a handsome three ring binder with pockets and twelve 

monthly dividers for convenient storage of reports. repons. 

See your nearest Commodore dealer for a demonstra· 

See your nearest Commodore dealer for a demonstra 

tion of this outstanding business software system. 

CMS eMS Software Systems 

5115MENEFEEDRIVE5 5 • DALLAS, DALLAS. TX 1)( 75227 • 214-381-0590 

214-381·0690

MAY/JUNE, I NE. 1980. I960. ISSUE 4. 

COMPUTE. 

3 

Table of Contents 

The Editor's Notcs Notes . . ... . ... ... . .. . ... . .. Robat Robert Lock, 6 

Computers and Societyy . David D. Thornburg Thomburgand Betty}. J. Burr, Butt, 8 

Microcomputers and the Handicapped: : The Delmarva Computer 

Club Column . . . . . . . . . . Susan Scmancik, Semancik, 13 

Product Feature: The Commodore 8032 .... Larry Isaacs and Robn"t Robert Lock, 14 

Keeping Up the Payments: Basically y Useful 

BASIC .. . Marvin L. De}ongand Dejong Robert Lock, 19 

6502 Software Design (New Book Excerpt) : . Leo}. LcoJ. Scanlon, 21 

Computers: Boring, Boring, Boring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. Ron KushnitT, Kushnier, 27 11 

Inside Atari Basic . .. . . .. . .. ...... Larry Isaacs, 31 

Book Review: Pet and the IEEE·4BB IEEE-488 (CPIB) (GPIB) Bus . .. ... .Jim Butterfield, Butterfieid, 37 

Book Review: 6502 Software Design .. . . Jim Butterfield, Butterfieid, 40 

Big Files on a Small Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . Elizabeth Deal, 42 

Using Pet's Second Cassette Buffer to Increase Memory 

Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chuck Stunrt, Stuart, 48 

Enhancingng Commodore's Word Pro III . Larry Isaacs, 53 

Machine Language Tools . . . JJim Butterfield, Butterfieid, 57 

Algebraic Input For thc the Pet .. . __. _...... Harvey Davis, 58 

Pct Pet Data Copier . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ . . Ron Run Straley, 59 

Cross Reference for the Pet . . . .Jim Butterfil!ld, Butterfieid, 63 

Review: Digiclocks Digielocks Printer . . . . David Bosleel Bosteel and Chuck London, 66 

The Learning Lab ...... Marlene rll!T/l! Pral/o, Pratto, 69 

Structured Gaming in High School Computer Science 

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . J.I\;[. J.M. A'foshell, Moshell, G. W. IV, Amann, and W.E. Baird, 72 

A Pct Pet ""Answer-Box" Program ...... . .. . . .. Thorwald ThonvaldEsbmsen, Esbu/.S(1/, 74 

Pet-GET with Flashing Cursor . . .. . .. . .. .......... Gary Greenburg, 77 11 

Two ""mini" Reviews: Atari Basic Cards (Micronottons) 

icronotions) 

Mailing List (Dr. Daley) . . Robat Robert Lock, 79 

The Consumer Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Len Lindsay, 83 

Review: D&R Cassettee System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Robert Robal Baker, Bakl!r, 86 

PETting With AJoystick A . . . ... .. . Harvey f1arvl!Y Herman, f1trmoll, 89 

The Apple Gazette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91 

Appletivitics Appletivities at the West Coast Computer Faire . . . ..Joe J Budge, 91 

The Apple Pi Trading Library. . . . . . . . . . . ........ Terry Ta)'lor, Taylor, 93 

Interview with Taylor Pohlman, Apple's Product Marketing 

Manager ager .. . .ft'[ichaei Michael S. Tomczyk, TomcZ)'k, 95 

The Atari Alari Gazette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . 97 

Introduction to "Three-Dimensional" " Threc- Graphics for your 

Atari . . . .. ... . .. . David D. Thornbutg, Thornburg, 97 

Atari TapeT Data Files: A Consumcr Consumer Oriented Approach .... ..AlBaker, At 99 

"Enter" " with Atari a"i . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . ... . ... . . . .. . . Len Lindsay, Lindsa)', 103 

Atari Program Saving, Part II ...... . Lr/i Lell Lindsay, Lil/dso)', 103 

The Pet Gazette . . . . . . . . . .................. 104 

BAM- - Block Access Map for r Commodore Drives s .... Tom Conrad, 104 

Rambling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ... . . . ... .. Roy O'Brien, 109 

Cheep Chcep Print, Part II . . ...... .. . .. ......... C.A. McCarthy, l\4cCarthy, 111 II I 

Relocate Pet Monitor or Almost Anywhere . . . ... Roy Busdiecker, 115 l IS 

Pet Programs on Tape Exchange .................. Gene Gellt Beals, 119 I 19 

Capute: Caputc: Our Corrections Page .... . .. . . . . . .. .. ...... . Robert Lock, 120 

Pel Pet Program Listing Explanation . .. . . . . . . . ... .. .... . .. . . . . . 120 

Sublcription Information: 

U .S . $9 .00/6 issue yea r 

CANADA J12.00/6 $1 issue 

year (U.S. funds) 

Europe: Air Subscription 

J22.50 $22 U.S./6 U .l6 issue iuue year 

Other O areas: Inquire for 

air rates. 

Dealers DealerJ in Canada should . contact: COlil ael: 

Micron Distributing 

409 Qficen Queell Street Wist West 

Toronto, T oronto. Ontario O IlI :lrio M5V !l. 15V 2A5 

(416) :i(i:i-6058 363·6058 

In (he the United Kingdom and Europe, new 

.ubtcriber. .u:).( ; ilici - and dealers dealeu should roniac! contact :: 

L.P. LoP. Enierpritci Enterpri.e. 

Ing. I W. W . Hofackcr H ofacker GMBH 

8-11 8· J J Cambridge House 8 Munchen 75 

Cambridge Road Postfach 437 

7 

Barking. . Essex Esscx 

West \VeSt Germany G England IG1 I 18NT l (Germany, Switzerland, 

(United Kingdom and 

and Austria) Au.tria) 

Northern Europe) 

Address all articles, circulation 

Address all articles, circulation 

questions and other inquiries to: 

COMPUTE. 

P.O. Box 54O6 5406 

Greensboro, NC 274O3 27403 

(919) 272-4867 

(919) 272-4867 

surf Staff of COMPUTE; UTE: 

Robert C C. . Lock, . Editor/Publisher 

Carol Holmquist Lock. Lock, Circulation Manager. 

. 

Lu Larry ry Isaacs. Softwarc:lH ware/ Hardware lIrdwa re Lab. 

j Jorctta l1a Klepfer, Editorial Auistant. 

Assistant. 

Marlene PratlO. Pratto. Educational Assistant. . 

COMPUTE, PUTE. receives \'es continuing aassistance u i ~ l a n from Ihe the following 

pcrsons: 

persons: 

Han Harvey 'ey B. Herman, . University niveuity of North h Carolina at Greensboro, 

Dept. of Chemistry. Edi Editorial An Assistance. 

David Gibbs. The [ksign Design Group, Greensboro, N.C N.C, . , Arl Art Directionl 

Direction/ 

Design Consultation. 

j Jim BUllerfi Butterfieid, cld, Toronto. Editorial AssiSlance. 

Assistance. 

The following writers contribute ntrii> lU e on a regularr basis ;I as S Associate 

Editors: 

: 

Gene Beals. 11 Ilfi 5 E. Stump u Road, . Monignmcryville, ontgomeryville. Pennsylvania 

18936. 

Len Lindsay, 1929 Northport Drive '#6, r-,·Iadison. Madison, Wisconsin 53704. 

Roy O· O'Brien, . POSt Post Office Box 426, , Beaumont, California aliro 92223. 

Eric Rehnke, Rehnkc, '61. # 61, 5540 .. 0 S. Ranchview Circle, Anaheim Hills, 

Calirornia California 92a07. 

92807. 

Appliu Application to mail at controlled circulation postage ralCi rates is pending 

at Greensboro, North Carolina. Postma. Postmaster: ter; Send change or of address .. 

10 to COl\-IPUTE, COMPUTE, Post Office Box Oll 5406, Greensboro, , NC 27403. 

COMPUTE is published by Small Systcm System $crvices, Services, Inc., 900·902 

900-902 

Spring Garden Sireel Street, , Greensboro, Non Northh Carolina 27403. Telephone: 

(91 (919) 9) 2i2-4867. 272-4867. COr-.·IPUTE COMPUTE is published six times ~ each a year on a 

bimonlhly bimonthly schedule. Subscription COSI cost for one year IS is $9.00. 19.00. C01l.·1- COM 

PUTE is ;\V;libble available by subscription ion or through retail dealcr dealer sales. . 

Suhscription Subscription prices higher outside the US. US, (Sec (See below) 

below} 

Addrcss Address all lllanuscripu manuscripts alld and corn:spondcllce correspondence to COMPUTE. 

Post Office Box 5406, Greensboro, N.C. 27403. Materials 

alerials 

(ad\'enising (advertising an art work, , hardware. hardware, Ctc.) etc.) should be addressed 10 to 

CCOMPUTE., O ~I 900 Spring Gardcn Garden Street, Greensboro, , N.C. 27403. 

Emirc Entire eontcllls contents copyriKht copyright © t980 1980 by b)' Small Systcm System Scrvices Services. .. 

Inc. All rights reserved, rved. "CO "'COMPUTE. The Journal j for Progressive 

Computing" is a Iradcmark trademark or of Small S)'uelll System Services. Inc. 

ISSN0194-357X. 

Ot94-J X . 

COMPUTE, ~ I P U T E . assumC5 assumes no liability ), for errors in :lrt ankles icles or 

advenisemelll advertisements. s. Opinions expressed by b)' authors arc are not necessarily n« esurily 

those of COMPUTE. 

Authors of manuscripts war"lnt warrant that all materials submitted to 

COMPUTE, PUTE. arc are original materials with ...·ilh full rull ownership righlS 

rights 

resil[ent resident in said authors. Dr By submitting articles to 10 COMPUTE, 

CQ1I.-II'UTE. 

authors acknowledge 111;11 that such materials, upon l>on acceptance for 

publication, . become the exclusive cxclusive property of Small Smail System 

Services, Inc. Unsolicited manuscripts m;tnusc nOt not accepted for publica 

tion by COMPUTE, COMPUTE. will witt be returned u rned if author provides a selfaddressed, 

. siamped stamped en\·clope envelope. . Program listings should be pro· 

vided in printed form rorm as well as machine readable fnrm. form. 

Articles should be furnished as :IS typed uipy (U p y with double spacing. spitcing. 

self 

Each E:u;h page of your )'our arlide article should bear bl'ar the title tl c of the article, 

dale d;lIe and name n:lllle of the author. 

PET is a trademark of Cnminodorc Commodore Business Machines, /I.·1achincs, Inc. 

Apple is a trademark of Apple Computer Company. 

Atari '\ !:Iri is a trademark of Atari, Inc. 

Advertisers 

iscl"I Index Indell 

AB AU Computers Compulers .. .. . .. . . . . 26 

Abacus Atmcus Software ; u·~ . . 24 

Automated Simulations Simuhlt iOlls . ........ 85 a5 

BYTE . ... 9 

CGRS Microtech M ...... 22,110 

1 to 

CMSC 1I. IS Software ... .. .... . .... 2,108 2. JOa 

Cognitive Cogniti\"t: Products. . .. 71 

Commodore Business Busilless 

Machines M .... 15,16,17,18,1Y'.RV. 

15. 16, l i,18.52. BC 

Competitive Software Sortware . .. ...... Jit! J 18 

COMPUTED CO:\II' UTE's Book Corner .... DMC 

Computer Center Celi terof South Bend .87 . Computer pUler House Hou$

COMPUTE. MAY/JUNE. MAY/jUNE. 19BO. 198O. ISSUE 4. 

NEECO 

1 NEECO 

Mcrocomputty Syslems Qvekxi 

3SK 

PROUDLY ANNOUNCES THE NEWEST 

HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE FOR YOUR PET! 

HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE FOR YOUR PET! 

The PET is now a truly sophisticated 

4~~,.~t~ Business System with the announcement 

of these peripherals and software packages. 

frf~ O~ 

tfJO ~f,~ f'.\ 

~ ()~~ r-----P-R-O-OU-C-T-------O-ES-C-R-,P-T-,O-N----P-R-,C-E---A-VA-'L-A-e-'L-'T-y--I 

PRODUCT 

DESCRIPTION 

PRICE AVAILABILITY 

CI ~.t~;~ PET 2001-BKN 2001—8KN ILarge 'Large Keys) BK 8K RAM $ 795 IMMEDIATE 

,0'Il'" PET 2001-BK 2001—8K BK 8K RAM $ 795 IMMEDIATE MEDIATE 

PET 2001-16KN(lllrge — 16KN/\ Mon-Fri 9:30-5:30 

INLL^/U 

MasterCharge & 

679 Highland Ave. Visa Accepted 

Needham, MA 

02194 

(617)449-1760 

Telex: 951021 

MICROAMERICA DISTRIBUTING 

MICROAMERIGA. DISTRIBUTING 

"Nationwide distributors of Computer Equipment" 

21 Putnam Street 

Needham, MA 

02194 

02194 (617)449-4310

MAY/JUNE. 1Q80.ISSUE I960. ll. 4 COMPUTE. 

5 

NEECO 

PROUDLY 

INTRODUCES 

Channel Module 

CM-BOO 

CM-800 

Multi-Cluster 

$995 

Model MC-800A 

MO800A 

Standard 3 Channels) 

Multi-Cluster supports all 2040 disk O/S commands 

including sequential, random access, and user files. 

Multi-Cluster does not utilize any RAM or ROM from the 

2040 or host CBM/PET units. 

Multi-Cluster is compatible with all known softwear that 

utilize the IEEE port. 

Multi-Cluster can be fully implemented on 8 PETS, 

completely ready to use, in less than 15 minutes. 

Simply plug the Multi-Cluster unit into the IEEE port of 

the 2040 Disk Drive, then attach a Channel Module, 

#CM800, (3 Channel Modules are standard with unit), to the 

I IEEE port of each PET. 

THE MULTI-CLUSTER SYSTEM HAS BEEN USED AND FULLY-TESTED BY NEECO 

Multi-Cluster 

• 

Model MC-800A 

MO800A 

(Standard 3 Channels) 

....- ~ 

( ) 

Up to 8 

t 

CBM/PETS 

May Access 

.- One 2040 

Disk Drive 

! 

• 

t 

Optional 

( Output 

) 

Printer 

Module 

Multi·Cluster Multi-Cluster is ideal for industrial, OEM, , Vertical 

Markets, and Educational Institutions. Multi· 

Multi- 

Cluster allows you to make full use of the Com· 

modore 3 units for the price of 2 educational pro· 

grams. 

MULTI-CLUSTER 

"Multi User Management System for 

Commodore CBM/PET' CBM/PET* Computers" 

UP TO 8 CBM/PETS MAY NOW SIMULTANEOUSLY ACCESS ONE 2040! 

Module 

o Up to 8 Channel (3 {3 Standard) for CBM/PET Computers. 

o Up to 8 CBMIPETS CBM/PETS can multi-use one Commodore 2040 

dual disk drive simultaneously with equal access. 

o Multi-Cluster supports all 2040 disk OIS commands 

o Multi-Cluster does not utilize any RAM or ROM from the 

o Multi-Cluster is compatible with all known softwear that 

o Multi-Cluster can be fully implemented on 8 PETS, 

o Simply plug the Multi-Cluster unit into the IEEE port of 

THE MULTI-CLUSTER SYSTEM HAS BEEN USED AND FULLY-TESTED BY NEECO 

Output Printer Module allows 

1 CBM/PET to scan 2040 Disk 

and print flagged files. 

-~ 

• 

Standard Components: 

1 Multi·Cluster Multi-Cluster . .... .. .. . #MC800A 

3 Channel Modules .... . .. . .. . #CM·l00 

#CM-100 

3 6' Ribbon Cables .... . . • .... #RC6 

Optional Component Prices: 

Each additional CM·l00 CM-100 .......... . ....... $250 

Each 12' Ribbon Cable (RC12) ......... . .. $ 40 

Each 18' ' RibbonCable(RC18) ....... ... .. $ 60 

Output Printer Module (PM200) ........ ... $200 

(For Centronir.s Centronics Protoca Protnnall Printers) 

• ■ PET is a registered trademarkt ra~ of Commodore Business Machines. Small Keyboard PETS require a ROM Retrofit Kit for Multi. 

Multi- 

Cluster system operation. 

Multi·Cluster Multi-Cluster is available in Canada from BMB Compu Science, Milton, Ontario, (416) 878.7277 

878-7277 

■ 

NEECO 

NEECO 

Dealer Sales: 

Mlcroamerlca Microamerica Distributing 

679 Highland Ave. 21 Putnum St., Needham, MA 02194 

Needham, MA (617) 449-4310 Telex: 951021 

00194 

Customer Sales: 

NEECO 

679 Highland Ave., Needham, MA O?·IA~I. 

02194 

(617)449-1760

6 COMPUTE. MAY/JUNE. I 198O. 1980. ISSUE 44. 

The Editor's 

Notes 

The Editor's 

NOtOS Robert Lock 

The Fifth West Coast Computer Faire 

The Fifth West Coast Computer Faire 

San Francisco. Francisco,California March 14,15 and 16 

A wonderful show! I guess I enjoyed it partially because 

it was our first West Coast show, and we got gOL 

to meet many people e we'd only talked to on the e phone. 

The show broke it's s own attendance projections 

with close to 19,000 people. . .most of them computer 

user/consumers. One interesting ting point: Apple, 

Commodore, and Atari didn't t show, deciding (I 

assume) to hold off for the NCC in Anaheim. 

. 

Instead, , large regional dealers were there, frequently 

y 

receiving corporate staff support. On Saturday and 

Sunday, for example, Commodore corporate staff 

were assisting in g the Mr. Calculator people, e, and Atari 

retail training staff and support personnel el were 

assisting several dealers. 

An Apple Breakthru 

An Apple Breakthru 

Microsoft Consumer Products (the new end-user/ 

dealer branch of Microsoft) ) introduced their first piece 

of hardware. . Called the "Z-80 Softcard", it's simply 

a Z-80 board that plugs into your Apple, comes 

with Microsoft Disk Basic and CP/M M operating 

system, , and opens up a whole new world for you 

Apple owners. At a package price of $349.00 S349.00 (with 

June deliveries) they're being innundated. For the full 

details, read The Apple Gazette in this issue. 

PET Owners Take Heart 

PET Owners Take Heart 

Since the show, I've talked to both Commodore 

and Microsoft about the possibility of a Z-80 soft- 

ftcard 

for the PET. At this point, it hasn't been ruled 

out, so I'd like a show of interest. You'll find a direct 

mail response card in the center of the magazine 

to assist in the survey, , and since I'm doingg this on 

my own initiative, ive, at my own expense, I've added a 

few other choices as well. I'll keep you posted on the 

results. 

other Other Highlights of the Show 

Systems Formulate Corporation demonstrating 

their new line of ""heavy-duty" heavy-duL Y" business printers 

for the PET/CBM line. 

Harry Saal of Nestar Systems demonstrating the 

Cluster-One System for thee Apple. 

Bob Skyles of Skyles Electric Works showing g off hiss 

current line of PET products, including Macrotea, 

which started shipping a week before we sent you 

Issue 3'5 3's with a review indicating he still wasn't 

shipping. 

OOhh well. 

David Cox and Micro Technology Unlimited 

demonstrating their new 6502 DOS with a 20 KB 

transfer ra rate (!!!). !). 

Atari reps trying to balance machine displays 

between new business software and Star Raiders, onlyy 

to keep finding them mysteriously returning rn g (in 

n 

mass) to Star Raiders. 

Professional business software vendors emerging, g, with 

a lot of interest in Word Pro III at the Commodore/ 

Commodore! 

Mr. Calculator booth; Compumax and Grass Valley 

were also exhibiting/demonstrating their e ir respective 

business software offerings. 

Infoworld Infowodd (the new weekly newspaper ol of microcomputing) 

had a nice touch supporting g their timeliness. 

OnO n Sunday morning g they handed out a special 

Faire edition covering g the Faire. Unfortunately, 

U COMPUTE, COMPUTE. didn't 't win the Apple they gave away. 

Programma showing off their newest software 

offerings for PET, Apple anda Atari, , complete with 

a wide-screen TV so we could alla ll watch. 

. 

Enough of this... on with Issue 4. Thanks, California, 

, 

for r an exciting show. 

On Commodore's new ROMs and the 8O 80 

Column CBM 

Column CBM 

I've received a bit of flack nack for treating g the new 

ROM R O M introduction rather matter-of-factly. What can I 

say? I do feel feci the new 80 column machine can have 

a substantial impact on the emerging small business 

market, and I1 like the design of the unii. it. It 

makes sense to bring it out with the new Basic 

4.0 as standard (e.g. built-in DOS). For the market 

it's designed for (small business, etc.) a built-in 

DOS is ideal (if not nOt crucial). . It presents a pain for 

those of you software vendors who are clilli dilligently 

y 

trying to keep up with Commodore, but at the same 

time, lime, we can't encourage orr expect them to take a 

no-growth position. There have been valid reasons 

(improvements) for each new set of ROM releases. 

I do think it's time to slow things down a bit. 

Certainlyy they must continue to support all existing 

units as they continue to introduce new ones. I 

will try to keep you posted as we findd out what's what. 

The IEEE-488 Acoustic Coupler 

The IEEE-488 Acoustic Coupler 

COMPUTE is still coupler-less. 1 I appreciate your 

calls and letters askingg for preview information, ion, but 

I still don'tt have it. Our coupler should have arrived 

by now but hasn't. I promise (with Commodore's 

help) I'll have a review for new issue. 

Good News for 

Good News for 

Apple and Atari Owners 

Al Baker (of Al Baker's Game Corner in Interface 

Age and Image Computer Products) will be joining us 

with a column. Al Baker's Programming Hints will 

begin in Issue number 5 of COMPUTE, providing 

helpful information to Apple and Atari owners. Look 

for his excellent article in this issue on Atari basic. 

COMPUTE grows ant on! 

The Editor's Feedback 

The Editor's Feedback 

I mentioned earlier in this column my personal survey 

of your feelings on a Z-80 softcard for the PET. 

I've added other informationn to thee card as well, , and 

if you respond, , will try to continue this process. The 

cards are a good way to get feedback to me in a concen-

MAY/JUNE, I JUNE. 1980. ISSUE 4. 4 COMPUTE. 

. 7 

lrated (rated form, , and will help me keep the magazine on 

lragel. traget. I feel that many of you won't write without 

some easy to use method such as this one. Forr 

those of you who want to take the time to write, please 

do. Eventually y (note the eveilluall eventually), , I read all 

letters that come through here. Even when I don't have 

time to respond, , the message is received. . Here (with 

name removed) is a "wish-list" that one reader sent 

me. lL It was not intended for publication, , but for my 

own information... that's whyy I've removed the name 

of the author. I'm printing excerpts fromm it because 

it's an excellent example of mail that's extremely 

valuable to me: 

A Reader's Shopping List 

A Reader's Shopping List 

I. 1. Devote last page to corrections checklist. Herman's 

farl fantastic fastic article in issue 2 has a i)'po typo in line 205; 

il it should be POKE E 53, 16 aTld and nol not 24. 

Okay, it's done. The last page is now reserved 

for previous goofs. Several readers have suggested a 

clearlyy defined location for fixes. . From my end, , I'll 

work on keepingg thee last page blank. 

2. Provide clear diagrams oj of aTlY any hardware type 

arlicles. articles. RESETR bulloTl button is a good example. My 

dealer is overworked and it is a crime far fo r me to Lo bug 

him about the location of one pin. 

him about the local ion of one pin. 

3. A tutorial on sys and usr ffunctions. I have similar 

problems 10 to Mr. M Wachlel Wachtel (HELP, Issue 2), "TId and though Ihough 

I have given him a solution to OTle one of his problems, 

others remain. The manual is of no help whatsoever. 

W atch Issue 5 for this one .. 

Watch Issue 5 for this one... 

4. Provide tapes lapes of oj 10Tlger longer programs... 

ThisT s request t shows up on the Editor's Feedback 

card. I'll be curious us to see what you think. . Thanks, 

anonomyous reader, for r your input. I enjoyed the 

chat. chal. Perhaps we'll call the last page "Capute!"" Writers 

Writers 

COMPUTE currently pays for unsolicited material 

(that we accept for publication) at a page rate of 

$25.00 per published page. We also pay for little lill ie 

things, short shan program hints, him three-liners, etc. 

We vVe expect to raise ouro rates as we grow, so stick 

with us. When you write for COMPUTE, you u can 

expect three things: 1. You'll ' help other machine 

owners; 2. Your r material won't t sit around for six 

months; and 3. You'll appear in a young, growing 

magazine that al now is distributed in the US, U Canada, 

Great Britain, Europe, Australia, , Japan, J and a lot ofo f 

places in between. . Follow the directions on the title 

page for submitting your material al to COMPUTE. 

C When and if we ever publish your work again, , as 

for example in "Best .. of COMPUTE." p or 

"COMPUTE's Book of Atari", you'll be paid again, 

the second time at our then current page rate. 

Business Software 

Business Software 

HELP! H ELI" I've added a spot on the Editor's Feedback 

card in an attempt to entice you u business user's 

to provide some help. I know you're out there, so 

write. 

e. 

Product Complaints/Problems 

Product Complaints/Problems 

If you have a problem or complaint that involves a 

product in the micro industry, I I'd like to offer the 

following guidelines: 

1. Write (or call) the manufacturer/supplier. Most 

will cheerfully replace a defective product, or 

refund your money if you're ' not satisfied with the 

performance of the product. 

2. Be fair with the supplier. Hostility, while understandable, 

is frequently not justified. . A simple 

letter, stating the problem, should be as effective 

(or more so) than a threatening one. 

3. If none of this produces results, drop me a note 

at the address below, and I I'll look into it. I've 

had several "chats" with manufacturers recently 

as a result of reader complaints. 

One final point: Don't jump to the worst conclusion. 

I think our industry is maturing. Magazines are 

certainly more alert to "scams",, as are their readers. 

With good communications between readers, magazines, 

and advertisers, we'll resolve some of the 

problems of the past. 

Articles, Programming Notes, 

Articles, Programming Notes, 

New Product Announcements. 

Material submitted for possible publication in 

COMPUTE should be addressed to: 

Robert Lock, Editor 

COMPUTE 

P P.O. . Box 5406 

Greensboro, NC 27403 

© 

Program Listings 

Program Listings 

For an on expjanation explanation of COMPUTE'S COMPUTE's PET/CBM 

ICBM 

program listing codes, see page 12O. 120.

8 COMPUTE. MAY/JUNE. I 198O. 1980. ISSUE 4. 

Computers and 

Computers 

-ety 

and 

Society Socl 

David D. Thornburg 

and Betty J. J Burr 

Innovision 

Innovision 

P.O. PO Box 1317, Los Altos, CA 94O22 940 Assuming that you are a persona! personal computer enthusiast, 

you have no doubt noted that your approach to 

computers is different from that of some of your 

neighbors. We have spent many hours with people 

who are afraid that computers are responsible for all 

that is wrong with the world. . While there is no one 

cause for this attitude, the following owing perceived 

characteristics of the computer world seem to be 

instrumental in perpetuating a fear of o f technology in 

some people: 

1. Computers are only understood by "strange" 

genius level people who would rather hide out 

with machines than interact with other humans. 

2. Computer technology will cost people their 

jobs. 

3. Increased reliance on computer technology will 

make our society vulnerable to collapse from 

m 

technological failure. (The New York blackout 

of some years back is often cited as an example 

of future woes in this regard). 

4. Any small computer which fits in the home 

budget is little more than a toy - a glorified 

video game; the II "real" computers are buried 

in the cellars of banks and large corporations. 

Despite computer-phobic statements tatemCnlS like these, th (hee 

phenomenal revolutionary ry growth of computer technology 

will soon reach out to touch us all - computer 

users and non-users alike. The computer will soon be 

like the automobile. While we do not all need to drive 

cars to be functioning members off society, we do need 

to know enough about them to not walk out in the 

street without lookingg both ways. We would like to 

encourage you to take part in discussions with your 

friends to let them know more about the realities 

and promise of this technology, and we would like to 

make some suggestions that you might find helpfuL 

helpful. 

The remainder of this column will be devoted 

to background material you might find interesting 

yourself, and that you might want to share with those 

friends who engage you in discussions about computers. 

Books and movies aare thee principal media for 

information about computers, and (he the ways Lhey they may 

be used in the future. As we promised in the last 

column, , we will present reviews of books in this 

column from time to time, and we will on occasion 

review relevant movies as well. 

These aare two types of books that lend them emselves 

to inclusion in this s column. . The first is the e 

""Role of the Computer in Society" book, , and the 

second is the ""II Don't Know Anything At All 

About Computers But I Wish I Did" book. . The 

first of these is typically y quite philosophical in 

content, and is conducive to being read with furrowed 

brow and heightened social awareness. The T second 

type of book is devoted to cutting through the mystery 

of computers and getting you to flex your fingers 

anda start writing programs. In suggesting books of 

each type, we leave it to you to decide (after 

reading the books yourselves) which type might be 

appropriate for those of o f your friends who o want to 

know more about this technology. 

We must confess that ouro reason for suggesting 

that books be used to help you interact with your 

friends on this issue is based on a problem that one 

of us (DT) often has when giving a demonstration 

of a computer. As a professional in the e personal 

computer field, he finds it all too tempting to start 

off at the right level and then to "show off orr ' 

by running some zippy program written in half- half 

BASIC half-machine achine code, all the e time suggesting 

g 

that the guest could generate programs twice as 

exciting in half the time. Trying, in the e span of a 

few minutes, to demonstrate a complex system while 

trying "6 CTRL K RETURN", R N". tossing out jargon 

left and right, , and bringing up a super dazzling 

g 

demo has turned off several people who would have 

much benefited from a softer approach. a And, let's 

face it, , you too really are a computer enthusiast, 

or you wouldn't be reading this magazine. Your 

enthusiasm for personal computers requires that you 

exercise tremendous restraint when demonstrating 

your system to someone who has never sat at a keyboard 

before. Good books can help build a buffer 

between your expertise and your neighbor's unfamiliarityy 

aand apprehension. . 

unfami 

While there are many books we cann write about, 

we thought that the following sampler should get 

you started towards building a library to share 

with your friends. 

One of the better books on the social impact of 

computers is Computer Power and Humall Human Reason: From 

Judgment judgmellt to Calculatioll, Calculation, by JJohseph ohscph Wcizcnbaum 

Weizcnbaum 

(W.. H H. . Freeman and Company, San Francisco, 

ISBN 0-7167-9463-3, $5.95). $5,951. Dr. Weizenbaum Weizcnbaum is a 

Professor of Computer Science at M MIT who is widely 

known for his development of ELIZA, , a natural 

language processing system. . This system was 

used to create a script that made the system behave 

similarlyy to a Rogerian psychotherapist conducting 

an initialial interview. iew. The user would sit at a computer 

terminal keyboard and t.ake take part in a "discussion" 

withh the computer in which it appeared that the 

computer "understood" what was going on. In fact, 

the program was looking for certain words in the 

user'ss responses and was using these words in later 

imeractions. interactions. Of concern to Weizenbaum was that 

several psychoanalysts looked forward to this program 

paving the way to automated psychotherapy - something 

the author neither believed in nor intended.

Take the mystery 

lake the mystery 

out of programming 

out of programming 

with the latest from BYTE Bookstm 

The BYTE Book of Pascal 

Edited by Blaise W. Liffick 

Based on the growing popularity of Pascal as a 

programming language, numerous articles, 

language forums and letters from past issues of 

BYTE magazine have been compiled to provide this 

general introduction to Pascal. In addition, this 

general introduction to Pascal. In addition, this 

book contains several important pieces of software 

book contains several important pieces of software 

including two versions of a 

yoU JUST BOUGHT ~ 

, PEKSOHAl WIA;. 

~ l';JJ 

Pascal compiler - one writ 

Pascal compiler - one writ 

ten in BASIC aand the 

other in 8080 assembly 

language; a p-code interpreter 

written in both 

Pascal and 8080 assembly 

languages; a chess playing 

program; and an APL interpreter 

written in Pascal. 

terpreter written in Pascal. 

$25.00 S25.00 Hardcover pp. 342 

ISBN 0-07-037823-1 

YOU JUST BOUGHT 

YOU JUST BOUGHT 

A PERSONAL 

WHAT? 

WHAT? 

~~ 

J..-'-:::';:::"~ by Thomas Dwyer and Margot 

..- /.f/ CrItchfield 

Critchfield 

Whether you are a novice pro 

Whether you are a novice programmer 

or an experienced 

grammer or an experienced 

computer user, this book is filled with practical 

Ideas ideas for using a personal computer at home or 

work. .. It will take you through the steps necessary 

to Write write your own computer programs, and then 

show you how. to use structured design techniques 

to tackle a varIety variety of larger projects. The book 

contains co~tams over 60 ready-to-use programs written in 

MICrosoft Microsoft and Level II BASIC in the areas of 

educational edu~a o n a l games, financial record keeping, 

business bUSiness transactions, disk-based data file and word 

processing. $11.95 pp. 256 ISBN 0-07-018492-5 

Beginners Guide for the 

UCSD Pascal System 

by Kenneth Ke,meth Bowles 

Written by the originator of the UCSD Pascal 

System, this highly informative book is designed as 

an orientation guide for learning to use the UCSD 

Pascal System. For the novice, this book steps 

through the System bringing the user to a 

sophisticated level of expertise. Once familiar with 

the System, you will find the guide an invaluable 

reference tool for creating advanced applications. 

This book features tutorial examples of programming 

tasks in the form of self-study quiz programs. 

The UCSD Pascal Software Systems, available 

from SofTech Microsystems Inc, 9494 Black Mountain 

Road, San Diego CA 92126, is a complete 

general purpose software package for users of 

microcomputers and minicomputers. The package 

offers several interesting features including: 

• Programs which may be run 

• Programs which may be run 

without alteration on the 

General Automation or DEC 

PDP-II minicomputers, or an 

PDP-11 minicomputers, or an 

an 8080, 8085, 280, Z80, 6502, 

6800, or 9900 based 

microcomputers. 

microcomputers. 

• Ease of use on a small, singleuser 

computer with display 

single- 

screen and one or more 

screen and one or more 

floppy disk drives. 

$11.95 ISBN 0-07-006745-7 

These and other BYTE/McGraw-Hill books are available 

from BYTE Books or your local computer store. . 

.----------------------------------------, 

m 

: Please send ~ ,~ ~ : 

Please send 

o D copies of The BYTE Book of Pascal y. I 

o □ copies of You Just Bought a Personal What? I. n j: 

o copies of Beginner's Guide for the UCSD Pascal System! I 

Add 75( 75c per book to cover postage and handling. 

Name Title Company 

Street Stree' City State/Province 

Cod. Codt 

ZJ Chl'Ck Check enclosed in the ihe amount of S _________ 

o Z2 Bill Visa 

0 □ Bill Master Charge 

Card No. 

Exp. Date.. ___ 

~~TI BYTE BOOKS Division. • 70 Main Street 

Peterborough, NH 03458 DeP'- 

IJ[)[)~~ ______ ~~~r~~ ~o~~~,_~~_O~~~ ____ ~:"~ ~~5 __

10 COMPUTE. MAY MAY/JUNE. I JUNE. 1980. 198O. ISSUE ISSUE4. 

His book, then, is a discussion oof f the computerr 

world fro m the standpoint of its potential and actu al 

world from the standpoint of its potential and actual 

impact oon n society. . Written n to the level oof f the 

educated layman, this s book shows what computers 

actually do, and then goes on to describe his con 

actually do, and then goes on to describe his concerns 

for a technology which has the power to radicallyy 

change society. He suggests that the changes to come 

change society. He suggests that the changes to come 

from m the invention oof f the computerr will be as pro 

found as those which took place with the invention 

found as those which took pl ace with the in vention 

of the clock - that soc iety will be irreversibly 

One of the topics di scussed widely was Weizenbaum's 

description of the prototyp ical co mputer 

of the clock - that society will be irreversibly 

changed, , for better or for worse, by computers. 

When thiss book was published in 1976 it caused 

quite a stirr in the computer science community. . 

One of the topics discussed widely was Weizenbaum's 

description of the prototypical computer 

enthusiast, functioning as a "compulsive gambler" 

in a self-made universe: ."Their 'The rumpled clothes, 

their unwashed and unshaven faces, and their 

uncombed hair all testify that they are oblivious to 

uncombed hair all testify th at they are oblivious to 

their bodies aand to thee world in which they move. 

They ex ist, at least when so engaged, onl y through 

They exist, at least when so engaged, only through 

and for the computers. These are computers bums, 

compulsive programmers. They are an international 

,'phenomenon." 

. II 

Hmmm! 

While Weizenbaum's book preceded the advent of per 

While Weizenbaum's book preceded the advent of per 

sonal computers, , it stands as a powerful work certain 

to stimulate much thought and conversation between 

you and your friends. 

you and your friends. 

A more recent book, which concentrates on the 

personal computer r revolution, is Running Wild, The 

Next Industrial Revolution, by Adam OsborneO (Osborne/McGraw-Hill, Berkeley, , CA, ISBN-O- 

931988-28-4). This book gives an exciting glimpse of 

931988-28-4). This book gives an exciting glimpse of 

the roots of the personal computer revolution n and is 

concerned with the followin g major idea: the micro 

concerned with the following major idea: the micro 

processor was so radical an invention that established 

computer companies could not respond quickly to 

computer companies could not res pond quickly to 

bring small distributed computing power to the public. 

bring small distributed computing power to the public. 

It took new w ideas and new lean companies to see 

the potential which lay in this technology. 

OsborneO goes on to suggest that if the big companies 

couldn't t see the potential for this technology, then 

how can the bulk of the peo ple in society under 

how can the bulk of the people in society under 

stand and cope with w its s implications. His message 

is that the microprocessor has spawned a revolution, 

, 

rather than it being part of an evolutionary develop 

rather th an it being pa rt of a n evolutionary development. 

A result of this thinking is Osborne's fear 

that blue collar workers will be displaced by robots 

soon and that half of today's jobs will change 

soon, and that half of today's jobs will change 

drastically dras;icall y within the decade. . The microelectronics 

revolution carries with it both promise and danger. 

This fast moving book is written for the layman and 

This fa st moving book is written for the layman and 

is fun to read. 

Leaving the heavy stuff aside, we now come to a 

couple of books for those who want to learn to do 

some programming with no prior exposure to com 

puters whatsoever. 

OOne book we had to have fo for r it its s title alone was 

Compuler Computer Programming Jor for Ihe the Com/)Iete Complete Idiot, by 

Donald McCunn (Design Enterprises of S. S.F., San 

Francisco, CA, ISBN-0-932538-04, $5.95). This book 

Francisco, CA, ISBN-0-932538-04, $5.95). This book 

was written by someone who only recently became 

in involved with personal computcrs computers, , and who realized 

the need for a book to help other neophytes co cope 

with the idiosyncracies oof f sending instructions to a 

machine. Written from the standpoint of a T RS-80 

machine. Written from the standpoint of a TRS-80 

user, most oof f his s material is ooff relevance to users 

of the various 6502-based machines as wel l. He 

of the various 6502-baaed machines as well. He 

carefullyy illustrates the importance of proper 

syntax in communicating Ling with computcrs computers and then 

goes oonn to illustrate the creation of a program 

by carefullyy constructing a small payroll program 

step-by-s tep. The choice of a mundane topic like 

step-by-step. The choice of a mundane topic like 

payroll may not seem as exciting g to you as a program 

to pl ay Space Wa rs, but a la rge nu mber of 

gram to play Space Wars, but a large number of 

potential computer users seem to be concerned with 

having these machines do something "useful"; "; 

so from their standpoint, , the e choice seems prettyy 

good. . This is the type of book you can leave beside 

your computer to let your friends explore computer 

programming for themsel ves. If you can't fi nd this 

programming for themselves. If you can't find this 

book locally, it can be ordered fromm the publisher 

(P.O. Box 27677, , San Francisco, CCAA 9'f 94127) I27) for 

$5.95 plus $1 .00 for shipping and handli ng. 

$5.95 plus $1.00 for shipping and handling. 

Another fairl y recent book that is very well 

Another fairly recent book that is very well 

writtenn is Basic and the Personal Computer, by 

ThomasT Dwyer and Margot Critchfield (Addison- n 

Wesley Publishing Company, Reading Massachusetts, 

Wesley Publishing Company, Reading Massachusetts, 

ISBN-0-2-1-01589-7). This book is published as part of 

Addison-Wesley's "J oy of Computing Series" and it 

Addison-Wesley's "Joy of Computing Series" and it 

assumes no prior computer experience on the part 

of th e reader. Sta rting off wi th a straigh tfo rwa rd 

of the reader. Starting off with a straightforward 

description ion of computer r jargon, , along with a brief 

overview of the components which make up a computer 

, the book quickly moves to its main thrust: 

ter, the book quickly moves to its main thrust: 

software. Rather R r than use one large program to 

illustrate various programming techniques, Dwyer 

and a Critchfield create a large rge number of small 

programs which not onl y help to get various pro 

programs which not only help to get various pro 

gramming ideas across, , but which are of o f interest 

rest 

in their ir own right. This is an exceptionally readable 

book which is made all the more enjoyable by the 

book which is made all the more enjoyable by the 

whimsical illustrations tio ns sprinkled throughout the text. 

We could go on and on and perhaps ps we should 

publish a bibliography next time - what do you 

thi nk? Anyway , we hope that these books a re of 

think? Anyway, we hope that these books are of 

interest to you. 

. 

Next time we might talk about the relation n between 

Goedcl 's Incompleteness T heorem , Star T rek - 

Goedel's Incompleteness Theorem, Star Trek - 

The T he Movie, M and the proof that machines cannot 

" thin k". H ow about it? If this sounds illleresting, 

"think". How about it? If this sounds interesting, 

let us know. We welcome suggestions for topics, and 

more re importantly, we want you to tell us how you 

feel. As we said before, , this s is is your column as 

much as it it is is ours. 

©

MAY/JUNE. I 1980 198O ISSUE .d. &. COMPUTE. 11 

An Introduction to Small Business 

Software for the PET*. ll. H. 

Can DR. DALEY's offer a better 

Mailing List Maintenance System? 

You' ve seen them all ! Every softw are sup· 

You've seen them all! Every software sup 

plier offers a mailing list system off some 

sort orr another. Each of them has some ad· 

vantages and some disadvantages over the 

others. 

So when DR. . DALEY's decided 10 to offer 

a mailing list we felt that it had to offer 

some other advantages over all all of the 

others. lhers. We have ooffered—and red-and sold 

some-mailing some—mailing listt systems before, but 

these offer feww things that makes them 

unique. 

unique. 

SERIOUS BUSINESS 

When you wish to purchase a software 

system forr any business purpose youu need 

to give it serious and thorough considera· 

tion. What do you wish to accomplish with 

the software? What arc are your needs? How 

can a computerr assist you in filling these 

needs? 

We have asked these questions 

numerous us times to 10 people people who do mailings 

with lists in the size range off 500 to 15,000 

names. The result was unanimous: every· 

one has different information on needs. This, 

off course, means that everyone who buys a 

mailing list system, , or any otherr business 

software, must find a program that comes 

closest to his needs. This is a time consum· 

ing, expensive task. We've talked with 

businessmen who have become frustrated 

with this process and are ready to throw in 

the towel. Another option n is to hire a pro· 

grammer cr to write the e software for r you u or to 

write writc your own. ThisT can cost more than the 

cost of the computer. 

The last opiiono ptio n is to find prepackaged 

software which each individual ividual user can 

easily y configure to his own needs. This 

would d allow each business to customize its 

s 

own computer maintained ned mailing g list files 

to, , as closely as is possible, parallel llellhe the cur· 

rentr e n~ mailing list operation. o Until now, this 

optiono ptIo n has been virtually y impossible to 

fulfill, ll , from any software publisher. 

IMPLEMENTATION 

OurO computerized mailing list system is 

designed to be easy for r you, the user, to be 

able to easily configure your files to contain 

information in much the same way as you 

currently are doing. dOing. This means less of the 

pain and anguish that frequently accompanies 

computerization. 

io During the programming the author was 

in frequent contact with potential ti end 

users. The main thought o during the 

development phase p was to make the opera· 

tion easy to understand, , yet powerful 

enough to handle the job. Give the user as 

many options as is feasible, with the flex. 

ibility y to make the greatest possible use of 

the file information. Finally, y. be sure that 

the capaci ty o f the sys tem is sufficient to 

the capacity of the system is sufficient to 

allow most aany business to make use off it. 

The final version will allow records of 

1177 USABLE E characters in length with a 

maximum of 15 fieldss within each record. It 

also allows reasonably large capacityy with 

multiple diskette e (maximum off 100 dis· 

keltes kettes onn a 32K PET or CBM) files and up 

to 1340 records per diskette. 

to 1340 records per diskette. 

WHAT ABOUT SORTING? 

We hear this question most frequently 

We hear this question most frequently 

fromm you. . This is because sorting is the 

operation o n that divides the MAl MAILING LIST 

system from anyy mailing list system. Why 

sorting? Well it is the way that the user can 

do such things as selective mailings 10 to 

groups with common characteristics. This 

could include regional mailings, mailings to 

customers of a particular product, mailings 

to purchasers orr to prospective cuslomers, 

customers, 

etc., etc. Or you might wish to make aany 

possible combination of these categories. 

Try to do this on most ordinary mailing 

list programs. p You simply can'tt do it with 

most of the offerings on the market today. 

This sorting is done by a "wild card" 

type of sort. This means that you can 

specify the contents off any portion n off a 

field for a match and the computer will take 

any match for r the rest ofo f the field. This type 

of sort is best illustrated with the following 

examples: 

A sort key can n be: **R**1 uR"1 

Matches with FORT#1 

RTHI 

and T4R321 

and %/R@3l% / R@31 

Our system allowsa this type ofo f sorting using 

up to three fields within in each record. Thus 

you should be able to retrieve rieve almost any 

conceivable subset of the files. 

. 

File organizationo o n is done using g two o of the 

fields as sort son keys. This again is user select· 

able. You u could, for example, specify that Iha t 

you wish the file to 10 be in ZIPZ CODE se· 

quence or in alphabetical sequence anda all 

records within n the file will be sequenced 

with h ihat that field. . There is also a second sort 

field which is used to sequence the file 

where the first field is the same. 

where the first field is the same. 

WHAT ABOUT LABELS? 

We hear r this oneo almost as often as the 

Charge C to 

your 

MC/VISA 

M C / S A 

DR. DALEY's Software Soflware 

425 Grove Gro\'e Ave., Berrien Springs, MI 49103 

Phone (616)471-5514 

471·5514 

Sun.-Thurs. noon n to 9 p.m., Eastern Time 

sorting. We ll , here this is up to you. Yo u 

sorting. Well, here this is up to you. You 

can, at the lime time you print labels, choose the 

la layout of the labels, you can also choose the 

number ooff labels per li line. If you wish to 

have a fo four line address and printed fo four 

records wide you can do it. 

WHAT ABOUT EDITING? 

Edi tin g is accomplished at several points 

Editing is accomplished at several points 

in the program. These are at the time of en· 

try, before saving the records to the file and 

from the disk fi file. You can easilyy modify 

any record at any of these points. 

This docs does not really cover all ooff the 

operations o oonn the fi files. Space simply does 

not allow a more completc complete description off 

the user oriented approach off the program. 

We asked the question: n: Can we offer a 

better mailing list system? You bet bel we can! ! 

It's here now. 

HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS EMENTS 

At Al present this requires a Commodore 

PET orr CCBM computer with a dual disk 

drive and a printer. It is sct set up to work with 

the Commodore printer or with most any 

other printer. Walch Watch for these programs to 

be introduced for r use with other types off 

popular pular microcomputers. The APPLE II 

version will be available about June 1,1980. 

1980. 

Watch for it! 

ORDERING 

At the present time many Commodore 

dealers do not carry our software. Thus you 

will most likely need to either persuade 

them to ordero for r you or calling us directly 

at (616) 471-5514 1·55 14 anytime between n noon 

and 9 p.m. Eastern time Sunday through 

Thursday. For only o y $99.95 plus'four ur per 

cent tax in the state of o f Michigan, you get 

this powerful, , field tested, fully y docud ocu· 

mented Illent ed program p packaged in a convenient 

three-ringed 

three·ringed binder. 

INVENTORY 

We must add this note. There is too little 

space to 10 allow a us to describe the INVEN· 

TORY system adequately ualely here. It offers the 

same flexibility li as does the MAILING LIST 

described above, but we can't , tell you much 

more. Write or call for details. It also is 

priced at al $99.95. 

*Watch ·Walch for r it on the APPLE II.

12 COMPUTE. MAY/JUNE. I 1980. 198O. ISSUE 4. 4 

WHY IS CURSOR' 

SO GOOD? 

A Special Thanks to 

Our Talented Authors: 

Our Talented Authors: 

Howard Arrington 

Gary Bainbridge 

Chuck Bond 

Chuck Cares 

Hal Carey 

Art Carpel 

Carpet 

Sheila Dolgowich 

Ralph Dufour 

Greg Erker 

Glen Fisher 

Gary Flynn 

John Fox 

John Grove 

Julia Hallford 

Mike Hamilton 

Mark Heaney 

James Hinds 

Ken Kasmar 

George Leolli 

Leotti 

Randall Lockwood 

Martin Mabee 

David Malmberg 

Tom Marazita 

John Malarella 

Matarella 

Ken Mallhews 

Matthews 

John Melissa 

Malcolm Michael 

Ken Morley 

Christopher Nadovich 

Norman Parron 

Mark Pelczarski 

Larry Phillips 

David Plallon 

Platton 

Donald Ross 

Herb Sandy 

Brian Sawyer 

Tony Schellino 

Schettino 

Larry Stevens 

Theodor Wagner 

Maybe it's because we've always had high standards. Beginning with 

our first issue in July, 1978, we've published some 80 programs in our 

first 16 issues. Plus 16 animated graphic "Front Cover" programs. 

That's a lot of programs, a lot of code. Each program has been 

extensively edited by Glen Fisher, our Editorial Director. The result is 

obvious: Cursor programs reflect professional standards. We're 

proud of every program we publish. 

But there's something else, too. 

But there's something else, too. 

It's imagination. Our subscribers continue to be delighted with the 

new, fresh programming ideas that Cursor provides. Some of the 

best graphic animations for the Pet have appeared in Cursor. 

Teachers love us! They use Cursor as an example of what can be 

done on a Pet, with some skill and imagination. 

Finally, there's service. Orders for single issues are almost always 

shipped within 24 hours. New subscriptions are processed within 

five working days. Should you get one of our rare defective tapes, 

just return it for an immediate replacement. And of course you can 

cancel your subscription at any time and we'll gladly refund all 

remaining ing issues. 

Cursor: Quality. Imagination. Service. 

For only $3.95 you can buy a sample issue and judge for yourself. Or 

send $20 for a six-issue subscription. You'll get six C-30 cassettes, 

each with five programs and a Front Cover ready to LOAD and RUN. 

With each issue you also get our Cursor NOTES, a lively commentary 

on the industry, as well as documentation for the programs. 

r------------ ORDER FORM-------- - ----, 

r_ 

L __ Sample Copy of Cursor $3.95 (California residents add 6% tax) 

Sample Copy of Cursor $3.95 (California residents add 6% tax) 

: __ 6 issues for $20 (US & Canada. US Funds.) 

I Name ___ _____ ___________ _____ _ 

Name 

fCURSORi! 

CURSO~· 

/'TOK'arnj lU I PET'" Cump" I11 "'.' _, 

Address ____________________ ____ 

Address 

City ______ ___ _ _ _ State ___ _ Zip _____ _ 

City Slate Zip 

o D VISA 0 □ MasterCharge Expires: 

■ Programs Jar PEC* Gompuien % '' 

Card Number: _______ _ Signature: 

I 

CURSOR 

Pet is a trademark of 

| 

Commodore Business Machines, Inc. 

Box 550 

The Code 

■ 

Goleta, , CA 93017 W k - 

\ Phone: 805-967-0905 Works 

S J 

,--------------------------- -- ---~ 

J

MAY MAV/JUNE. I 1980 198O. ISSUE 4. COMPUTE. 13 

Formation of a 

Formation of a 

COMPUTE Column 

for the 

Handicapped 

Handicapped 

Susan Semancik, 

The Delmarva Computer Club 

The Delmarva Computer Club is thankful for the 

many encouraging and enthusiastic letters we have 

received from people all over the country concerning 

our activities. We apologize for the length of time it is 

taking us to respond to some of the letters, but we are 

working on answering each letter on an individual 

basis. At the rate mail has been coming in lately, 

however, we will soon be spending more time answering 

letters than working on those programs for which 

the Club was formed! 

The Editor of COMPUTE magazine has provided 

us with an opportunity to answer some of the common 

requests of these letters through his magazine and at 

the same time to provide a much needed "clearinghouse" 

for information concerning help for the 

handicapped. In doing this, we are not trying to 

discourage correspondence, but are hopeful that 

answers to many similar requests can be quickly 

givenn through the magazine and that people needing 

special resources for the handicapped can be matched 

with those people who possess the programs, equip 

ment, , or innovative ideas to help the handicapped. 

We encourage people and organizations to write 

to us concerning either their specific needs or 

their specific resources available. Even people with 

ideas that they themselves cannot implement should 

write in about them, , and perhaps other people 

with either the needed ability or capital can join 

together to help make the ideas into a working reality 

to improve the quality of life for the handicapped. 

We would appreciate your including in your letters 

permissionion to publish in thiss column the information 

you give, for we will only make public those requests 

and offers for which permission has been 

granted. 

We also plan, through this column to keep interested 

people informed of the progress we are making 

in specific program developments in the Club. Thank 

you again for your interest. We hope thatt you will 

all continue to respond, and will welcome this oppor 

tunityy to openly exchange information. 

Response to requests for the Manual Alphabet 

Tutorial Program on a PET 

Our recent article on the PET Manual Alphabet 

Tutorial in COMPUTE's issue #3 resulted in many 

requests for obtaining the program. It is currently 

being updated and expanded, and will be available 

for purchase in approximately 6 weeks. We anticipate 

the selling price to be $49.95, with discount prices 

for those buying in quantity. If you wish to order 

for those buying in quantity. If you wish to order 

this program, please advise us so we can place your 

name on our waiting list. We really want to attempt to 

make this as effective a program as possible and 

are considering a novel approach to encourage feedback 

on the usefulness of the program: If through 

back on the usefulness of the program: If through 

use of this program, you are the first to make a 

particular suggestion to us for its improvement and we 

incorporate your ideas in a revised edition of the 

program, we will update your copy of the program 

accordingly at no extra charge. 

accordingly at no extra charge. 

Response to Delmarva Computer Club Membership 

and Newsletter Requests 

Our membership is currently restricted in our By By- 

Laws to the Delmarva Peninsula, and our newsletter 

is an "in-house" publication, not meant for outside 

distribution. We are currently publishing articles and 

announcements about the Club's activities in COM 

PUTE magazine, and would suggest that interested 

people can follow the development of specific areas 

of interest through COMPUTE. We would appreciate 

correspondence with anyone wishing to share ideas 

and insights with us. 

Response to Requests for a Computer Program 

Exchange 

Since we are a small club that has only recently 

formed, our program library is rather limited at this 

date. We will forward letters requesting program exchanges 

for particular computers to those members 

who have the same equipment, and an exchange on 

an individual basis may be possible. We would 

appreciate people sending us listings of programs 

they have available for exchange, and we will keep 

them informed as our library grows. 



P.O. Box 36 

Wallops Island, VA 23337 © 

Wallops Island, VA 23337 © 

aile One oj of the more positive experiellces experiences oj of getting this magazine 

started and rolling has been the chance to plug into the 

""mainstream" " of microcomputing activity. The mainstream, 

I've I'uefound, isn Isn '[ 't by implication the most well known activity... 

it's simply individuals or groups working hard to develop new 

uses for Jar their micros. The non-proJit non-profit Delmarva group may 

feel geographically isolated, at times, from the ((mainstream"; 

"mainstream"; 

personally [think I they're at itsJorefront. forefront. [ I'm pleased we've 

Jound found each other, alld and especially pleased at their relationship 

with COMPUTE. 

Robert Lock, Editor/Publisher

14 COMPUTE. MAY/JUNE. I JU'\! E. 1980. ISSUE 4. 

PRODUCT FEATURE 

When Commodore introduced the CCBM and Professional 

computers, we were introduced to an upgraded 

BASIC and an upgraded machine that was more con 

venient to use. The same can be said forr the introduction 

of the new 80 column machine called the 

CBM 8000 Business Computer. There will be two 

models, the 8016 ((16K of memory), and the 8032 

(32K of memory). Both models come with the business 

style keyboard. 

The CCBM 8000 series comes with BASIC 4.0. 

This s BASIC has the disk commands built in. . (For a 

good description of these commands, see Chuck 

Stuart's article on BASIC 4.0 in the Marchi 

March/ 

April COMPUTE.) 

The major external difference is the 12 inch 

monitor. Case size is adjusted appropriately, and the 

now familiar green CRT is standard. Resolution is 

good, especially when combined with the TEXT and 

GRAPHIC functions described below. Internally, the 

new versionn of the Main Logic Board has moved 

the second cassette port to the right side of the board 

(near the rear memory expansion header). You can 

now plug in a second cassette without opening the 

casco 

case. 

Since line wrap-around for the screen is no longer 

needed in the operating system, , a number of new 

screen editor functions have been added. Here is a 

brief description of each of these. 

First of all, , the REPEAT, TAB, and ESC keys 

are functional on the CBM 8000. Holding down the 

REPEAT key in conjunction with another will cause 

that key to be entered repeatedly. Cursor controls, 

insert and delete, and the spacebar repeat automa 

tically. The TAB key causes the cursor to skip to the 

next tab stop. Shift-TAB is used to set or clear the 

current cursor position as a tab stop. The ESC key 

functions when the screenn editor is in quote mode, 

or there are outstanding inserts. Hitting the ESC 

key will exit the insert aand quote modes. 

In addition, there are 11 new functionsns available. able . 

These are BELL, TEXT, GRAPHIC, INSERT 

LINE, DEL LINE, SCROLL UP, SCROLL 

DOWN, , ERASE BEGIN, ERASE END, SET TOP, 

and SET BOTTOM. The CBM 8000 won't have 

keys corresponding to these functions, ns, but with 

some additional software they can be accessed from 

the keyboard using a sequence of keystrokes. Also, 

TheCBM 8032 

The CBM 8O32 

Lorry Larry Isaacs, COMPUTE Stoff 

Staff 


each off these functions has an assigned character 

value so they can be accessed under program control. 

The BELL function uses CB2 sound, so you must 

The BELL function uses CB2 sound, so you must 

add an external speaker if you want to use this one. 

Printing the appropriate character willw sound thee 

bell, , as will reaching the e 75thh column when typing 

on the e screen. n. The TEXT and GRAPHIC functions 

set the corresponding display mode. This involves 

set the corresponding display mode. This involves 

more than selecting the characterr set. In text mode 

the lines arc separated slightly y to make them more 

readable. In graphic mode the lin es a re brought 

readable. In graphic mode the lines are brought 

together th er so the graphics characters will touch. 

The INSERT T LINE, DEL LINE, SCROLL UP, 

and SCROLL DOWN functions operate as their name 

implies. . When scrolling, blank lines are scrolled 

onto the screen, and lines scrolled off thee screen are 

lost. 

ERASE BEGIN erases, from the beginning of the 

line occupied by the cursor, up to and including 

line occupied by the cursor, up to and including 

the cursor position. The rest of the line and thee cursor 

position arc left unchanged . ERASE END erases 

position are left unchanged. ERASE END erases 

from the cursor position to the end of the line, again 

leaving the rest of the line and cursor position 

unchanged. 

SET TOP aand SET BOTTOM are two functions 

which greatly enhance the usefulness of the e 80 

column screen. They allow you to definee a portion 

of the 80 X 25 screen as a window. All screen 

editor and display functions operate only within this 

window, t with screen contents nts outside the window left 

untouched. . SET TOP sets the top left corner of the 

window to the current cursor position. SET BOTTOM 

sets the bottom right cornerr of the window to the 

current cursor position. . After defining g a window, w you 

return to use usc of the full screen by hitting the HOME 

key twice. 

These functions, when coupled with the e 80 

column screen, make the CBM 8000 series an aggres 

column screen, make the CBM 8000 series an aggres 

sive entry into thee small business market. Word Pro 

IV , the ve rsion developed for the 80 column 

IV, the version developed for the 80 column 

machine, apparentlyy includes the software necessary 

to interface with many off the Spinwriter special 

characters. . 

We expect commodore dealers to have units in 

the,June/July time frame. Our word is that production 

the J unc/July time fram e. Our word is that production 

is well along. 

is well along.

' 

nrnauui 

J 

Authorized Dealers 

APRIL,1980 

ALABAMA 

ANDERSON 

AII!)(RSO'I 

3156 3 156 University Unlvelsl1y Dr 01 NW 

Hunlsville 35805 

205-539-3444 

205-539·3444 

8ERNEY BERNEY OFFICE orrlCE EQUIPMENT 

EQUIPMWI 

1718 Vaughn Rci Rd 

Montgomery Monlgomery 36109 

205-277-1601 

205·277-1601 

COMPUTERLAND 

~/P\J I [Rl AND 

3020 University UmverSlty Dr NW 

Huntsville 35805 

205-539-1200 

205·539·1200 

5C COIU'OM TIOIl 

5C CORPORATION 

246 Soulh South Court COUll SI 5 1 

Montgomery Monlgomery 36104 

205-262-1961 

1961 

THE IH[lOGICSIORE 

LOGIC STORE 

Lagoon Pik Prk Shopping ShoPPing Vlge 

Monlgomery 36117 3611 7 

205-279-9797 

RICKLeS RICKtfS ELECTRONICS 

ELEC TfI(J:ICS 

2800 Meighan Blvd 

Gadsden 35904 

205-547-2534 

2OS-5

(:: Authorized Dealers 

1 

SYSTEMS fOOMULATf FORMULATE OOU' COUP 

COMl'lJTERt>NO 

COMPUTERLAND 

PERlMffER PERIMETER OffICf OFFICE SIJPf\. SUPPLY Y & [0011' EQUIP INC 

wants 

39 Town & 4 Counlry Country Village 

500 E SpanIsh Spanish RIver River Blvd 

6950 Peachtree Peachlree Ind. Blvd., Blvd.. SUi Suite F 

6146N. Unco Lincoln Ave. 

Palo Alto 94301 

Boca Ralon Raton 33432 

Norcross 30071 

Chicago 6O&t5 60645 

415-326-9100 5·326·9100 

305·368·11 305-368-1122 

~04 404-449-5832 

-·U 312-583-8358 

COMPUTERLAND 

COLORADO 

COMPUTERLANO 

HAWAII.. 

• ORCun OflCUTT BUSINESS MACHlNfS 

MACHINES 

274 AlhamDra Altiambra Circle 

431 First Street 

A."'PTEC 

AMPTEC 

Coral Gables 33134 

COMP\J COMPUTERLAND TERLANO 

laSalle USalle 61301 

2310 Providence Clfcle 

Circle 

305·442-411 305-442-41122 

567 S. S KingS! SI. 

81S-224-277~ 

815-224-2774 

Colorado Springs 80909 

60909 

Honolulu 96813 

COMPUTERLAND 

303-597-5364 

COMPUTERlANO 

303-597-5384 

808-521-8002 

• ■ RUHl RUHL [I, & ASSOCIATES 

3963 N. Federal Hwy 

24 W. W Stevenson 

AMPTEC 

Ft Fl lauderdale Lauderdale 33308 

IDAHO 

Freeport 61 61032 

5975 No Broadway 

305·566·0776 

305-566-0776 

815-235-7800 

Oenver8021S 

Denver 80216 

,"ELECTRONIC ElECTRONIC SPt:CIAlIIES 

SPECIALTIES 

303-571-0833 

COMPUTERLAND 

SCHAFF S 303-571·0833 

COMI'UTERLANO 

8411 H411 Fairv fairview iew Ave. 

• SCtlMF SYSTEMS [I, ENGINEERS 

2777· 2777-66 University Blyd Blvd 

Boise 83704 

Rts. RIs 25 [I, 4 62 

Bm BYTE SHO!' SHOP 

Jacksonville 32217 

208-376-5040 -5040 

Algonquin 60102 

3101 WalnulSl SI 

904-731-2471 

312-658-5013 

2-658-S013 

Boulder 80301 

•' 

waltO WOULD TOY & 4 H088YCRAFT 

H0B8YCRAFT 

303-444-6550 

LANO 

Fairview INDUSTRIES 

-6550 

COMPUTERlANO 

7820 FaiNiew Ave. 

• STEREOTRONIC IES 

73744 S. Tamiami Trail 

Boise Soise 83704 

Wadsworth 

B3704 

Ad. Rd [I, & North Ave. 

BYTESHOI' 

SHOP 

Sarasota 33581 

208-376-3561 

lion Zion 60099 

300 E. E foothills Foothills Pkwy 

813-921-7800 

312-336-2222 

FI Ft Collins 80525 

COMPUTERLAND 

303-223-4000 

INC 

303·223·4000 

COMPIJTEALANO 

ILLINOIS 

SYSTEMS. IHC 

1520 E Fowler Ave. 

22"00 2200 W. lawrence Lawrence Ave. 

,• APPLnREE APPLETREE STER£O 

STEREO 

BYTESHOI' 

SHOP 

Tampa 33612 

Chicago 60625 

1022 W lincoln Lincoln Hwy 

970 So. Oneida 

813-971-1680 

3312-561-6137 

-6137 

OeKalb601 DeKalb6O115 15 

Denver 80224 

COMP\JTEAlANO 

COMPUTERLAND 

815-758-2442 

303·399·8995 

303-399-8995 

INDIANA 

4275 Okeechobee Blvd. 

■ APPLETREE aJMPllTERlAHO 

COMPUTERLAND 

Wesl West Palm Beach 33409 

• APPlETREE STEREO 

,• AUOIO AUDIO Sf'ECtAUSTS 

SPECIALISTS 

117-119 E. Beaulorl Beaufort 51. St. 

8749 Wadsworlh Wadsworth Blvd 

305-684-3338 

405 N. Michi9an 

Michigan 

Normal 61761 

Arvada 80005 

South Bend 46601 

~ 1 

COt.'.PUTER COMPUTER SPt:CIAlTY 

SPECIALTY 

309-452-4215 

303·420-1877 

303-420-1877 

2219-234-5001 

3820 MinIon Mmton Road 

• API'LEIREE APPlEIREE STEREO 

OJMPUTERLANO 

COMPUTERLAND 

Melbourne 32901 

• ■ COt.'.MUlIICATIONS COMMUNICATIONS ElfCTR(llICS 

ELECTRONICS 

1545 1645 N N. . Alpine 

45434 ~3 Templeton Gap Ad Rd 

305-727-5147 

2204 Grand Ave. 

Rocklord Rockfor0 61107 

Colorado SprIngs Springs 80909 

Connersville 47331 

COMPUTERS FOR YOU 

815-226-9826 

393-574-4150 

317-825-6893 

3608 W. Broward Blvd. 

AR!'HAX ARPHAX COfIPORATION 

CORPORATION 

CUMPUnRLAND 

COMPUTERLAND 

Ft Lauderdale 33312 

'"'.•THECOMPUTER TIE COMP\HffiWllf,ll 

CENTEfl 

1422 N. E.Adams 

2422 S. Colorado Blvd. 

305-581-8945 

51591 US 31 North 

Peoria 61603 

Oenver Denver 80222 

B0222 

:",·::;~~~~lr&~~~~~h 

South Bend 46637 

CREATIVE EQUIPMENT 

309-676-1047 

303·759·4685 

303-759-4685 

219-277-4655 

50 NW 68th Ave 

fllACKKAWtOFFICE SUPPLES 

MICRO I COMPUTER INDUSTRIES 

Miami 33126 

COMPUTERLAND 

420 First St 

1520 E Mulberry. 

Suile 24 

305-261-7366 

19 W. 80th Place 

Oi*on6i02l 

Fl Collins 80524 

MerrillviHe46410 

FLORIDA BOOK STOflE 

815-288-3311 

303-221·1955 

303-221-1955 

19-769-8020 

1614 W. University Ave 

BYTE SHOP 

MICRO WORLO WORLD ELEC1RONIX 

ELECTRON!* 

Gainsvffle 32604 

FT. WAYNE ELECTRONICS 

1602 S. Neil St. 

6340 W. VV. MiSSissippi 

Mississippi 

904-376-6066 

3606 Maumee Ave. 

Champaign 61620 

Lakewood 80226 

80236 

Ft. Wayne 46803 

°rocus_ 

' FOCUS SCSNTiFtC 

.217-352-2323 

303-936-4407 

219-423-3422 

22~ 224 N. FedeOlI federal Hwy BYl'ESIt)P 

BYTE SHOP 

NEIGHBORHOOD COMPUTER "PU"~ 51J. STO# A. Ft Llucterdlle Lauderdale 33301 5 

GHAHAM ELECTRONIC SUPPLY 

S. laGrange LaG Road 

130-15 W Alameda Pkwy. 

305-462-1010 l.aGrange60525 

23rd and Columbia 

LaGrange Lakewood 80215 

Anderson 46014 

RXJJS FOCUS SCIENTIFIC ~ 312-579-0920 

303-988-9140 

317-644-3381 

1601 BlsCayna BiscayneBlvd Blvd. BYTESICIP 

BYTE SHOP 

Miami 33132 

• GRAHAM ELECTfKHC SUPPLY 

CONNECTICUT ~~ .. ~~~.. 3361 W W. Dempster 51. Si, 

305-358-3948 

133 S. Pennsylvania St. 

~ ----- 5kokie Skokie 60076 

COlomAL COLONIAL EUTERPIUSES ENTERPRISES 

MIJW£ST 

Indianapolis 46204 

MIDWEST CORP. 

CORP 312-673-3550 

312-673.3550 

360 Broad Street 3341 317-634-8202 

NIH NW 82nd 62nd Ave. 

New London 06320 Miami CHICAGO SYSTEMS. WC 

33122 ~~ .~ 

' GRAHAM ELECTRONIC SUPPLY 

203· 303-442-279B 442-2798 305-592-5355 

2200 Lawrence Ave. 

305-592-5355 

408 North Streel 

Chicago 60625 

COMPUTERLAND 

Lafayette 47902 

COMPU1ERlANO MONEY MANAGEMENT 

3)2-561-6137 

1700 Post Rd Ad ,t- Hentag 

1 ,,,,,g ~,.,---,,::::'6:=:':;': ~r:;r,_~5 

317-423-5564 

904 Oafcview Ave 

Fairfield 06430 

COMPUIERLAND 

Ciearwater 33516 . 

■ STEWART BUSINESS MACHINES 

203-255·9252 

203-255-9252 

50E.RandRd. 

B13-443-5073 

COMPUTERLAND 

4778 Broadway 

Gary 46406 

COMPUlERlANO 

(lRlAtUlO ORLANDO ELECTRONICS CO 

312-255-6488 

55 Pratt Streel 

219-884-9474 

55 Prat~ ~~~o~ 2356 W W. . Oak Ridge Road CQMPUTERLANO 

Hartford 06103 

COMPUTERLAND 

Hartlor 203-727-1857 

Orlando 32809 136 WW. Ogden Ave IOWA 

203-727.1857 305-855-1010 Downers Grove 60515 • THE COMPUTER CENTER 

CONNECTICUT MICROCOMPUTER 

■ THE COMPUTER CENTER 

CONNEClICUT MICRClC(w.PU TER PROfll PROFIT CONCEPTS. CONCEpTS. INC JUe 312-964-7762 302 CommerCIal 

150 302 Commercial 

1 SO Pocono Road 3300 Unlvelslty University Dr COMPUIERLANO 

Brookfield 06804 

COMPUTERLAND 

Water WaterlOO loo 50701 50701 

Brook/letd 6 0 5';804 Coral Springs 33065 

203-775-9659 

1500 1500 SS. LakeSt lake St. 319-232-9504 

319-232·9504 

203-77S-9 305-753-8303 Mundelem Mundelein 60060 CYBERlA.IUC 

OFFICE MACHINES 

CYBER1A, INC 

HAASE OffiCE MACHItI[S UNITED SYSTEMS & SOFTWARE SOfTWARE 312-949-1300 2330 lincoln Way 

Washington 2330 Lincoln Way 

908 Washing ton Blvd POP 0 Box 117 tl7 COMPUTERlAIUl 

Stamford 06901 

COMPUTERLAND 

Ames Ames 50010 5001 0 

Stamford 06901 Wmler Winter Park 32789 32769 

203-359-4680 

9511 9511 Milwaukee Milwaukee Ave. Ave 515-292-7634 

203-359·4680 305-647-2251 

305·&47-2251 THE MEMORY BANK 

Niles 60648 

THE MEMORY BANK 

28 GEORGIA COMPUTERlANO Davenport Oavenport 52806 

MULTI BUSINESS COMPUTER SYSTEMS MarlboroughSt 

312-967-1714 4128 41 28 Brady Brady St 51. 

COMPUTERLAND 

Portland 06480 ACTION BUSINESS MACHIUES MACHINES 

203-342-2747 

10935 SS. Cicero Ave Ave 319-386-3330 

3 203· 342 -2747 1684 N. Atwood Drive Oak Lawn 60453 

Oak Lawn 60453 

DELAWARE 

Macon 31204 

912-474-3333 

~la2c_~~}_h~~; 

312-422-B080 

3 12-422-8080 

KANSAS 

~~:~ SAS CfFIC E SVS 

COMPUTERLAND 

COMPUTERLAND 

COMPUTERLAIIO ■ANCRONA ' ANOIOtIA COMPU TERlAND 

4507 N. Sterling 

234 234 W. W. 4th 4th St.. St .• 

Astro Shopping Center 3330 Piedmont R6 Rd. ~S07. N6ISJ;~l ing 

Peoria 61614 

Hutchinson 67501 

Newark 19771 Allanta Atlanta 30305 309-688-6252 

3:r6~ 6252 316-662-0513 

3 

302-73B-9656 

302·738-9656 404-261-7100 

404·261-7100 - • ...... ......".'.0 

•' COMPUTERLAND 

CENTRAL KANSAS OFFICE SYS 

FINANCIAL FtNAHCIAL DYNAMICS 

OYHAlJ.1CS 

........ r\" LN' 

DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA ATLANTACOMPUtERMART 

AT1..AH1A COMPUTER IAART 530 Park Ave Avo. 10049 Santa Sanla Fe Drive 

COMPUTER COMP\JTEREMPORIUM EMPORIUM 

River Forest 60305 

Overland Park 66212 

Atlanta ~~-t: 30340 

~~;~~d Hwy ~;2~~~f~~:~~0305 

312-771-5441 

913-492-8882 

~3~!92~~~: 66212 

5091 -B Bulord Hwy 

1990 K Slreel Stleet NW 404-455-0647 

Washington Washmgl0n DC 20006 •KAPPELS • KAPPEL'S COMPUTER STORE STORf COMPUTER SYSTEMS DESIGN OESIGN 

202-466-3367 

202-460-3367 FLORIDA ACCURATE COMPUTING SERVICE SERVIC[ 785 N. Lake Blvd 

North Norlh Palm Beach BeaCh 33408 

305-B42-4900 

305.842-4900 

COMPUTERLAND 

COMPUTffiLAlIO 2423 Cobb Parkway 

..... ay 

Smyrna 

~~~~n5a3~g.o~2 

30080 

404-953-0406 

THE LOGIC STORE 

3050 30SO Macon Road 

Columbus 31906 

~~~6~~~,3~rs 125 E. MainSt 

51. Belleville 62220 618-277-2354 • LILLIPUTE ULlIPUTE COMPUTER MART 4446 Oakton St Skokie 60076 

312-674-1383 

3 906 N. Main 

Wichita 67214 

4 

316-265-1120 

120 

COMPUTER VIDEO ROOM 

7105 W . 105th St. 51 

Overland Park 66212 

913-648-7105 

105 

404-568-0197 

COMPUTER CENTER 

MAIN ELECTRONICS 

' ~~~~~~Rn~~=IT~~e . MERCHANT'S MERCKANl"S BUSINESS 8USIUESS MACH NES UES 

6578 Central Ave 

225 ~~ Ida I~L!CTRON ICS 

St. SI. Petersburg PeterSburg 33707 IB 18 Executive Dr. NE Wichita 67211 

813-343-1396 Atlanta 

:g:~J~3:~~~~ 

30329 

404-633-1027 

316-267-3581 

315-267-3581 

""""" 

Falrlleld 06430 ~~;~:---_iCOMPU~~t~.....,~~~~=~ __ ... __ ~§~~~~~= 

PERSClHAI. PERSONAL COMPUTING C(Nt[R 

CENTER 

3819 W 951h 95th St 

Overtand Overland Park 60212 66212 

9913-649-5942 

13-&t9-5942 

KENTUCKY 

• BAAN£Y BARNEY MIllER·S MILLERS INC 

232 E. E Main 51. St 

Lexington 40507 

606-252·2216 

606-252-2216 

COMp\HERLANO 

COMPUTERLAND 

10414 1 ~ Shelbyville ShelbyvilieRd Rd. 

louisville Louisville 40223 

502-245-8288 

MICROTECH. IM: INC 

1127S. 61hSt 

6th Louisville 40203 

S02-587-8099 

502-587-8099 

LOUISIANA 

COI>'.l'\JTER COMPUTER PlACE 

PLACF 

3340 Highland Road 

Baton Rouge 70812 

504-387·0072 

504-387-0072 

COMPUTER PlACE 

PLACE 

1904 Pinook Pmook Rd = =202 2{)2 

Lafayette 70508 

318-232-4097 

ID!PUTER COMPUTER SHOPPE 

b~~~'Z 

12-AW 

7~~j 

Bank 

Expressway 

Gretna 70053 

504-366-0687 

-~66 - 0687 

• ■ aw.PU COMPUTER T£A SHOPPE 

SHDPPE 

3225 Danny Park 

Metaine 70002 

504-454-6600 

EXPAHW EXPANDER TECHtlOLOGIES. TECHNOLOGIES. I/;C INC 

3883Greenway Gleenway Place 

5hrevepor17 Shreveporl 71105 110S 

318-868-5144 144 

■FREEMAN ELECTRONIC:: 

708 N. 7th St 

West Monroe 712

■ 

■ 


• ■ NEECO (New Ef'lQland EnglandEletlronocsl 

Electronics) 

679 Highland Ave. 

Needham 02192 

617·449·1760 

617-449-1760 

• RETAIL COMPUTER C£NHR 

CENTER 

455 Cenler Center St 

Ludlow01056 

413·589·0106 

413-589-0106 

THE SOUNO SOUNDCOMPANY 

Fairfield Mall 

Chicopee 01020 020 

413·593·5330 

413-593-5330 

TilE THE SOUNO SOUND COMPANY 

447 Sumner Sumnor Avenue 

Spllnliald Sprmfielcl 001108 

08 

413·736·3626 

413-736-3626 

THE SOUND COMPANY 

TheWesttield Westfield Shops 

423 E. E Main Mam Sl St. 

Westfield Westfieid 01085 

413·568·1160 

413-568-1160 

MICHIGAN 

THE COMPUTER CWTER 

CENTER 

28251 Ford Rd. 

Garden City 46135 48135 

313· 313-422-2570 422·2570 

•' 

t::xw.PUlER COMPUTER I10USE HOUSE 

1407 Chnion Clinion Road 

Jackson 49202 

517·783·5343 

517-7B3-5343 

COMPUTERlANO 

COMPUTERLAND 

2927 261h 281h St SE 

Kentwood 49508 

616·942·2931 

616-942-2931 

CQI.I.PUT£RlAND 

COMPUTERLAND 

301 S Livernois 

Rochester 48063 

313·652·9000 

313-652-9000 

COMPUIERLANO 

COMPUTERLAND 

29673 NorthweSlern Northwestern Hwy 

Southfield SouthhelfJ 48034 

313·356· 313-356-8111 

I I 

• COMPUTERIMRT COMPUTERMART Of OF ROVAl ROYAL OAK 

560 W. 14 Mile Road 

Clawson 48017 

313-288-0040 

313·288·0040 

"• CQ.!PUTRO/UX 

COMPUTRONIX 

423 Saginaw Sagmaw Rd. 

Midland 48640 

517-631-8060 

517·631·8060 

HILTON FROST. INC 

162 Apple Ave. 

Muskegon 49442 

616-722-6757 

616·722·6757 

INlEfltlNK 

INTERLINK 

101 North Maplewood 

Bernen Bemen Springs 49103 

616-471-2144 

616-.471 ·2144 

616-471-3126 

·3126 

•' MAIN SYSTEMS. SVSTfMS.IIIC INC 

1161 \161 N. Ballenger Hwy = I8 

Flint 48504 

313-232-3130 

313·232·3130 

MAIN IAAlH SYSTEMS SVSTEMS INC 

1324 Lake lake Drive. SE 

Grand Rapids 49506 

616-454-0298 

616·454·0298 

MAIN SYSTEMS SVSTEMS. INC 

2929 Covington Court 

Lansing 4B912 48912 

517-485-3910 

517·485-3910 

MATRIX. INC 

1241 N Main Marn 

Ann Arbor 48104 

313-663-6677 

313-663·6677 

NATIONAL NATIONAlMICSIO 

MICRO 

1094 Third St 

Muskegon 49440 

616-722-2929 

6t6·722-2929 

• NEWMAN COMPUTER EXCHANGE 

1250N 

N. Mam Main Streel 

Ann Arbor 48107 

313-994-3200 

313·994·3200 

MINNESOTA 

1• COMPUTER DEPOT 

3615 W 70th St 

Minneapolis MinneapoliS 55436 

612-927-5601 

612·927·5601 

"• COMPUTER DEPOT DEPOl 

7625 Bush LakeRd. 

Minneapolis 55435 

612-831-2088 

612·831 ·2088 

COMPUTERLAND 

COMPUTEALANO 

8070 Morgan Circle Clfcle Dr Or 

Bloomington 55431 

612-884-1474 

612·884· 1474 

• 1 DIGITAL DEN 

2138 Burnsville Cenler 

Center 

Burnsville 55337 

612·770·3424 

612-770-3424 

• 1 DIGiTAl DIGITAL DENN 

tOO9 1009 Maplewood Mall 

Maplewood 55109 

612·770-3915 

612-770-3975 

' 1 I/.lWI:sDIJ. MINNESOTA!.'.ICRO MICRO SYSTEMS 

514 Cedar Ave Soulh South 

Minneapolis 55454 

612·338·5604 

612-338-5604 

• SCHAAl( SCHAAK ELfCTROIIICS 

ELECTRONICS 

1415 Mendota Heighls Heights Rd 

51. St. Paul 55120 

612·454·6830 

612-454-6830 

11M Z1M COMPUTERS 

5717Xeres Ave 

Brooklyn Cenler Center 55429 

612·560·0336 

612-560-0336 

MISSISSIPPI 

MISSISSIPPI MICROS IIIC INC 

Marl Mad 51-1700 Terry Rd 

Jackson 392()'c 39204 

601·948·1846 

601-948-7846 

MISSOURI 

• COMPUTfR COMPUTER COUNTRY 

235 Dunn Road 

Florissant 63031 

314-921.4433 

314-921-4433 

'COMPUTER COUNTRY 

4479 Lemay Ferry Rd 

St Louis 63129 

"314-487-2033 

COMPt) 

1214 S.Noland Road 

Independence 64055 

816-461-6502 

COMPUTERLAND 

11990 Dorset! Road 

Maryland Heights 63043 

314-567-3291 

COMPUTER MART 

181.5 Nolan[J Ro.id 

Independence ti405!> 

GATEWAY Of FICE W 

9505 Gravois 

Aflton 63123 

314-631-0110 

PARSONS ELECTRONICS 

ELECIRQWCS 

1059 Venture Dr. 

St. 5t. Charles 63301 

314-723-2227 

314·723·2227 

MONTANA 

8YTESHOP 

1201 Grand Ave Suite 5ulle 3 

Billings 59102 

406-252-2299 

406·252-2299 

'• THE COMPUTER STORE SIOOf 

1316 121616thSt.W. 16th W =35 

Billings 59102 

406-245-0092 

406·245·0092 

NEBRASKA 

AMERICAN AI.'lR1CAN COMPUTERS 

CClMPUTfRS 

4442 SS. 841h 84th 

Omaha 68127 

402-592-1518 

402·592·1518 

COMPUTERLAND 

COMPUTERlANO 

11031 Elm SI. 

Omaha 68144 

402-391-6716 

402·391·6716 

DOUBLE OOiJ8t.E E ELECTRONiCS 

ElECTR(lN:CS 

280N N 115thSt 

Omaha 68154 

402-334-7870 

402·334·7870 

1" MIDWEST MIOWEST COMPUTER 

8625 6625 'I" .,.. Street 

Omaha 68127 

402-592-3590 

402·592·3590 

NEVADA 

8YTE BYTE SHOf> SHOP 

4104 S. KeitzkeLane 

Reno 89502 

702·826·8080 

702-826-8080 

• HOME COMPUTERS 

1775 Tropicana 

las Las Vegas 89109 

702·736·6363 

702-736-6363 

INGEt"UllY. INGENUITY. INC 

1562 linda Linda Way 

Sparks 89431 

702·3S9·667I 

702-359-6671 

SUPfR SUPER SOUNO 

SOUND 

1727-CE, Charleston 

Las Vegas 89104 

702-384·1512 

702-384-1512 

NEW HAMPSHIRE 

COMPUHRLANO 

COMPUTERLAND 

419 Amherst 

NaShua Nashua 03060 

603·889-5238 

603-889-5238 

L 0 D ENTERPRISES 

736 Third Ave. 

Bertin Berlin 03570 

603·752-1942 

603-752-1942 

SlILlGAtE STILLGATE COMPUtER COMPUTER SYSl[MS 

SYSTEMS 

1 West Street 

Keene 03431 

603·357·3981 

603-357-3981 

NEW JERSEY 

JERSEV 

"""'"ERlAND 

COMPUTERLAND 

Highway E65 Route 4 

Paramus 07652 

201-&45·9303 

201-845-9303 

""""'ERlAND 

COMPUTERLAND 

74 Elm SI. St. 

Morristown Mornstown 07960 

20t 201-539-4077 ·539·4077 

COMPUTERLAND 

1442 E Rpute?0 

Cherry Hilt 08034 

609-795-5900 

GAHor.N STATE CGMPUTFP 

9^*2 South Avesnue 

Erist Dr. 

West Miltord 07480 

201-682-3341 

MELAD MElAOASSOClAHS 

ASSOCIATES 

P O. Box 159 

Milllown Milltown 08850 

201-828-3682 

201·828·3682 

•SMI • S \,lI 

600 Washington Washinglon Ave 

Carlstadt sladt 07072 

201-939-4800 

201·939·48oo 

'• S S COMPUTER ENTERPRISES 

ENIEflPRISES 

224 EE. Madison Ave. 

Cresskill 07626 

201-567-8076 

201-567·8016 

ETONEHENGE STONEHENGE COMPUTER CO 

89 Summit Avenue 

Summit 07901 

201-277-1020 

201·277·1020 

THOfl THOR ELECTRONICS COfiP CORP 

321 Pennsylvania Ave. 

Linden linden 07036 

2D1-486-3300 

201·486-3300 

NEW MEXICO 

MICROCOMPUTER SERVICES SEIMCES 

2201 EE. 11th \1 th Street 

Farmington 84701 

505-327-6825 

505·327·6825 

• OMEGA BUSINESS auSINESS PROD PROO. INC 

3100Richmmond NE 

Albuquerque 87107 

505-345-4545 

505·34S·4545 

NEW YOHK YORK 

AMERICAN PERIPHERALS 

PfRIPHERAl.S 

3 Bangor Street 

Lindenhurst lindenhurst 11747 

516-226-5849 

516·226·5849 

•* A S. S D. D OFFICE SYS)"fMS 

SYSTEMS 

Van Wyck Plaza 

Poughkeepsie 12603 

914.473·9400 

914-473-9400 

";ASI J.SI CELESTIAL COMPUTEflS 

COMPUTERS 

N NY V ASIRQ'()GY ASTROLOGYctNTER 

CENTER 

127 Madison "'venue 

Avenue 

New York City 10016 

212·679·5676 

212-679-5676 

•* 8C BC COMMUNICATIONS 

207 Depot Road 

HuntinglonStn Stn, 11746 

516·549·8833 

516-549-8833 

THE BINARV BINARY CHlCltAAO. ORCHARD. INC 

5·5854 S-58S4 Camp Road 

Hamburg 14075 

716·648·7167 

716-648-7167 

BrlS BITS & S 8YTfS BYTES 

2800 Straight Rd. 

Fredonia i a 14063 

716·673·1682 

716-673-1682 

BlIS BITS COMPUTERS 

418W. W OominicSI. 

Dominic St. 

Rome 13440 

315·336·0266 

315-336-0266 

COMf'UCIRClJI COMPUCIRCUITT 

222 E. E AmherSl Amherst St. 

Buffalo 14214 

716·838-2442 

716-838-2442 

1 THE COMPUTER FACTORY 

485 Lexingion Ave 


212-687-5001 

' COMBtffEIHSHIBi*] STORE 

iO3Atian6cAve 

Lvibrook 11563 

51S-887-1S00 ; 

■CCMflJfiftHOUSF INC '■■■" 

721 Atlantic Ave 

Rochester 14609 

716-654-9238 

COMftmRLAND 

i6t2NtaflraFaiisBlwi. 

WSTEMS- 

1311 Northern 

seTii030 

516-627-2 

COMPUTER STRATEGIES. INC 

SOON. Main St 

Spring Valley 10977 

9U-356-7770 

COMPUTER CO/.'.PlfTER WORD. WOAD. INC 

422 Northern Blvd 

Great Neck 11021 

516-487-7830 

516·487·7830 

•- COMPUTER WOfiLD WORlO 

519 Boston Boslon PostRd 

Rd 

Port Chester 10573 

914-937-6662 

914·937-6662 

COMTEK COMIEK ELECTRONICS 

ElECTRONICS 

2666 Coney Island 

Brooklyn 11235 

212-332-5933 

212·332·5933 

DEJ VIDEO vnOSfRVlCE. SERVICE. INC 1NC 

840 Wellwood Avenue Avenlle 

North Norlh Lindenhurst L,ndenhurSI 11757 

516-957-8932 

516·957·8932 

EXCEL COMPUTER SERVICES SUlVlCES 

3636 Hollend Ave. 

Bronx 10467 

212-652-4028 

212·652·4028 

HONDERS HIl'IOERS COMPUTER EMPORIUM 

57 North Streel Sireel 

Middletown 10940 

914-343-4880 

914·343-4880 

LOGICAL PLAYBACK 

10 Grace Ave 

Great Greal Neck 11021 

212-624-9075 

212·624·9075 

"• MEIZNER !.'.ElZNER BUSINESS auSlNESS MACHINES !.'.ACHINES 

4771 Boston Boslon Post Rd 

Pelham 10603 10803 

914-738-6000 

4·738-6000 

Mfi I.fI COMPUTER COMPUtER 

Imperial Plaza 

Wappingers Falls 12590 

914-297-1223 

914·297.1223 

" JOHN JOHND 0 O' OWENS .... ASSOC 

12 Schubert Ave 

Staten Istand Island 10305 

2t2·448·6283 

212-448-6283 

5(CURITY SECURITY SYSTEMS INS INSTALLERS T AlLfRS 

86 Fall Fair Sireet 

Street 

Carmel 10512 

91 914-225-5321 

4·225-5321 

Ut.1IEO UNITED Pt(lTOCOf'Y PHOTOCOPY CO 

41 Unron Union Square 


212·929·4826 

212-929-4826 

• UPSTAIE UPSTATE COMPUl(R COMPUTER Sl SHOP lQP 

629 FrenCh French Rd . Campus Plaza 

New Hartlord Hartford 13413 

315·733·9139 

315-733-9139 

NORTH CAROLINA A 

BYTE SHOP 

218 N. N Elm St SI 

G/eenboro Greenboro 27401 

919·275·2983 

919-275-2983 

CAROUtlA CAROLINA ItlFORMATlOt1 INFORMATION S¥SH SYSTEMS 

1213Hillsborough 

SI St 

Raleigh 27605 

919·833·0210 

919-833-0210 

COW'UTERlAND 

COMPUTERLAND 

3915 E, E Independence Blvd 

Charlolle Charlotte 28205 

704·536·6500 

704-536-8500 

DAIA DATA HELP 

2716 1651ew3rlLane 

Stewart Rocky Min Mtn 27801 

919·977·5517 

919-977-5517 

NIIlClCI< N18L0CK TYPfWRITEfl TYPEWRITER CO 

675 W. 4th Street 

Winston Satem Salem 27101 

919·722-7013 

919-722-7013 

OHIO 

ASTRO VIDEO ELECTRONICS 

504 E Mam St 

tancasier 43130 

614-687-0629 

CO 

WBffBusch Blvd 

Columbys.43229 

614-436-84 4 2 

AND 

■ch Road 

umbus 43229 

614-888-2215 

COMPUTERLAND 

CQMPUTEfllANO 

1288 Som Sam Center Rd 

Maylield Heighls Heights 44124 

216-461-1200 

216·46 1-1200 

COMPUTERLAND 

ClW.PUTERlANO 

4579 Great Northern NOrlhern Blvd 

North NOrlh Olmsted 44070 

216-777-1433 

216·777·1433 

■• GRAHAM GAAHA'" ELECTRONIC SUPPLY 

239 Northland NOrlhland Blvd 

Cincinnati Cincinnali 45215 

15 

513-772-1661 

'" INDUCTIVE INOOCIIVE COMPONENTS 

1200 Ferns Ferris Rd. 

Amelia 45102 

513-752-4731 

513·752·4731 

1" McSHANE 

123 W. Washmgion 

Washington 

Medina 44256 

216-725-4568 

216-725·4568 

" MICRO MINI MiNI COMPUTER WORLD 

74 Robinwood Ave 

Columbus 43213 

614-235-5813 

614·235·5813 

OMICRON OMiCROO COMPUTER SYSTEMS 

873 N Monroe Drive DI1ve 

Xenia 45385 

513-372-1612 

513·372·1612 

RADIO RAOIO COMMUNICATIONS 

COMMUNIC"TIOOS 

1995 Manon-Bocyru5 Marion·Bucyrus Rd 

Manon 433D2 43302 

614-382-4126 

4·382·41 26 

-UNIVERSAL • UNIVERSAl AMATEUR RADIO 

1280AidaDr. 

01. 

Reynoldsburg Reynordsburg 43068 

614-866-4267 

4·866·4267 

• Denotes dealer buying bUVlng directly dlreclly 

trom Irom Commodore


OKLAHOMA 

■• AUWO AUOIO HORIZONS 

3707 E Frank Phillips 

Barllesville Bartlesville 74003 

918-333-7748 

918·333·7748 

'• BRADFOfiD 8IWJ'ORO BROTHERS BAOTH(fIS 

507 507 SS. Mam Main 

Tulsa Tulsa 74103 74 103 

918-584-4558 

COMPUTERLAND 

COMPUTERLAHO 

10621 North May Ave 

Oklahoma City Cily 73120 

405-755-S200 

0405-755-5200 

COMPUTER COMl'UTEJI SYSTEMS'\ A SOFTWARE 

928 N. N. York « = 19 19 

Muskogee Muskogee 74401 74401 

918-687-3161 

•TELCOM.INC 

• TR -COM, INC. 

727 721 NN. Brauer Ave Ave. 

Oklahoma City 73106 

405-232-2035 

405-232·2035 

OREGON 

OREGON 

•ANCHONA 

· 1125 '""""' 11 25 NE 82nd Awe Ave 

Portland Portland 97220 97220 

503-254-5541 

COMPUTERLAND 

COMPUTERl.AHD 

12020 SW Main St 51 

Tigard 97223 

503-620-6170 

503-620·6170 

• COMPUTER PATHWAYS 

831 Lancaster Dr NE 

Salem 97301 

503-399-0534 

503-399·0534 

• COMPUTER COMP1JTER PATHWAYS PATIfWAYS UNLTD UNLIO 

2151 Davcor Daveor SE 

Salem salem 97302 

503-363-8929 

PENNSYLVANIA 

• A B8 COMPUTERS 

USE 11 5 E. Slump Road 

Montgomeryville 18936 

2215-699-B386 

15-699-8386 

•CAHH • CARR ELECTRONICS 

EUCTAON1CS 

Main & Reliance 

Telfoid Telford 18969 

215-723-3831 

215-723-3B31 

CENTURY SYSTEMS. INC 

57 5711 11 Sixth SiKih Ave 

Aliona Altona 15602 

B B14-946-4361 

• CHtPS CHIPS "N N DIP 

, 

4820 Anne Lane 

Sharpsville 16150 

41 412-962-9682 

THE OOMPUTrR COMPUTER HOUSE 

1000 GGreentiee reentree Aoad Road 

Plt1sburgh Pittsburgh 15220 

41 412-921-1333 

COMPUTERLANO 

COMPUTERLAND 

4644 Carlisle Pike 

Mechanicsburg 17055 

717-763-1116 

COMf'UTERlAHO 

COMPUTERLAND 

61 81 e E Lancas.er Lancaster Ave 

Paolo Paoli 19301 

215-296-0210 

COMPUTERLAND 

COMPUrERlAHO 

BORDER ELECTRONIC TRONIC SERVICE S£IIVlCE 

UTAH 

1457 MacArthurRd 

Rd. 

P. P. 0. o. Box BOll 3804 

BYTE SHOP 

Whitehall 18052 

El EI Paso 79923 

W. 215-776-0202 

2 915-532-2524 

2524 

3616 w. 2100 South 

-- 

Salt Sal! Lake Cily City 84120 

GLOSSEH GlOSSUl BROS. 

COMPUTERLAND 

COY.PUTfRl.I;ND 

801-355-1041 

801-355· 1041 

Franklin & a Locusi Locust Sts 

3300 Anderson Am~e'son Lane 

COMPUTER DATA Johnstown 15901 1590t 

Austin AuS lin 7B757 76757 

COMi'\JTER OATA SYSTEMS 

lOOONorih 

314-536-6633 

8 512-452-5701 

695 E 1000 Norlh 

Logan L~an 84321 

'MARKETLINE • MARXETUNE SYSTEMS SYS~ 

COMPUTERLAND 

801-753-6990 

- 2337 Philmont Ave \Ie 

8061 806' WalnuiHillLn. W8Jnut HID =3 # 912 

'SdMPUTERHUB 

Huntingdon Hunlingdon Valley V 19006 

Dallas DaKu 75231 7523' 

COtt.i'\JTER - 

214-363-2223 

5899 S State 

215-947-6670 

214-363·2223 

~s Stale 

■Murray Ml.tray B4107 84107 

•• MICRO t.OCAO COMPUTER roMPUTEJAPPUtATIIIIS 

APPLICATORS 

COMPUTERLAND "',.,"',.""" 

801-262-5416 

262·54 16 

806PennAv~ 

Avenua 

6439 ~9 Wesltieimet 

Westhelmer 

COMPUTERLAND 

Sinking Spring Spri!'lO 1960S 11808 

Houston 77057 

TERtANO 

€ South 

215-670-1300 

2 15-670-1300: 

713-977-0909 

713-977·0909 

161 lO. 2nd Soulh 

Salt Sail Lake City C ity 84111 

111 

'• MIGHTY MIGHfY BYTE 8YlE COMPUTER &..utm CENTB1 CENTER 

COMPUTBU-AND 

COMPlJTER1AIt~l 

801-364-4416 

537 Easion Easlon.Rd·Hotsh8m Rd-Horsham Pi. PI. 

17647 El EI Camino Ca~no Real 

COMPUTER Horsham 19044 1,9044 

Houston HOuslon 77058 77'158 

THE PUIf.R WORKS 

]f.'"'' 

S. Stale 215-348-4848 

2 15-348-..4848 

713-488-8153 

713.:..t88.815~ 

735 Slale SI 

Provo-84601 8-4601 

COMPUTERLAND 

r-374 -0204 

PUERTO RICO 

801-314·0204 

1535 Promenade Center Cenle!" 

"""""""" 

' THE tii-Fl • MICRO M COMPUTER ~STOIl 

STORE 

Richardson RIChardson 75080 

·T ~tIl.fl SHOP 

Wasnmglon 1568 Avenue Central Cen1tal 

214-235-1285 

2236 W aShington Blvd. 

Ogtten 84401 

Caparra. Terrace, :rerrace. Rio Piedfas PIe

MAY/JUNE, I 1980, I960. ISSUE 4. COMPUTE. 19 

Keeping Up The 

Payments 

Basically Useful 

Keeping Up The 

Payments Robert Lock OCk 

BASIC DAvIv Programs furnished by 

Marvin L. Dejong, DaJong, School of TheOzorks 

TheOzarks 

I decided to use this highly useful l SCI set of" programs 

furnished by Dr. Marvin L. Dejong to illustrate some 

poi nt s to you beginning Atari/Apple/PET Owners. 

points to you beginning Atari/Apple/PET Owners. 

Much off thee Basic software we provide in this 

magazine is easilyy transferred for use oonn your own 

machine, even though it may be presented by a PET 

owner, an Atari owner, etc. 'rhese These programs, 

developed on (I assume) the AIM-65, will run without 

revision on your Apple, Alari, Atari, or PE'T'. PET. Your re:;u results il :; 

will differ slighliy, slightly, a variation ation caused by your 

particular Basic interpreter, bUl but the program code 

ilself itself is transparent. In future issues, we hope (Q to 

solicitt the help of you readers in maintaining Ihe the 

flow of software for various machines, machines. Thus, when 

we print an extensive ensive program for PET' that one of 

you sits s down and modifies to run on your Apple, , 

please case send me a copy (al (at leasl least the mods), so 

we can update in a lalcr later issue for Apple owners, 

owners. 

I'd like to devotc devote a section of the magazine c to (Q 

"listingg reruns" if the e demand warrants. One option, 

I suppose, would be to simply y cover techniques for 

conversion, with occasional routines rOlltines that provide some 

10 REM REfl PROGRAM PROGRAfl 1- CALCULATES THE BALANCE OF 

A LOAN AFTER N PAYMENTS. 

A LOAN AFTER N PAYMENTS. 

20 PRINT "ENTER YOUR CURRENT BALANCE." 

30 INPUT BAL0 

40 PRINT "ENTER THE NUMBER OF PAYMENTS." 

" 

50 INPUT N 

60 PRINT "ENTER YOUR MONTHLY flONTHLY PAYMENT." 

." 

70 INPUT PMT 

70 INPUT PMT 

80 PRINT "ENTER YOUR ANNUAL I NTEREST RATE 

80 PRINT "ENTER YOUR ANNUAL INTEREST RATE 

IN PERCENT." 

90 INPUT APR 

100 I=APR/1200 

120 DUMY=BAL0 

120 DUMY=BAL0 

130 FOR J=1 TO N 

130 FOR J=l TO N 

140 BAL0=BAL0*(1+I)-PMT 

150 NEXT J 

150 NEXT J 

160 NT=N*PHT- (DUMY- BAL0) 

160 NT=N*PMT-(DUMY-BAL0) 

170 PRINT "YOUR BALANCE AFTER ";N;" PAYMENTS 

IS 5";BAL0 $ ";BAL13 

180 PRINT "YOU PAID S";NT;" $1t IN INTEREST." 

. " 

190 END 

190 END 

ENTER YOUR CURRENT BALANCE. 

. 

?3000 

ENTER THE NUMBER OF PAYMENTS. 

PAYHENTS . 

?23 

ENTER YOUR MONTHLY HONTHLY PAYMENT. 

?143.79 

.79 

ENTER YOUR ANNUAL INTEREST RATE IN PERCENT. 

. 

?10.8 

YOUR BALANCE AFTER 23 PAYMENTS IS 530.3651184 

$30.3651184 

YOU PAID $337.535119 IN I N INTEREST. 

equivalency across machines. Please take the time e 10 to 

note your thoughls thoughts on this on the Editor's Feedback 

card in the center of the magazine, magazine. My thanks La to 

Marvin for the programs. 

A hit bit f!f of "ediloria/liunse": "tUtorial license": When l.''' I kl.'}'td keyed ill in tlieu these /)rQ,t!,rams programs for 

r{'/)rodlleli(m, reproduction, I lril.'d tried 10 to prt!Jl.'rve preserve Iheir their or(t!,ill(J1 originalflllllor. flavor. }'vu You 

should 1I0ie note lIial that I look took tilt the libcrlJ' liberty (jf of IIlltl,t!,;II.t!, 

nudging lilies /inn IhiJI that wert were too 

lon.1.! long ova over inlo into (J a nOIl-lXisll.'l1/ non-existent (onlilllwfivn continuation lille, line. If ) you 'Oll 're just slartill.1! starting ouf, out, 

dOli don'f t I,)' try 10 to enter I/'r the prugram program thaI that wa)'- way... ) you '0 11 'It 'II hUllt hare bla"ks blanks ill i?i ),our your oUlpul 

output 

(or worse). 

EXil Example: lllph.: : Program 2, Line 60. 

A'~) My' 

Iiiit' line s},mw: 

shows: 

60 PRINT ""ENTER YOURR INTEREST RATE ELATE IN 

PERCENT." ENT ," 

\"Jhell When )'ou'rc you're keying in the pro.l.!ram program, , you should type it like 

this: 

6U 60 PRINT "ENTER ■ENIER YOURR INTEREST RATE IN 

PPERCENT."(press ERCENT, carriage return) 

Cleor Clear 1.' enough? 1U1I.l.!h? 

10 REM PROGRAM 2- CALCULATES THE flONTHLY 

MONTHLY 

PAYMENT TO AMORTIZE A LOAN 

PAYMENT TO AMORTIZE A LOAN 

20 PRINT "ENTER THE NUflBER NUMBER OF PAYMENTS." 

30 INPUT N 

40 PRINT "ENTER THE BALANCE OF THE LOAN." 

505 0 INPUT BAL0 

60 PRINT "ENTER YOUR ANNUAL INTEREST RATE IN 

PERCENT." " 

70 INPUT APR 

70 INPUT APR 

80 I=APR/1200 

90 PMT=BAL0*I*(1/(1-(1+I)t(- PMT=BAL0*I*(1/(1-(1+I)T(-N))) 

100 PRINT "YOUR PAYMENTS ARE $";PMT 

100 PRINT "YOUR PAYHENTS ARE $";PMT 

110 NT=N*PMT- BAL0 

110 NT=N*PMT-BAL0 

120 PRINT "YOU PAY $";NT;" IN INTEREST." 

130 END 

ENTER THE NUMBER OF PAYMENTS. 

?23 

ENTER THE BALANCE OF THE LOAN. 

73000 ?3000 


?10.8 

?10.8 

YOUR PAYMENTS ARE $144.984191 

YOU PAY $334.636391 IN INTEREST. 

YOU PAY $334.636391 IN INTEREST. 

10 REM REfl PROGRAM 3- CALCULATES THE NUMBER NUflBER OF 

PAYMENTS TO AMORTIZE A LOAN 

20 PRINT "ENTER THE CURRENT BALANCE." 

." 

30 INPUT BAL0 

4400 PRINT "ENTER YOUR MONTHLY flONTHLY PAYMENT." 

50 INPUT PHT 

5 0 INPUT PMT 

60 PRINT "ENTER YOUR ANNUAL INTEREST RATE 

IN PERCENT." 

IN PERCENT . " 

70 INPUT APR 

70 INPUT APR 

80 I=APR/1200 

90 N=~(LOG(1-BAL0/PMT*I))/LOG(I+l) 

N=-(LOG(1-BAL0/PMT*I)) / LOG(I+1 ) 

100 1130 PRINT "YOU HAVE ";N;" PAYMENTS PAn1ENTS TO MAKE." 

110 0 NT=N*PMT-BAL0 

NT=N*PfIT- 120 PRINT "YOU WILL \HLL PAY $";NT;" $tt;NT;" IN INTEREST." 

130 END 

130 END 

?ENTER THE CURRENT BALANCE. 

?3000 

ENTER YOUR flONTHLY PAYfIENT. 

?l43.79 

ENTER YOUR ANNUAL INTEREST RATE IN PERCENT . 

7ENTER THE CURRENT BALANCE. 

?3000 

ENTER YOUR MONTHLY PAYMENT. 

7143.79 


710.8 ?10 . 8 

YOU HAVE 23.2123282 PAYMENTS PAYHENTS TO MAKE. HAKE. 

YOU WILL PAY $337.700665 IN INTEREST. © 

YOU l'lILL PAY $337 .700665 IN INTEREST. ©

"When you have eliminated the 

impossible, whatever remains, 

however improbable, must be 

the truth" — Sherlock Holmes 

... and 

the truth is, Hayden 

publishes the finest 

software available! 

SARGON II (Sprackiens) (SprackJens) Winner of the recent 

European Microchess Tournament. "Buy this 

program when it becomes available —- 

... an 

evaluation routine that enabled it to beat the 

giants!... unequaled in the end game..." 

" 

Personal Computing. #03403, #03403. TRS-80 Level II; 

#03404, #03404. Apple II; each $29.95. #03409, #03409. 

Apple II Disk Version, Version. $34.95. 

MAYDAY (Breitenbach) 

An exciting and fastmoving airplane flight 

simulation. It takes concentration, judgment, 

and agility to avoid crashing. #02601, . PET. PET, 

$9.95 

GRJDlRON: GRIDIRON: A Microfootball Game (Micro, 

flair Associates) Be both offensive and 

defensive quarterbacks. Includes time-outs, 

penalties, a complete kicking game, and the 

two-point conversion used in college football. 

#03003. #03003, TRS·80 TRS-80 Level II. II, $12.95. 

$ BIOCURVE (Microflair Associates) Will chart 

your biorythms against another person's and 

suggest when you will be in a state of instability 

and therefore vulnerability. #03103. #03103, TRS-80 

Level II. II, $9.95. 

Avallable Available at your 

local computer store! 

local computer store! 

m \~HT\ Hayden Book Company, Inc. 

~ y 50 Essex Street, Rochelle Park, NJ MJ 07662 

COMPLEX MATHEMATICS (Gilder) 

8 programs that give the user the ability to per· 

form computations of complex numbers in 

BASIC rather than in FORTRAN. #01201, #01201. 

PET; #01203, TRS-80 Level II; #01204, #01204. Apple II; 

each $14.95. 

ENGINEERING ENGINEERJNG MATHEMAT1CS-1 MATHEMATICS-1 (Gilder) 

Contains 8 programs useful to the engineer 

such as: Integration by Simpson's Rule, Quad· 

ratic Equations (covering all 3 root cases), etc. 

#01301,PET; #01301. #01303, #01303. TRS-80 Level II; 

#01304, #01304. Apple II; each $14.95. 

GENERAL MATHEMATICS-1 (Gilder) 

Provides 15 programs useful to 

anyone who wishes to improve their 

math skills and accelerate their com· 

putations. #01101,PET; #01101. #01103, TRS-80 

Level II; #01104, #OJl04. Apple II: II; New! Newl#01105. 

#01105, 

Sorcerer Version; each $14.95 

CROSSBOW (Breitenbach) 

Features a target game, that besides 

offering hours of fun, teaches fractions in 

an exciting and competitive environment 

Includes 3 levels of display. #02701,. PET. PET, 

$9.95 

SKETCHMODE (Walton) Create computer 

graphics, modify them, save them, and read 

them from tape. #03203. #03203, TRS-80 Level II 

$11.95. 

Newl New! MICROCOMPUTER AIDED 

DESIGN OF ACTIVE FILTERS ALTERS (Gilder) 

8 programs that simplify the design of active 

filters and will calculate the component values 

needed for various bandpass, low pass, and 

notch type filters. #01401,PET; . #01403. 

TRS-80 Level II; #01404. #01404, Apple II; 

each $16.95. 

Or call (201) 843·0550, 843-0550, ext. 307 

TO CHARGE YOUR ORDER TO 

Master Charge or BankAmericard! 

Minimum order is $10.00; customer pays 

postage and handling, 

handling.

MAY/JUNE. I 1980. ISSUE 4. COMPUTE. 21 

650 2 

SOFTWARE 

DESIGN 

WHY THE 65O2? 

To understand where the 6502 fitss in the microprocessor 

spectrum, a brief look must be taken at 

the evolution of 8-bit microprocessors. The first 

8-bit microprocessor to make a significant impact 

on the industry was the 8008 produced by Intel 

Corporation. Fabricated with p-channel metal-oxide 

semiconductor (PMOS) technology, the 8008 is considered 

the foremost 4 "first-generation" " 8-bit microprocessor. 

The 8008 was designed with a calculatorlike 

architecture, and had six scratch-pad registers, 

an internal stack register, and special instructions 

to perform input and output. In 1973, , Intel Corporation 

introduced a 44second-generation," "second-generation," silicongate, 

NMOS version of the 8008 microprocessor, and called 

it the 8080. 

The 8080 is essentially an improved 8008, with 

more addressing, more instructions, and faster 

instruction ion times. The internal organization is 

better too, but the overall 8008 is historically the 

second-generation de facto standard in microprocessors; 

the circuit that many people think of first 

when microcomputers are mentioned. Intel Corpora· 

tion got a head start on the industry with the 

8008, and preserved it with the 8080 through the 

early 1970s. Until Motorola, Inc. introduced the 6800 

microprocessor in 1974, Intel Corporation had virtually 

no competition. 

Motorola, Inc. saw the tremendous microprocessor 

market potential evolving, and decided to make 

an entry of their own. They had essentially two ways 

to go: (1) they could challenge Intel Corporation 

on their own ground, by producing a new and improved 

8080 (as Zilog, Inc. did in 1976 with the 

Z80), , or (2) they could ignore that approach and 

design a more advanced microprocessor. Realizing 

that it would be extremely difficult to establish 

a strong market position (not to mention a leading 

position) by going after Intel Corporation with a 

Hme "me too" product, Motorola, Inc. decided to 

challenge with a superior product. 

The resulting product, the 6800 microprocessor, 

was organized along the lines of classic computer 

architectural concepts, with input and output devices 

accessed as memory. In the 6800 microprocessor, , the 

load aand store instructions used to access memory are 

the same instructions used to perform input t (read) 

and output (write) operations on peripheral devices. 

Editor's Note: At $10.50, this 270 page "ew new release from 

m 

Sams & 

Co. represe"ts represents the first Jirst move i"lo into the 6502 by the 

Blacksburg group. My tha"ks thanks 10 to LeoL for Jo r permission permissiort 10 to reprirtl 

reprint 

these i"taeslingJirst interesting first chapla chapter ovaviews. overviews. RCLR e L 

This technique, called memory-mapped 1/0, I/O, eliminates 

the performance bottlenecks that are associated 

with having to 10 pass all the data handling and manip 

ulation through a working register, as in the registerbased 

architecture of the 8080. 

The preceding brief overview was necessary in 

order to set to stage for introducing our subject 

microprocessor, the 6502. The 6502 device was 

designed by eight ex-employees of Motorola who saw 

that advances in processes, coupled with a few 

architectural and software changes, could result in a 

potentially highly marketable 6800-like microprocessor. 

They joined a calculator-chip company called 

MOS Technology. 

The MOS Technology design team had two 

objectives in mind for their next-generation1 

l 

register- 

microprocessor-low microprocessor—low cost and high performance. 

Since there is a direct correlation between the manu 

manufacturering 

ring cost and the die size (the size of the 

piece of silicon that contains the transistors and 

resistors which make up the microprocessor), they 

reduced the complexity of the basic 6800 design 

as much as possible to minimize the amount of 

silicon required. Other design decisions included 

eliminating one of the two accumulators in the 6800 

and its tri-state address output buffers. They also 

replaced the 16-bit index register of the 6800 

microprocessor with two separate 8-bit index registers, 

and they discarded some of the lesser-used 

instructions of the 6800. . 

The elimination of instructions opened up some 

instruction-decode space and permitted the designers 

to provide the 6502 microprocessor with 13 addressing 

modes, 7 more modes than the 6800 device has. 

These modes give the 6502 device capabilities that 

are normally found only in larger computers. 

Additionally, the design team realized that although 

computers are binary machines, man is inherently 

a decimal-thinking animal, so they added a modeselection 

instruction and control bit that allows the 

6502 microprocessor to operate on either binary or 

decimal data. This means that the programmer does 

not have to remember to write in "decimal adjust" 

instructions after addition or subtraction operations. 

For electrical efficiency, the design team employed 

the newer depletion-load technology, which gives 

the 6502 clean switching characteristics, low-power 

mode- 

Exce.rptcd Excerpted with permission .from 6502 Softwarc Software Design by LeoJ. LcoJ. Scanlon. Copyright © 1980 by Leo J I . Scanlon. 

Publtshcd Published by Howard W W. . Sams & Co., Co.. Inc., 4300 Wcst West 62nd Sc St., , Indianapolis, Indianana 46268 USA.'All All rights 

reserved. 

reserved 

LeoJ, J Scanlon 

Rockwell International 

SOFTWARE 

WHY THE 65021

22 COMPUTE. MAY/JUNE. I 198O \980. ISSUE 4. 

NEED MORE ROM ROOM? 

The Spacemaker $27.00 

$2?.oo 

Now a Product of CGRS Microtech 

The Spacemaker fami ly provides expansion ROM capability for owners of new Commodore PETs and C BMs. 

The Spacemaker family provides expansion ROM capability for owners of new Commodore PETs and CBMs. 

The Space makers' Present: 

The Spacemakers' Present: 

The Spacemakers' Future: 

Switch Between Your Toolkit and Word Pro II ROM 

Add the Computhink Option and switch between 

your Toolkit and Computhinks new ROM DOS 

your Toolkit and Computhinks new ROM DOS 

Dealers ass of ol 

February. February, 198O 1980 

A a B Computers 

115 E. E Slump Stump Rd. 

Monlgomeryv,jle. Montgomeryvlle. PA 18936 \8QJ6 

Active Businesl Business Iv\ochines 

Machines 

23 Bela Beta Courl Court 

Son San Romoo. Ramon. CA 94583 

415·837·4421 

415-B37-4421 

ACT/Pehoil 

ACT/Petsoft 

Rodclytle Radclyfte House 

66-68 Hogley Hagley Rd 

Edgbaslor\ Edgoaston. Birmingham 

England B16 8PF 

American Peripherals 

3 Bongor Bangot 51. Si. 

lindenhurst. Lindenhurst. NY N.Y. 11757 

516-226·0552 

516-226-O552 

Bils Bits & Byles 

Bytes 

28OO 2800 Straight Rd 

FredOOO. Fiedonia. 

NY 14063 

14O63 

7)6-673-1682 

716-673-1682 

Computer Cenler Center 01 ot South Bend 

51591 US 31 Noflh 

North 

South Bend, Bend. IN 46637 

Computer Factory, Factory. Inc 

485 lellinglon Lexington Ave 

New York. NY lOOt7 

1OO17 

212-687-5001 

212-687-5OO1 

Computer Innovations. innovations. LId Ltd. 

171 In SIoter Slater 51. St 

Ollo Ottawa. wo. OnIOlio 

Onlano 

Canada KIP 5H7 

Computer NOQI( Nook 

rh. Rt 46 Pinebrook Plaza 

Pineblook:. Pinebrook. NJ 070 O7O58 56 

201·575·9468 

201-575-9468 

Computer Specioll.es 

Specialty 

3820 382O MinIon Mmton Rd 

Melbourne. FL 23901 

239O1 

305·724·7314 

305-724-7314 

Computer Systems & SoUw0I9 

Software 

8Iond Bland Olliee Office Slog Bldg 

Q28 928 N. N York Vork · ■ $vile Suite 19 

Muskogee. Oklo Okla 74401 

744O1 

918·687·3101 

918-687-3161 

Computersl'"oP shop 10I"l0l 

janal 

#12 III coursHerbouv~le 

rile 

lyon. Lyon. France 69004 

69OO4 

Conti Electronics 

5656 Frmer 

Fraser 

Vancouver. Blitish British Columbia 

CanadO Canada V5W 2Z4 

Dota Data EQUipment Equipment Supply 

8315 6315 Firestone Blvd. 

Downey. CA 90241 

9O241 

213·923·Q361 

213-923-9361 

()clog Dialog Computer 

5003 5OO3 Rick Dr 

Sonta Santa Rosa. Rosa, CAA Q5405 

954O5 

707·538·06L3 

7O7-538-OW3 

Future DistriOOtion Distribution. Inc. 

Trimei Trime~ Bldg. Bldg, RI. Rt. 11 1! 

Mooers. NY 12Q58 

12958 

The HI· HI-FI ShOP Shcp 

4680 468C Holladay Holiaday Blvd 

Soli Salt lake Lake Cily. City. Utah 84117 

801·277·262Q 

BO1-277-2629 

Home Computers 

inS 1775 E. Tropicana Unit Un.! 2 

lm Los Vegas, Vegas. Nevada Nevado 8QI09 

B91O9 

702·J36·636,) 

702-736 6363 

K·Smith K-Smith 

Associates 

11 Most Mast COUI! Courl 

Socromento. Sacramento, CA Q5831 

9583! 

MBC M8C Systems 

28 MarlbOro Marlboro St, St. 

PQ(tland. Portland. Cl 06480 

O648O 

Malad Melad Associates 

1 Perry Rd. 

E Blvnswick. Brunswick. NJ 08810 

O8816 

201·828·3682 

2O1-B26-3682 

MiCro Micro MII"I Mini Computer WOIIa 

World 

74 Robinwood Ave. 

Columbus. OH 43213 

MiniComp Systems ltd Ltd 

5666 Stanley St 

Halifax, 

Ho :.'fo~ . Novo Nova Scotia 

Canada anadO B3K 2G1 

Mr ColculotOl 

Calculator 

160 E EI ElCamino Camr'lO Real 

Mt '.flew. View. CA Q40 94O4O 40 

NCE/Compumalt 

NCE/Compumart 

270 27O Third SI. St. 

CambrlOge. Cambridge. MA 02142 

O2142 

New Enoland England Electronics Coo. 

67Q 679 Highland Ave 

Needham. MA 

Orlando londo ElectronIC Electronic Co 

2356 W. W Oak Ridge Rc1 Rd. 

OrlandO. Orlando. Fl FL 32809 

328O9 

PC Computers 

10166 1O166 Son San Pablo Ave. 

EI El Cerrito. Cernto. Co Ca Q4530 

9453O 

41S·527·6657 

415-527-6657 

Programmable EIeClronic Electronic CalcuiaiorC a lC uIol or~ 

LId Ltd 

1746·48 1746-48 W. Chapman 

Orange. CA 92668 

na.Q78·65a7 

714-978-6587 

TeleviSion Television elect Elect Disl Dist 

PO. P Bo. Bo* 10525 

1O525 

Johannesburg 2000 2OOO South Souih Alrica AltiCo 

TySON Tysons Computer Emoonum 

Emporium 

1984 Cham hain Blidge Bridge Rd 

Mclean McLean. 

VA 2210 221O11 

703·82HU33 

7O3-8218333 

While it looks as if Commodore's Word Pro III ROM 

may move to $AOOO $A000 (thus avoiding the conflict 

with the current version of the Toolkit), three U.S. 

software vendors (that we know of) are currently 

working on ROM based software packages. Look 

out conflicts! cts! 

Start with Spacemaker as your ROM swi tching 

Start with Spacemaker as your ROM switching 

device, Vice, and it can grow as your problems do. 

Spacemaker and its family of optional devices 

allow you to: 

allow you to: 

Select one of two ROMs at the same address 

space... ... 

Use two Spacemakers to select one of each of two 

pairs of ROMs at adjoining address spaces... 

(Spacemaker is designed vertically, so you can 

plug them into empty sockets, side by side!) 

Add our software control option and you can 

Daisy·chain Daisy-chain Spacemakers together (with simple 

little jumpers- jumpers· the pins you plug into are already 

built into every Spacemaker) and you can switch 

select between one of four ROMs at the same 

address space. 

Daisy-chain more and keep selecting... 

Don't get left behind in the ROMM Race. Space· 

Space- 

maker can grow as your switching problems do. 

Visit your local dealer to get the full story. 

MICROTECH, 

MICROTECH, 

the PEDISK Company. 

P.O. Box 102 

Langhorne, PA 19047 

215-757-0284 

PET is a trademark of Commodore Business Machines 

Spacemaker (formerly a product of Small System 

Services. Services, Inc.) is a trademark of CGRS Microtech. 

The BASIC Programmer·s Programmer's Toolkit is a trademark of 

Palo Alto ICs.

MAY/JUNE. 1980 198O ISSUE 4. 4 COMPUTE. 23 

dissipation ipat ion (250 mW typical for the 6502 versus 600 _ 11 ~Il I Il(llOO (OO tlOtKC ' 1OO - 

mW typical for the 6800), and good noise immunity. 

mW typical fo r the 6800), and good noise immunity. 

The 6502 device is one of 10 software-compatible 

microprocessors that MOS Technology intro troduced 

in 1975 as the 6500 Series. Through second 

duced in 1975 as the 6500 Series. Through secondsource 

agreements, thee 6500 Series is also produced 

by Rockwell International and Synertek. All 10 

microprocessors have thee same instruction set and the 

same basic architecture, varying only in size and 

hardware options. The 6500 Series has been very 

popular since its introduction, n, and by the end of 

1978, more 6500-Series 6500-Serics microprocessors were 

being shipped than all other 8-bit microprocessors, 

be ing shipped than all other 8-bit microprocessors, 

including the 8080 and 6800. 

Today, the best-selling selling 8-bit microprocessors are 

di vided into two distinct families'-the 8080/ Z80 

divided into two distinct families-1—the 8080/Z80 

family, with itss register-oriented architecture, and the 

6500/6800 family, with itss memory-mapped architec 

ture. . Which architecturere will be the more favored 

in the 1980s? It is impossible to know which at 

in th e 1980s? It is impossibl e to know which at 

thiss time, but the manufacturers of the 6800 

and 6500 dev ices arc banking solidl y on their opinion 

and 6500 devices are banking solidly on their opinion 

that the more minicomputer-like architecture holds the 

greatest potential for advanced circuits. Intel 

Corporation has not t yet shown signs off sharing 

this opinion, n, but it may be significant to note notc 

that thc the latest 16-bit microprocessor r from Zilog, 

Inc., the Z8000, represents a solid break with the 

In c., the Z8000 , represents a solid break with the 

8080/Z80 design concept by including memorymapped 

memory- 

I/O. 

THE 6502 MICROPROCESSOR 

THE 65O2 MICROPROCESSOR 

The 6502 microprocessor can be combined with 

memory and input/output integrated circuits to 

form a microcomputer. As the e "heart"" " of the e microm icro 

computer, the 6502 regulates all operations of the 

microcomputer, based on the e sequence ofo f instructions 

(the program) that it is executing. The 6502 

can execute e 56 different types of instructions. 

ions. 

TheT various combinations ofo f addressing g that are 

available for use by individual instruction n types 

give the microprocessor a total of 151 executable 

instructions. The 6502 instruction set is described 

in detail in subsequent chapters of this book; 

for now, let us focus our attention on the internal 

organization (the architecture) of the e 6502 and find 

out alit how w it operates. 

Fig. 1-1 is a block diagramd of the internal 

architecture of the 6502. It shows the elements of the 

microprocessor m and the buses by which they communi 

cate with w each other o and with external circuits. its. The 

6502 contains s most of o f the e control and decision- 

n 

making g logic, so only y a few additional circuits are 

required to configure a small microcomputer system. 

One of the e functions of this is additional control logic 

is to provide the 6502 microprocessor with a clock 

signal that the internal clock generator will use 

to generate its two-phase system clock. The 6502 

also requires a single + 5 -volt dc power supply. 

• 

.. 

" 

.. .. 

.. 

., 

• "SI' yer 

CICO~( 

" 

'lSI 

., 

., 

.. 

.. 0 

." ." 

'" 

'" 

". 

'" 

11"', 

11". I I ' 1·' 1 

.1 III \ ' I 

I 

Fig. 1·1. 1-1. Block dilgtlm diagram of th. the 6502 microptoCUlot. 

microprorcisoi. 

Courtesy Rockwell International 

All of the other inputs and outputs of the 6502 

All of the other inputs and outputs of the 6502 

integrated circuit are compatible with standard 

transistor-transistor-logic (TTL). 

transistor-transistor-logic 

(TTL). 

MACHINE CODE AND ASSEMBLY 

~ l ...' · 

MACHINE CODE AND ASSEMBLY 

LANGUAGE 

For the 6502 microprocessor to perform a specific 

c 

task, it must be programmed to do so. A program 

is nothing more than a sequence of instructions 

stored in sequential memory locations. The 6502 

executes es the e program, , one instruction at a lime. time. 

It fetches an instruction from memory, decodes it, il , 

performs rms the e decoded command, and then fetches 

the e next instruction. This cycle is repeated until 

all instructions in the program have been executed. 

. 

What do these instructions look like? Since the 

6502 microprocessor is simply a collection of electronic 

circuits s (albeit in microscopic form), the 

instructions are composed of binary numbers (l's 

and 0's) O's) that cause some internal crnal electrical signals 

to be turned on, , others to be turned off. The 6502 

is an 8-bit microprocessor, so these binary instructions 

are arc comprised of o f multiples of 8 binary bits. bilS. 

In early y computers, computcrs, all programming was done in 

the binary form, , normally y with switches controlling 

g 

the individual ividu bits—to s-to set a bit to "1," " I, " turn the 

switch on; o n; to reset a bit to "0," " turn the e switch 

off. o fT. Hut But a string of l's 1 's and a 0's O's presents such a 

confusing mess that the computer industry soon 

realized the e need for decimal loaders, which allowed

24 COMPUTE. MAY/JUNE, I JUNE. 198O. 1980. ISSUE 4. 

the instructions to be written in decimal form. Decimal 

loaders were eventuallyy replaced by hexadecmal 

loaders, which allowed the instructions to be written 

in hexadecimal form. Example I-I 1-1 shows both binary 

and hexadecimal forms of typical program instructions. 

Example I-I. 1-1. A Typical 6502 Program, 

in Binary and Hexadecimal Notation 

in Binary and Hexadecimal Notation 

Binary 

10100101 01 

00100001 

11000101 01 

00100000 

10110000 

00101011 

101001100 

00101100 

Hexadecimal 

A5 

21 

C5 

20 

BO B0 

2B 

A6 

2C 

Hexadecimal representation is some help to the programmer 

because it frees him from using all those 

error-prone 8-bit binary numbers. Further, hex 

instructions do not contain quite so many digits in 

them, , making them somewhat easier to memorize. 

Unfortunately, though, , a hexadecimal number gives 

no hint as to the function of an instruction. Does 

a "es" "C5" instruction perform an addition, , a subtraction, , 

store a value in memory, or none of these? Even 

when using hexadecimal numbers, it is still difficult 

to program the 6502 microprocessor. Before you enter 

a hexadecimal al number into the microcomputer, you 

would first have to find the instructions, that you 

want to store in the memory of the 6502, on a list 

provided by the microcomputer manufacturer. The 

appropriate hexadecimal number (op code) can then 

be found next to the instruction. The time spent 

in looking up the instructions and op codes could 

be very costly in developing a program, , not to mention 

the possibilities of errors. rs. 

The next higher level of programming permits 

the programmer to write instructions in an abbreviated 

form, something closer to a human language, using 

abbreviations called mnemonics that can be correlated 

directly to the function of the instruction. A computer 

program can then be executed so that these 

mnemonics are actually converted to the sequence 

of 1*8 's and O's 0's that the 6502 can execute. The program 

that converts these abbreviations into machinem ~c e 

code (1 (l's and O's) 0's) is called an assembler, so this thIS 

form of programming is called assembly language 

programming. An instruction n that increments the X 

register by one has a hexadecimal form of E8 and 

an assembly language mnemonic of INX. Which do 

you think is easier to remember? Table I-I 1-1 lists 

the assembly language mnemonics for several 6502 

instructions. 

ions . 

How does the assembler translate instruction 

mnemonics to binary codes that the 6502 can 

execute? The assembler contains a large table 

(the permanent symbol table) thatt contains all the 

mnemonics (represented by strings of ASCII charac racters) 

and their binary equivalents. The assembler 

compares the mnemonic in your program (a string 

of ASC II characters) to each ASC II character string 

of ASCII characters) to each ASCII character string 

in the permanent symbol table. When a "match" 

occurs, the assembler fetches the binary code 

associated with the mnemonic, and uses this value 

during the assembly process. Therefore, , the assembler 

translates the mnemonic INX (Increment X by I) 1) to 

E8, and the mnemonic CLC (Clear Carry flag) (lag) to 

18. In this book, all example programs will be written 

using the standard mnemonics; 

using the standard mnemonics; 

Table 1·1. Some 6502 Mnemonics 

Table 1-1. Some 6502 Mnemonics 

Mnemonic 

Instructionn 

ADC 

Add memory to accumulator with Carry 

CLC Clear Carry flag 

INX Increment index X by 1I 

LDA 

Load accumulator with memory 

TTAX Transfer accumulator to index X 

these are the mnemonics that are defined ed in the literature 

off the manufacturers. urers. 

rf5 

PET' MACHINE LANGUAGE GUIDE 

PET MACHINE LANGUAGE GUIDE 

MACHINE 

LANGUAGE 

Contents include sections on: 

GUIDE -Input •input and outputt routlnos. 

routines. 

-• Fixed point, , floating point, 

oint. 

and AsciiA number conversion. 

-Clocks •Clocks and timers. 

-BuIlt-in • Built-in arithmetic functions. 

-ProgrammIng •Programming hints and sugges- 

Hons. 

tions. 

-Many •Many sa sample programs. s_ 

If you are interested in or are already into machine language 

programming on the PET, then this invaluable guide is for 

you. More than 30 of the PET's built-in routines al"e are fully 

detailed detai~d so that the readEw reader can immediately put them to good 

u use. ... 

Available for $6.95 +.75 + postage. Michigan residents please 

include 4% state sales tax. VISA and Mastercharge cards 

accepted - give card numbet' number and exprration expiration date. Quantity 

discounts are available. 

liUUHrnI ABACUS SOFTWARE 

wmwmn ABACUS SOFTWARE 

P. 0. Box 7211 

IUUilUUI Grand cira~d B~:P Rapids, i~~ ,1 ~i Michigan Ch i gan 49510

THANKS FOR 

THANKS FOR 

THE MEMORIES. 

- ,,,. PET 

------ - . 

Thanks to these inexpensive Pet and TRS-80 memories and disk drives you can instantly 

increase your personal computer's capacity, capability and versatility. 

Expand your Pet. 

Disk Drives: Choose either double density 400k or dual head 

double density 800k on-line disk drive. Both with DOS operating 

system including 17 additional BASIC commands and random 

or indexed sequential access. 

Exceptionally fast 5.000 5,000 bytes per second (including verify) 

transfer speed lets you load 20k program in just 3 seconds. 

Model 8k must have ExpandamemTM to operate disk drives. 

All other models are plug compatible. 

400k only 51295. $1295. 800k only 51695 

S1695. 

Expandamem: E~ndamem "" : Lets you expand the size and scope of your 

programs. 16k, 24k. 24k, and 32k internal memory boards give you 8k 

of assembly language subroutines accessed via the USR command. 

16k only 5425. $425. 24k only 5525. $525. 32k only 5615. $615. 

Software: Complete library available Write for details. 

Expand your TRS-SO. 

TRS-80. 

Disk Drive: Single density dual head 400k on-line disk drive is 

completely compatible with TRS-80 DOS and uses own controller 

completely compatible with TRS-80 DOS and uses own controller 

Only 51295. 

$1295. 

IMMEDIATE DELIVERY! ORDER TODAY! 

COMPUTHINK 

965 W Maude. Sunnyvale. CA 94086 

(408)245-4033 

(408) 245-4033 

Please send me the following. 

following: 

□ Pet DiSk Disk Dnve Drive 0 □ 400k 0 D BOOk 800k 

o □ Pet Pel Expandamem'" Expandamem'1' 0 D 16k 0 □ 24k 0 Q 32k 

□ Pet Software Sottware (InJo (Into only) 

Q TRS-80 -SO 400k Disk Dnve 

Drive 

o □ Name 0ol1 my nearest Computhmk Computhink dealer 

Total Total enclosed enclosed S __________ . 

_ 

Check or Money Order only Colli Calil Res add 6% lax tax 

Freight pre-pOid pre-paid In in continental US U.S. 

Dealer InqUiries Inquiries InVited 

Invited 

Name _______________ 

Name 

. , 

Adwe~ _______________ 

Address 

City State Zip_

_ 

- 

- 

■ 

—;-d 

_± ,. , , ,~ i 

• ■ 

• 

• 0 

1 ' ■ 1 1 

■ 

1 

FOUR PART HARMO NY 

• 

. —t—^^ — % 

FOR THE PET 

FOUR PART HARMONY FOR THE PET 

A-8 A-S Computers announces a combination cornbmallOn system consisting ol of the Ihe 

KL-4M DAC OAC Board and the Visible V,sible Music MusIc Monitor tor lor Commodore PET- PET· 

CBfVT CBM computers The package enables PET users to easily create and 

play musical mUSical compositions compoSitions ol of up to 10 4 parts 

The KL-4M Kl Board includes Includes an 8-bit a·bIt Digital DrgltalloAnalog to Convener, Cdnvcrter, a low 

pass filter to eliminate high frequency computer generated hiss, hiSS. and an 

on-board audio audiO amplifier. An RCA-lype RCA-type jack Jack is IS also included mcfuded for quick qUick 

attachment ol of your speaker Amplification of the Ihe 6522 CB2 generated 

single Single note nole sound is incorporated Incorporated as well, weU, so that no additional hardware 

(other than a speaker) is IS required. (eQulred Connection ConnechOn is IS made via the parallel 

and cassette casselle ports. Both Bolh ports porlS are alc extended with duplicate connectors 

conf"ICCtors 

(with ('.'11th keyways) so I/O 10 capabilities capabllilles are arc not 001 reduced in In any way Board 

orientation is IS parallel to the back of 01 the PET so additional addlllOnal table space is IS 

not oot required The KL-4M Kl-4M is IS compatible with any of 01 the 4 part music muSIC 

monitors, rroMors. for lor which ... lhlch a number oomber of 01 precoded songs are available. 

The visible VISible Music MUSIC Monitor is IS intended Intended to support 4-part harmony 

systems such as the KL-4M Kl-4M Visible VISible Music MusIC Monitor MonitOf is Is written wnttenentuely entirely in In 

6502 machine language VMM provides an easy way to enter 4-part 

pall 

music muSIC. The user can see the no!es notes on the screen as they are entered, entered. and 

can make changes both ooth with the insert Insert and delete keys, keys. and by using USing 

cursor up and down to 10 "move" notes on the screen. sCleen. Other features lealures 

include "record changer" mode to 10 load successive successIVe songs soogs without withoot 

intervention, intervenltOn. user definable delinable keyboard, keytxJald. and a~ entry of whole notes through 

64ths including Including dotted dOlled and triplet notes noles. Additionally, Additionally. you can specify specllyor 

change tempo, tempo. set key signature, Slgnatlle. and transpose at al anytime time. Wave form lorm 

modilicatioo modification makes it 1\ possible poSSible to 10 create creale newmstrument Instrument sounds Voices VOICes 

can switch SWitch from one instrument Instrument to another or 01 gang upoo on one instrument Instrument 

during dUling the course of the song MUSIC Music can be played either CIlher with note 

display (useful for lor debugging debuggmg songs), songS). or with no display 

KL-4M Kl-4M Music Board & Visible Music Monitor Momtor Program . 559.90 $59.90 

PAPER-MATE 

60 COMMAND 

WORD 

PROCESSOR 

60 COMMAND 

WORD 

AS aIIB 

by Michael Rlley~----'i:::::=r~~~:J 1 

by Michael Rtley j 

Paper-Mate is IS a full-featured word processor 

for lor S29.00 by Michael Riley Paper-Mate incor Incor' 

porates pofates 60 commands commallds to give gIVe you full ll screen 

editing cdltlllg with graphics graphiCS for lor all 16k t6k or 32K PETs, PETs. all 

printers, prllllers. and disk or tape drives. doves It also includes mcludes 

most featuresol of the lheCBM WordPro III. plus many 

additional features 

For writing wlltll19 text. Paper-Mate Paper-Male has a definable 

keyboard so you can use either Business Busmess or 

Graphics GraphiCS machines Shift ShIft lock on letters only, onty. or 

use keyboard shift shllt lock. All AU keys repeal 

Paper-Mate Male text editing ediling incudes Includes floating cursor. 

scroll SCIoli up or down, down. page toward forward or back, and 

sor, 

repealing repeatll1g insert II1Ser! and delete keys. Text Block 

handling includes Includes transfer, transfer. delete, delete. append, append. save, save. 

load, load. and insert. II1sert. 

Allformalling formatting commands are imbedded Imbedded in In text 

for complete complele control. Commands Commall1s include loclude margin margll1 

control contlOl and release, release. column adjust, adlUSt. 9 tab settings, settmgs. 

variable vanable line spacing, spaCIng. justify lustily text, texl center cenler text, text. and 

auto print form fOffillener letter (variable (vauable block) Files can be 

linked so that one command prints prmts an entire entlle 

manuscript. maooscnpl Auto page, page. page headers, headers. page 

numbers, oombers. pause at end of page, page. and hyphenation hyphenallon 

pauses are included Included 

Unlike most rrost word WOld prxessors. Pfocessors. PET graphics graphICS as 

well as text can be used Paper-Mate can send 

any ASC11 

I 1 code over any secondary sec.oroary address to 

any printer pllnter 

Paper-Mate Paper· works on 16K or 32K PETs with With 

any ROM. ROM, cassette or disk, dISk. and CBM or non- non 

CBM printers prlllters. An 8K version verSion is IS in the planning plannllYJ 

To order Paper-Mate, Paper-Mate. specify machine machme and 

ROM type. 

On Tape (with manual): 

$29.95 

On Disk (with manual): 

S32.95 

$32.95 

Manual Separate: 

S 1.00 

BET YOU CAN'T BEAT IT! 

MICROTHELLO 

by Mike Riley 

There are five levels of play in In this thiS PET 

machine language program Level four foor is IS for 

experts only and is IS designed deSigned for tournament Ioornament 

level play. So far lar no one has been able to 10 beat 

level four lour Level l five takes several minutes to 

move and is IS used for exhaustive analysis analysIs of 

specific speCifiC moves. 

There are several features to help in In the 

analysis analysIs of a game. Any position ~sltlon on the board 

can be recalled and replayed. Both BOlh trie the level of 

difficulty and the position posllion of the pieces can be 

changed at any time. You can play against the 

machine, machine. against another person, person. or watch 

the machine play itself Itself You and the machine machme 

can switch sWi sides Sides during durmg the game. Moves are 

selected with the cursor rather than by 

coordinates. For all PETS: S9.95 

TUNNEL VIS ION & 

TUNNEL VISION & 

KATAND 

AND MOUSE 

NOW IN MACHINE E LANGUAGE 

By Riley and Levinson 

This program was so popular that thaI several 

other versions verSions have appeared on the market. 

In order to 10 keep ahead of ol the lhe competition, competition. the 

program has been re-written re-wlltten in machine 

language for fast last graphics. 

The program includes Includes two 1'110 excellent maze male 

games. In Tunnel Vision, Vision. you view the maze 

from inside InSIde in In perspective perspecllve If you get lost, the 

program provides proVides a map ShoWing showing your trail. Irail. In 

Kat and Mouse, you must find lind your way 

through the maze before the hungry Kat fmds 

finds 

you. Each maze has only one solution, solution. and 

each is unique 

For all PETS ::S7.95 

$7.95 

FREE! 

Up 10 S170 in merchandise with purchase 

of one of following PET-COM ilems ! ! ! 

Up to $170 in merchandise with purchase 

of one of following PET-CBM items! ! ! 

BETSI PET 10 to S'I00 S-100 Interface Interlace . S 11900 ,,900 

PET Conne

MAY/JUNE. I 1960. 198O. ISSUE 4. 

COMPUTE. 

27 

COMPUTERS 

Boring, Boring, 

Boring 

Boring, Boring, 

Boring 

Ron Kushnier 

Ron Kushnier 

25 Wendy Way 

Richboro, PA 18954 

Richboro, PA 18954 

Sure, everyone knows how exciting it is (Q to play Space 

Invaders or some similar game oonn their home computer! 

But perhaps the real utility in our machines is 

derived fromm uses thal that arc are less dramatic. After all, , 

one of the primary uses forr any machine is to frec free 

us from thc the drudgery and mundane routine thatI 

burden us in our daily lives; so that we can go off 

and think lofty thoughts and delve into the esoteric. 

Such an application resulted from a problem '",ith with 

the e hca heating system of our new home last winter, winter. I 

knew that the heating contractor and the builder were 

less than cooperative and thatt if I were to (Q gCt get aany 

where with them I[ would have to produce cold, hard 

.lacts. facts. I also knew that according to Murphy, on the 

day they would come comc to inspect the thc systcm system, , it would 

be sunny and warm and the e heater would exhibit 

absolutely no sign of improper design or malfunction. 

I[ needed data- lots of data to substantiate te mym y claim. 

I[ turned to mym y Pet. Fortunately ata t work, I[ had 

alla the peripherals I needed to turn mym y computer 

into a digital recording thermometer. I[ had previously 

ordered a DAM system (now called micro 

Mac) from Conn. . Microcomputer MicroComputer Corp. This set of 

devices is designed to LO provide proyjdc an analog-to-digital 

analog-LO-digi tal 

conversion system which interfaces to the e Pet. Pel. It 

came with a TempsensT empscns which has two temperature 

lUre 

probes good to within a degree Fahrenheit. As an 

output device, I used ana n HP model 5150A5 Thermal 

Printer. 

r. 

The program shown gave me a readout of the 

time every eyery 15 minutes, the temperature ata t the 

floor, 11001', and the temperature at the five foot level. 

I left the e Pet on 24 hours a day over the next 

several days, annotating a g the e data tapes by hand as 

required with such things as the e date, average outdoor 

temperature, etc. The time e period provided 

enough diverse weather conditions to (Q manifest a 

fairly comprehensive comprehensivc variety varielY of heating system 

problems. 

My M y long rolls s of o r data tapes convinced ced the builder 

and heating healing contractor contracLO r that I was serious. And my 

impressive collection n of or equipment could not be 

challenged. 

'T'he The computer's function was boring-sit t there hour 

aftcr after hour and print O'ut out numbers. This certainlyy 

could nott compare with shooting down a Klingon. 

Yct, it provided m y famil y and I wi th a needed 

Yet, it provided my family and I with a needed 

and useful utility for r which there was no substitute. 

. 

Program Listing 

5 PRINT"fi 

PRINT"n 

10 OPEN4,4 

15 INPUT"HR,MN,SC";HR$,MN$,SC$ 

;HR$,t1N$,SC$ 

17 PRINT"fi 

20 TI$=HR$+MN$+SC$ 

30 M$=MID$(TI$,3,2) 

31 PRINT"h 

32 PRINT"TIME";" " 5 FEET";" " ~ -i 

..,FLOOR" 

-iFLOOR" 

33 GOSUB500 

35 PRINT"hH" PRINT".trWI;TI$,HIGH,LOW 

; TI$,HIGH,LOIv 

36 IFF$=M$THENGOT030 

IFF$=M$THENGOTO30 

40 IFM$="00"ORM$="15"ORM$="30"ORM$="45" I1 0RM$="lS"ORM$="30"ORM$="45" .., -. 

~THENF$=M$:GOT090 

-.THENF$=M$:GOTO90 

50 GOT030 

GOTO30 

90 GOSUB500 

130 PRINT#4,TI$;HIGH;L0W 

, TI$;HIGH;LOW 

135 GOT030 

GOTO30 

500 POKE59426,0: , POKE59426,255 , 255: : ~ -. 

^HIGH=PEEK(59471)-20 

~HIGH=PEEK(59471)-20 

510 POKE59426,1: : POKE59426,255 : ~ -. 

-.LOW=PEEK(59471)-20 

~LO\'l=PEEK 520 RETURN 

59468 ,12

28 28 COMPUTE. MAY/JUNE, M I JUNE. 198O 1980 ISSUE 4 

PETMOD 

15 8 

~ 

PET 

~ 

[ffi 

RS-8D 

APPLE 

MICROCOMPUTER MICROCOMP(JTER MEASUREMENT MEAS(JREMENT and 

PETMOO 

NTERFACE 

INTERFACE 

The world we live in is full of variables we 

want to measure. These include weight, 

temperature, temperature. pressure, humidity, speed and 

fluid id level. These variables are continuous 

and their values may be represented by a 

voltage. This voltage is the analog of the 

physicall variable. A device which converts 

a physical, mechanical or chemical quanti· 

ty to a voltage is called a sensor. 

Computers do not understand volt· 

ages: They understand bits. Bits are digital 

signals. A device which converts voltages 

to bits is an analog·to·digital analog-to-digital converter. 

Connectors 

.JToil (li~ RS · 23 2 

~ PR INTER 

RS· 232 INTERfACE 

INTERfA:I~MOO Lj..-z.-.j-C_AB_LIEGA 

AIM I6 MO:E 

amm 0 

POWER 

KIM INTERfACE ANAlOG INP UT MANlfOLO 

~ MOOU LE 

MOO ULE 

~ TRS-80 TQoo MOD 

TR S· SO 

INTERfACE 

~ 

nL:J 

~ lPMOD 

APPLE INTERfA CE 

Connectors 

BpANORI 

EXPANDER 

MOOULE 

rlx:l 

~ 

REMOTE 

CONTROLLER 

CONTROllER 

SENSORS 

SORS 

• TEMPERATURE 

• LIGHT 

T LEVEL LEVU 

• PRESSURE 

• pH 

HUMIDITY 

• HUMIDI TY 

• ACCELERATION 

ACCElERA TlDN 

• SOUND 

• ETC... 

... 

REMOTES 

~ 

• APPLIANCES 

S 

• LIGHTS 

S 

• MOTORS 

• PUMPS 

S 

• ALARMS Al AR MS 

• HI-FIS 

S 

• TELEVISIONS 

S 

• HEATERS 

S 

• FANS 

S 

ETC... 

• ETC .. 

Our AIM 16 (Analog Input Module) is a 16 

input analog-to-digital analog·to·digital converter. 

The goal ofo f Connecticut microcompu 

microCompu· 

ter in designing the uMAC SYSTEMS is 

to produce easy to use, low cost data 

acquisition and control modules for r small 

computers. These acquisition and control 

modules will include digital input sensing 

(e.g. switches), analog input sensing (e.g. 

temperature, humidity), digital output con· 

trol (e.g. lamps, motors, alarms), and 

analog output control (e.g. X·Y X-Y plotters, piotters, or 

oscilloscopes). 

The AIM 16 requires connections to its 

input port (analog inputs) and its output 

port (computer interface). The ICON (Input 

CONnector) is a 20 pin, solder eyelet, edge 

connector for connecting inputs to each of 

the AIM16's 16 channels. The OCON 

(Output CONnector) is a 20 pin, solder 

eyelet edge connector for connecting the 

computer's input and output ports to the 

AIM16. 

The MANMOD1 (MANifold MODule) 

replaces the ICON. It has screw terminals 

and barrier strips for all 16 inputs for 

connecting pots, joysticks, voltage 

sources, etc. 

CABLE A24 (24 {24 inch interconnect cable) 

has an interface connector on one end 

and an OCON equivalent on the other. This 

cable provides connections between the 

uMACSYSTEMS computer interfaces and 

the AIM 16 or XPANDA1 XPANDR1 and between the 

XPANDAl XPANDR1 and up to eight AIM 16s. 

XPANDRI 

XPANDR1 

The XPANDR1 XPANDB1 allows lows up to eight Input! 

Input/ 

Output modules to be connected to a computer 

at one time. The XPANOR1 XPANDR1 is 

connected to the computer in place of the 

AIM16. Up to eight AIM16 modules are 

then connected to each of the eight 

pOrlS ports provided using a CABLE A24 for 

each module. Power lor for the XPANDR1 

is derived from the AIM16 connected 

to the first port. 

Analog Input Module 

Analog Input Module 

The AIM 16 is a 16 channel analog to digital 

converter designed deSi to work with th most 

microcomputers. . The AIM16 is connected 

to the host computer through the compu· 

ter's 8 bit input port and 8 bit output 

port, or through one of the uMAC SYS· 

TEMS special interfaces. 

The input voltage range is 0 to 5.12 

volts. The input voltage is converted to a 

count between 0 and 255 (00 and FF hex). 

Resolution is 20 millivolts per count. Ac· 

curacy is 0.5% ± ~ 

1 bit. Conversion time 

is less than 100 microseconds per channel. 

All 16 channels can be scanned in less than 

1.5 milliseconds. 

Power requirements are 12 volts DC at 

60 ma. 

The P0W1 POWl is the power module for the 

AIM16. One POWl P0W1 supplies enough power 

for one AIM16, one MANMOD1, , sixteen sen 

sors, , one XPANDR1 XPANDRl and one computer in· 

terlace. terface. The POWl P0W1 comes in an American 

version (POWl (POW1a) for 110 VAC and in a 

European version (POW (P0W1e) l for lor 230 VAC. 

TEMPSENS 

This module provides two temperature 

probes for use by the AIM16. This 

module should be used with the MANMODl 

MANMOD1 

for ease of hookup. The MANMOD1 MANM0D1 will 

support up to 16 probes (eight TEMP· TEMP- 

SENS modules). 

ResolutirJn Resolution for each probe is 1°F.

MAY/JUNE. . 198O. 1980. ISSUE 4. 

COMPUTE. 

29 

CONTROL for PET,Apple, KIM, and AIM 

Computer Interfaces 

and Sets 

INTRODUCING 

ING 

SUPER X-10 X-IO MODULE 

Open d a door or window dud and turn on a 

light, r. (ape tape recorder, alarm! 

Control lab equipment. CLOSE THE 

LOOP on the real world. . 

AN INEXPENSIVE IV E CONTROL 

SOLUTION FOR 

HOME SECURITY 

ENERGY CONSERVATION 

GREENHOUSES 

ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLL 

INDUSTRIAL CONTROL 

LABORATORIES 

""""*• 

PLUS: CLOCK, CALENDAR, 

REMOTE SEQUENCE TRIGGERS 

PLUS: CLOCK, CALENDAR, 

For your convenience the AIM16 comes as 

part of a number of sets. The minimum 

configuration for a usable system is the 

AIM16, one POW1 P0W1, , one ICON and one 

OCON. . The AIM16 Starter Set 2 includes 

a MANMOD1 MANM0D1 in place of the ICON. Both 

off these sets require that you have a 

hardware knowledge of your computer 

and of computer interfacing. 

For simple plug compatible systems 

we also olter offer computer interfaces and sets 

for several home computers. . 

SUPER X·l0 X-10 MOD SPECS 

1. Remote controller 

Controls up to 256 different remote 

devices by sending signals over the 

house wiring to remote modules. Uses 

BSR remote modules available all over 

the USA (Sears, Radio Shack, etc.). 

Does not require BSR control module. 

Does nott use sonic link. 

2. Clock/calendar 

Time 0of1 day· - hours, minutes. minutes, seconds 

Date· Dale ■ month, monih. day· - automatically cor· 

rects for 28,29,30 and 31 day months. 

Dayy of the week. 

3. Digital inputs/outputs 

a 8 inputs· - TTL levels or switch closures. 

Can be used as triggers for stored 

sequences. 

8 outputs ·- TTL levels 

4. Computer interfaces 

S-100: 5·100: Requires one a·bit 8-bit input port and 

one 8·bit 8-bit output port. 

Requires cable assembly. 

PET, APPLE, TRS·80, TRS-80, KIM. , SYM, , AIM65: 

Plug-in g·in sets available· - no cable assembly 

required. 

Other: same as S· S-100 

5. 5- Self·contai Self-contained ned module in metal case with 

its own power supply. Physical size 

approximately 

5X6X2. 

Price (until April 30, 1980): $199.00 (S· (S-100), 

5249.00 S249.00 (other) 

All prices and specifications cations sUDject suDject to 

change without notice. Our 30·day 30-day money 

back guarantee applies. 

AIM16 IB (16 channel·8 channel-8 bit Analog 

Input Module) 

179.00 

POWla POW1a (POWer {POWer module·ll0 module-110 VAC) 

14.95 

POWl P0W1e e (POWer module·230 modu!e-230 VAC) 24.95 

ICON (Input CONnector) 

9.95 

OCON (Oulput (Output CONnector) 

9.95 

MANMOD1(MANilold (MANifold MODule) 

59.95 

CABLE A24 (24 inch interconnect 

cable) 

19.95 

XPANDR1 (allows up to 8 Input or 

Output modules to be connected to a 

computer at one time) 59.95 

TEMPSENS2P1 (two temperature probes, 

·10 -10DFto160°F) o F 160°F) 49.95 

LlGHTSENS1Pl(light LIGHTSENS1P1 level probe) 59.95 

The following sets include one AIM16, 

one POW1, P0W1, one OCON and one ICON. 

AIM16 Starter Set 1a a (110 VAC) 189.00 

AIM16 Starter Set le 1e (230 VAC) 199.00 

Thee following sets include one AIM16, 

one POW1 P0W1, , one OCON and one MANMOD1. . 

AIM16 Starter Set 2a (110 VAC) 239.00 

AIM16 Starter Set 2e (230 VAC) 249.00 

The following modules plug into their 

respective computers and, when used 

with a CABLE A24, , eliminate the need for 

custom wiring of the computer interface. 

PETMOD (Commodore PET) 49.95 

KIMMOD MOD (KIM, SYM, AIM65) 39.95 

APMOD (APPLE II) 59.95 

TRS·80 TRS-80 MOD (Radio Shack TRS·80) TRS-80) 59.95 

IjDl 

~(g](S' 

,U [(SYSTEMS 

Order Form 

CONNECTICUT 

microCOMPUTER, Inc. 

150 1S0POCONO ROAD 

BROOKFIELD, CONNECTICUT 06804 

TEL: : (20J) (203! 775·9659 775-9659 TWX : 710·456·0052 

710-456-0O52 

The following sets include one AIM16. 

10, 

one POW1, , one MANMOD1, , one CABLE 

A24 and one computer interface module 

PETSET1 PETSETIa a (Commodore PET· 

■ 

110VAC) 295.00 

PETSET1e PETSETIe (Commodore PET· 

■ 

230 VAC) 305.00 

KIMSETla KIMSETIa (KIM, SYM, AIM65 ·- 

110VAC) 285.00 

KIMSETle KIMSET1e(KIM, SYM, SYM. AIM65 . ■ 

230 VAC) 295.00 

APSETIa APSETla(APPLEII ·1 • 110 10VAC) 295.00 

APSETle APSETIe (APPLE II · ■ 230 VAC) 305.00 

TRS·80 TRS-80 SETla SET1a (Radio Shack TRS·80 TRS-80 -. 

110 VAC) 295.00 

TRS·80 TRS-80 SETle SET1e (Radio Shack TRS·80 TRS-80 -. 

230 VAC) 305.00 

QUANTITY DESCRIPTION PAICE PRICE TOTAL 

SUBTOTAL TAL 

Handlmg Handling and shipping -— add per W order $300 

Foreign orders add 10"4 10% tor for AIR AlA POs1age 

postage 

TOTAL ENCLOSED 

add 7"4 7% sales lax tax 

NAME ____________________________ ___ 

COMPANY' ____________________ __ 

ADDRESS __________________________ ___ 

CITY ______________________________ 

CITY 

STATE 

. 

ViSA O M/C O Expiration aale dale ____________ 

Card number _________________________ 

VISA 0 M IC 0 

Card number 

ZIP _______

ewfrom new from.. ... 

I-FRDSI IHPRDSI 6 SOUTH ST., MILFORD, NH 03055 

ATARI' ~ 

A Warnp Warnerr Communlcallo Communications n s Company 0 

I 

TO ORDER TOLL-FREE 

TOLL·FR 1·800·258·1790 

1-800-258-1790 

(In N.H. call 673.5144) 613·S1"4j 

ATARI800 (list 1080.00) .... 875.00 

ATARI 400 (list ist 630.00) .00) . .... 515.00 

810 DISK DRIVE (699.95). ... .. .565.00 . 820 40-COLUMN 40·COLUMN PRINTER 

(list ist 599.95). . . . .. . ... . .. . 470.00 

410 PROGRAM RECORDER 

R 

(list 89.95) . . .......... .... . 65.00 

JOYSTICK CONTROLLERS .. .18.95 . PADDLE CONTROLLERS ...18.95 

ATARI850 INTERFACE .toba . 'ob"Mo,,'" 

announced 

ATARI830MODEM .... . |Oba 'ob"Mo,"," 

announced 

ATARI825 PRINTER ... .,obs 'ob"Mo",,' 

announced

MAY/JUNE, . 1980. ISSUE 4. 4 COMPUTE. 31 

INSIDE ATARI 

BASIC 

INSIDE ATARI 

Larry 

BASIC 

COMPUTE, 

Larry Isaacs, 

COMPUTE. staff 

This article will present information onn how the 

ATARI BASIC stores programs s in memory. If you 

are new to the field of microcomputer programming, 

this information n should help increase your awareness 

of what your ATARI is doing, making its s behavior a 

little lillie more understandable. 

e . 

The following owing information is based solely on what 

I have been ablee to observe while working with an 

ATARI 800. I believe the information to be accurate. 

However, , it is hard to know how complete thee infor 

r 

mation 

n is. IS. 

Also for those new to microcomputer programming, 

the e next section gives some preliminary informa 

tionn which should help p make the rest of thee article 

mort: more understandable. 

underswndable. 

PRELIMINARY INFORMATION 

One very important term in the field of microcomputing 

is the term "byte". For purposes of this 

article, it can be considered a number which can have 

a value e ranging g fromm 0 to 255. The memory in your 

ATARI consists of groups of bytes, each byte of which 

can be referenced by a unique address. . The part of 

memory which is changeable, called RAM, , starts 

with a byte at address 0 and continues with bytes 

at increasing sequential addresses until the top of 

RAM is reached. The top of RRAM is determined 

by the e type and number of memory modules you 

have in your ATARL 

ATARI. 

Bytes, or combinations of bytes, can be used to 

represent aanything you u want. Some common uses for 

r 

bytes include representing memory addresses, characters, 

numbers, and instructions for the e CPU in 

your ATARJ. ATARI. You will wilt be exposed to several different 

uses for bytes in this article. Some of these uses lI will make reference to ""two byte binary numbers." 

This is where two bytes are used to represent a 

number whose value ranges from 0 to 65535. The 

decimal value of a two byte binary number can be 

computed using the e formula: FIRST BYTE + 

(SECOND BYTE*256). 

'256), 

Also in this article, , reference will be made to 

"page zero". Page zero simply refers to the first 

256 bytes of memory, i.e. addresses 0 through 255. 

This part of memory differs from thee rest of memory 

by the fact that these bytes can be referenced using 

a single byte address. . The rest of memory requires 

two byte addresses. 

THE CONVERSION 

After typing in a BASIC line, hilling hitting RETURN 

causes the line to be passed to the programs found in 

the ATARI BASIC cartridge. Here the line will undergo 

a certain amount of conversion before it is 

stored in memory. One part of this conversion n involves 

converting all of" the BASIC reserved words 

and symbols to a one byte number called a token. .. 

Another part of the e conversion involves ves replaclllg 

replacing 

each variable name in thee line with an assigned 

number which will range fromm 128 to 255. If Ii a 

variable name has been previously previuusly lI used, , it will be 

replaced by the number previously assigned. II If it 

hasn't t been used before, , it will be assigned the 

lowest unused number, , starting with 128 for the 

first variable name. . Also, numbers in the BASIC 

line must be conven converteded into the form which the 

ATARI BASIC uses before they can be stored in 

memory. 

After thee conversion is finished, , the line is 

stored in memory. If thee BASIC line e docs not have 

a line number, , it will be stored after the e last 

statement ent of your BASIC program, , and executed 

immediately. If it does contain a line number, the 

convened converted line will be inserted in the e proper place 

in your program. m . After the line has been executed 

Ul e ~ 

or stored, , your ATARI will wait forr you to type II1 in 

another line. Even though the line undergoes this 

conversion, , the order in which the [he reserved words, 

variables, and symbols occur in the line isn't 

' t 

changed when it is stored in memory. 

THE MEMORY FORMAT FOR A BASIC LINE 

Let's begin with the general format of how a BASIC 

line is stored. Once a BASIC line has been con 

verted ed and stored, , the line number is found in the 

first two bytes of thee memory containing the BASIC 

line. . These bytes form a two byte binary number 

which has the value of the line number. The value 

of this number can range from 0 to 32767. 

The third byte contains the total number of 

bytes in this BASIC line. e . This means you can find 

thee first byte of the next line using the following 

formula: ADDRESS OF FIRST BYTE OF NEXT 

LINE = ADDRESS OF FIRST BYTE OF 

CURRENT LINE + NUMBER IN THIRD BYTE 

CURRENT LINE + NUMBER IN THIRD BYTE 

OF CURRENT LINE, 

LINE. 

The fourth byte contains the number of bytes 

in the first statement in the line, including the 

e 

first fourr bytes. If the BASIC linee contained only 

y 

one statement, the e third aand fourth bytes will conta 

in th e same value. If the line had more th an o ne 

tain the same value. If the line had more than one 

statement, these bytes will be different. 

Next come the bytes which represent the first 

statement tement in the line. . If there is more than one 

statement, the next byte following owing the first statement 

contains the number of bytes in the first two 

statements. Naturally, if there is another statement 

after the second one, the first byte after the end of 

the second statement contains the number of bytes 

in the first three statements, ents, etc. 

This completes the format of a BASIC line as it 

is found in memory. Before going on, let's put this 

information to use in a short program which lists 

out its own line numbers along with the beginning

32 COMPUTE. MAY/JUNE. M 198O. 1980. ISSUE 4. 

address of each line . T o do lhis we m USl firsl f;nd 

address of each line. To do this we must first find 

out OUl where the first firsl byte bYle of the first firsl line is found. 

. 

It h turns out there is a two byte binary number found in 

page zero which co nlains the beginning address of lhe 

page zero which contains the beginning address of the 

first line. This number is contained in bytes 136 and 

137. Also, A , we will know when we've reached the e end 

of the program when we fi nd a line number of 32768, 

of the program when we find a line number of 32768, 

which is oneo more morc than the e maximum allowed by 

ATARI BASIC. T he program LO prinl the line num 

ATARI BASIC. The program to print the line num 

bers and their beginning addresses is shown in 111 

Listing g 1. 

TOKENS 

TOKENS 

In order to lO conserve memory, all of the BASIC 

reserved words, operators, o and various punctuation 

punclUa tion 

symbols area converted conven ed into inlo a one byte bYle number called 

a token. lo n . ThisT s conversion also makes execution simpler 

and faster. TheT tokens can be divided into two groups. 

One groupg contains s the tokens which occur only at 

the lhe beginning of a BASIC statement, Sla lement , and a the other Ol group contains com s the e tokens which occur elsewhere in a 

BASIC statement. Slatement. 

Let's Lel's first rsl take ,ake a look k at al the tokens LOkens which occur 

at al the beginning of a BASIC statement. Slalement. It turns lUrns out OUl 

(hat all statement s will begin wi th one of these LOkens. 

chat all statements will begin with one ol these tokens. 

After some investigation, , I found that these tokens 

will range in value e from 0 to 54. 

The procedure for listing Ii Sl in g the tokens ,okens is fairly- 

y 

simple, , though the e actual al implementation is a bit 

t 

more involved than the brief explanation n which 

follows. lo ows. The idea is to put pUl "1 " I REM" R " as the e first firsl 

Slalemenl statement of the program. m . Then use POKEs K to 

change the line number and token of this lhis REMR statement. By setting the line number and token 

n 

to the same number, listing the line willw print the 

token Loken and corresponding BASIC reserved word. Forluna 

lel y the programs in the BASIC cartridge which 

tunately 

do the e listing lisling LOlerate tolerate the incomplele incomplete BASIC 

stalemenlS. statements. The program forr displaying g these lhese tokens ,okens 

is shown in Listing g 2. . Notice when you run this 

s 

program, , no reserved rved word is printed forr token 54. . 

This is the invisible LET LOken token which is used for 

r 

assignment nt Stateme statements s which don't begin with LET. 

A similar procedure can be used to La list the 

e 

olher other tokens as well. The main differences are rc to 

make the first sl Slalement statement "1I REM A", , POKEK E 54 

(lhe (the invisible LET Loken) token) into LO the first byte bYle of 

the statement, and make the changes forr the token 

LO to the second byte bYle of the Slatemenl. statement. The values forr 

lhe the ,okens tokens which occur after fl the beginning of a Slale 

state 

ment range fromm 20 to 84. The program for printing 

these tokens is given in Listing 3. 

. 

After r running this program, , you will nOl notice icc there 

is no reserved word or symbol printed primed for LOken token 22. 

Token 22 is the terminator tokenn found at the end 

of each BASIC line, except ccpl lhose those whose last stalemenl 

ment is a REM or DATA stalement. statement. Also, , LOkens 

tokens 

state 

56 and 57 didn't ' t prinl print a reserved word orr symbol. 

Both of lhese these LOkens tokens represenl represent the "(" symbol. 

Thc The ""("( " doesn'tt print because thcse these two lOkc tokens are 

associated with array a names, and the e "(" symbol is 

kept kcpt with w h the associated variable name, namc I 

as will be 

seen in the next section. 

n . 

OfO f course you noticed nOliced that lhal most mosl of the symbols 

occur more than once. o ThereT is a differentd token for 

r 

each of the e differentd uses of the e symbol. For r example, 

the lhe word " = ~ " has four different differenl tokens. LOken Token 45 

calls for an arithmetic assignment operation as in 

A = ~ A + 1. I . Token 46 calls s for r a string slring assignment as 

in AS A$ = ~ "ABC"." A B C " . TokenT 34 is used in arithmetica rilhmelic testing lesling 

as in IF A -~ 1 THEN STOP. O P . And finally, token Lo 52 

is the same as token 34 except that it's for testing 

g 

strings. 

One more token, found after the ones listed in 

the previous program: token 14, which Wllld l indicates a con 

stant s/tllll is stored in ill the Ihe following illg 6 bytes. 

10 REM REf! PROGRAM PROGRAl1 TO PRINT LINE NE NUMBERS NUr-tB 20 REM REf! AND THEIR ADDRESSES 

30 REM 

f! 

40 REM REf! GET ADDRESS OF FIRST LINE 

50 ADDRESS=PEEK{136)+PEEK(137)*2 (136)+PEEK(137 ) *2565 6 

60 REM REH GET THE LINE NUMBER NUHBER 

70 LNUM=PEEK(ADDRESS)+PEEK(ADDRESS+1)*256 

UH=PE EK( ) 5 6 

80 REM ~I TEST FOR END OF PROGRAM 

90 ge IF I F LNUM=32768L I-I~3 THEN END 

1001 REMR E ~I PRINT LINE NUMBER AND ADDRESS 

110 ? "LI NE # "; LNUM ; 

110 ? "LINE # ";LNUM; 

1201 ? " STARTS AT ADDRESS ";ADDRESS 

130 REM GET ADDRESS OF NEXT T LINE 

140 ADDRESS=ADDRESS+PEEK(ADDRESS+2) 

14e ADDRESS=ADDRESS+P EEK( ADD RESS+ 2 ) 

1505 0 GOTO 707 0 

1 REf! REM 

100 REM ~I PROGRAM TO PRINT THE TOKENS 

110 REM REf! WHICH I BEGIN I N BASIC STATEMENTS 

I-I ENTS 

1201 REM GET BEGINNING I NG OF PROGRAMRAM 

1301 BASE=PEEK(136)+PEEK(137)*256 

EK( 1 37)*256 

14 0 REM CHANGE STATEMENT TERMINATOR 

150 POKE BASE+5,22 , 2 2 

160 ? CHRS(125): R$( : REM CLEAR SCREEN 

170 REMR E ~I PRINT TOKENS 

1 80 FOR 1=0 TO 54 

180 FOR 1=0 TO 54 

190 REM CHANGE LINE NUMBER R AND TOKEN 

200 POKE BASE,I:POKE BASE+4,I ,1 

210 LIST I: REM PRINT TOKEN 

210 LIST I: REM PRINT TO KEN 

22 0 REM UNDO LI NE FEED I F NEEDED 

220 REM UNDO LINE FEED IF NEEDED 

230 0 IF 1 I>1 THEN EN? ? CHR$(28) CHRS(28); ; 

240 REM CHANGE LEFT MARGIN ~I FOR COLUMNS 

2500 IF 1=19 THEN POKEE 82,12:POSITION2 : I ON 12,1 

260 IF 1=39 THEN POKE 82,24:POSITION 24,1 

2 60 I F 1=39 THEN POKE 82 ,24 : POS I TION 24,1 

2 7 0 NEXT I 

270 NEXT I 

280 REM PUT PROGRMI PROGRAM BACK TO NORMAL NORH 290 POKE BASE,1:POKE BASE+4,0 

2 9 0 POK E BAS E,l: POKE BASE+ 4, O 

300 POKE BASE+5,155 , 310 POKE 82,2:POSITION2 2,2222 

1 REf! REM A 

100 BASE=PEEK(1 BASE=PEEK{136)+PEEK(137)*256 

EK( 1 37)*256 

110 REf! REM CHANGE BEGINNING NG TOKEN 

1120 POKE BASE+4,54:POKE BASE+6,22 , 1130 REMH PRINT I OPERATOR AND FUNCTION TOKENS 

140 ? CHR$( CHR${125) 

1500 FOR 1=200 TO 844 

160 POKEE BASE,I:POKE BASE+5,I +S 1170 LIST I 

11808 0 REM UNDO LINE FEEDS 

190 ? CHR$(28);:IF I F 1=222 THEN? ? CHR$(28); 

8 ) ; 

200 IF 1=399 THEN POKE82,ll: POKE82,11:POSITIONll,1POS I TION1 1, l 

210 210 IF 1=599 THEN POKE82,19:POSITION19,1 

, : POS I , l 

22020 IF 1=79 THEN POKE82,28:POSITION28,1, 28 ,l 

230 NEXT I 

2404 0 POKE BASE,1:POKE E,l: BASE+4,0 , O 

250 POKE BASE+5,65:POKE, : BASE+6,155 

260 POKE 82,2:POSITION , 2 : 22,22 

,

MAY/JUNE, MAV/JUNE. 1980 , ISSUE 4, A COMPUTE. JJ 33 

VARIABLE NAMES AND CONSTANTS 

VARIABLE NAMES AND CONSTANTS 

As each new variablea blc is encountered, , it is assigned 

a number. These numbers begin with 128 and are 

a ss igned sequentia ll y u p to 255. Notice these numbers 

assigned sequentially up to 255. Notice these numbers 

will fit illlo into onc one byte. b Also, , ass each new variable 

is encounlered encountered, , the variable name m e is aadded d ded to LO a 

variable able name list, , aand 8 bytesb olr memory are reserved 

for ror that variable. In the case o[ of undimensioned 

ned 

variables, these 8 b ytes will co nta in the value o[ 

variables, these 8 bytes will contain the value of 

the e variable. For r strings and arrays, , these 8 bytes 

will contain parameters, m e rs, wid1 with the actuall values and 

characters rs slOreci stored elsewhere. 

. 

This method elhod of oi handling n variables has somee 

advantages. tages, One advantage is thatt it keeps usage to a 

minimum. , The variable name is onlyy stored once, aand 

each time that name m e is referenced renced in a BASIC state tc 

ment, , it occupies onlyy onee byte in thc the stored 

program. program, Another r advantage is thatt the address 

where the value forr a variable e is stored slO can be 

computed [rom from the assigned number. u m This isn't true 

of the BASIC found in somem e other microcomputersm m where values muSt must be searched [or. for. 

There are also some disadvantages as well, well. First, 

it limits its you to 128 different variable names. . How 

ever, , the great majority of programsp m s won't ' t need more 

a rc 

tha n 128 variable na m es. O ne o th e r ci isacivaJ1l agc is 

than 128 variable names. One other disadvantage is 

that a t should a variablea name m e be no longer needed, 

or accidental)' ly entered due to a typo, there is no quick 

way to remove that variable from the variable name 

list and reuse the 8 bytes reserved forr it. 

Apparently, the only wayy lO to gel get rid off unwanted 

variablesa is to LIST the program m to cassen cassettee or 

disk. For example, LIST ""CC will lisl list the program 

to cassette. , Once the program is saved, , use the NEW 

command to clear the old program. Then useu the 

ENTER ER command to lO reload the ,he program. ra m . For 

cassette ll e this lh would be ENTER ""C. Using g the LIST 

command saves the program in character form. . 

ENTERingE the program m then lhen causes each line lO to be 

converted again as was done when n you first typed 

it in. . Now onlyy the variables found in the programp m 

will be pla ced in the vari a ble name list, a nd spa ce 

will be placed in the variable name list, and space 

reserved forr lhe their value. Using CSAVE aand CLOAD 

won't ' t do this because these save aand load a copy of 

the memory o where the program ram is stored. red, UnwantedU variables are rc saved aand loaded with (he the rest off 

the program. p . 

Constants nts are stored in the BASIC statements 

along with the restt or of the line. The constant will 

be proceeded precced ed by a ""14"' tokenn as mentionedm previously. 

Explaining how ATARI A R I BASIC: rc represents presc nls 

the numbers used lI ass constants nt s and as variable 

,'a values will require some explanation about BCD 

((Binary Coded Decimal) numbers. I will save this lhis 

information n for a later r article. 

e , 

Too give aann example off using g the information 

n 

in this section, , let's t take a look at the variable 

name list. Ii Sl. Fortunately a lely bytes bYles 130 aand 1311 contain 

the address dress of the beginning off the variable e namem e 

list. st, The list will consist eonsist off a string off characters, 

each ch a racte r occupying o ne byte o r m e mory, T o 

each character occupying one byte of memory. To 

indicate the (he last character of a name, m ATARI 

BASIC addss 128 to lo the value representingg lha thatl 

character. Since the values representing ng the characc 

te rs won' t exceed 127 , the new val ue will still 

ters won't exceed 127, the new value will still 

fit into one byte. b Too indicate ica the eend of the list, , 

a 0 is placed in the byte following g the last 

character a off the last name. m e , The program m which 

prints the variable a e name list is given in Listing 4. 

. 

Notice whcn when you u run this program, m , thatt the "C' "(" 

is saved ass part of a array y name, m e , and the "$" 

as pan of a stringg name. 

m e , 

MEMORY ORGANIZATION 

Finally, let'ss look at how the memory m storage is 

organized lo forr a BASIC program. program, The order in which 

the various parts off a program m are found in 

memory is shown in Figure 1. 'The only part whose 

beginning is fixed is the variable namem e list which 

begins a t address 2048. T'he begin ning of the mhe r 

begins ai address 2048. The beginning of the other 

parts pans will move appropriately, pria ass the program m grows. 

There are addresses in page zero which can be used 

to iind find each off the lhe parts shown in Figure 1. These 

addresses, usually y called pointers, are shown in Table 

I, I. This table includes the two pointers which were 

used in the previousp s programs. p m Figure !:,» ,' End onlf Array Storage IOra,L:t: An:a Area 

",'n' Bl'.I.:ill Beginning ll ing off Array StorageS !Ura ,~'c An:a Area 

n F,' ' End of oi' Program 

ll1 

'nn' Bq.{i Beginning nilln g- off Program P rogT

COMPUTE, COMPUTE. MAY/JUNE. I 1980. ISSUE 4. 

APPLICATION 

APPLICATION 

For r those who are interested in putting pulting this inforr 

mation to use, I will present one example here. . I 

wiII will try lO to give more examples in future issues of 

COMPUTE. 

At some time you may find it useful to be able 

to ""undimension" n " some arrays of strings, aand reuse 

the memory for some other arrays and strings. It 

turns out that the CLR function only clears the 

variables found between the BOA (Beginning Of 

Variables) pointer and the BOP (Beginning Of Oi 

Program) pointer. By temporarily changing thee BOP 

pointer, we can keep somee of the variables from 

being cleared. The array storage area is cleared by 

setting the EOA (End Of Arrays) pointer equal to 

the BOA (Beginning Off Arrays) pointer. We e can 

save somee of the array sLOrage storage area by temporarily 

changing the BOA pointer. 

The listingg for this UNDIMENSION routine is 

shown in Listing 5. The listing also includes a small 

demo program to illustrate its use. Note that all of 

the names of variables which are to be cleared 

should occur in the program prior to any of the 

names of variables whieh which are rc to be saved. This puts 

thee sLO storage for lor the variables to be cleared at the 

beginning of the e variable storage area. Also notc note 

that a dummy string which can be cleared is needed 

by the UNDIMENSION routine. In your main program, 

this dummy string should be dimensioned 

just before dimensioning ning thee strings and arrays 

1 REM DIMENSION THE DUMMY STRING 

2 DIM DUMMYS(l) 

3 REM DHIENSION DIMENSION THE ARRAYS AND STRINGS 

4 REII REM WHICH WILL NEED CLEARING 

5 DIM Al(1),A2(1) 

Al(l),A2(1) 

6 CLR: REII CLEAR THESE VARIABLES 

6 CLR: REM CLEAR THESE VARIABLES 

7 N=3: REM N= # OF VARIABLES JUST DIMENSIONED 

8 REII REM INCLUDING DUMIIYS 

DUMMY? 

9 REM YOUR PROGRAM MAY BEGIN HERE 

9 REII YOUR PROGRAM MAY BEGIN HERE 

100 REM HERE IS AN EXAMPLE OF HOI, HOW TO 

110 REfl REM USE THE UNDHIENSION UNDIMENSION ROUTINE 

120 DIM TESTS(20) :TESTS="I'II STILL HERE " 

120 DIM TESTS{20):TEST?="I'M STILL HERE" 

130 DIll DIM DUMMYS(l) DUMMY${1),A1(50,10) ,Al( ,10) 

140 Al(50,10)=l:? Al{50,10),TEST? 

140 Al(50 ,10 )=1:? Al(50 ,10 ) ,TESTS 

150 REM EXECUTE UNDHIENSION ROUTINE 

150 REM EXECUTE UNDIMENSION ROUTINE 

160 LINE=170:GOTO 1020 

170 DIM DUMMYS(l),A2{500) , A2(500 ) 

180 A2(500)=2:? A2(500),TESTS 

180 A2(500)=2:? A2(500) ,TESTS 

190 END 

200 REM 

1000 REM UNDINENSION UNDIMENSION ROUTINE 

1010 REM SAVE CURRENT POINTER VALUES 

1010 REM SAVE CURRENT POINTER VALUES 

1020 S136=PEEK(136):S137=PEEK S136=PEEK{136):S137=PEEK(137) 

) 

1030 S140=PEEK(140):S141=PEEK(141 S140=PEEK{140}:S141=PEEK(141) ) 

1040 REM MOVE END OF VARIABLES 

1050 Tl=PEEK(134)+8*N:T2=PEEK(135) 

1060 IF Tl>255 THEN T2=T2+1:Tl=Tl-256:GOTO 1060 

1070 POKE136,T1:POKE137,T2 

1070 POKE136,Tl:POKE137,T2 

1080 REN REM MOVE BEGINNING OF ARRAYS 

1090 T2=INT(ADR(DUMMY$)/256) 

(DUMMYS 1100 Tl=ADR(DUMMYS)-T2*256 

Tl=ADR(DUMMY$)-T2*256 

1110 POKE140,Tl:POKE141,T2 

POKEl40,Tl:POKEl41,T2 

1120 CLR: REM CLEAR THE ARRAYS 

1120 CLR: REM CLEAR THE ARRAYS 

1130 REM RESTORE POINTERS AND RETURN 

1140 POKE136,S136:POKE137,S137 

1150 POKE140,S140:POKE141,S141 

1150 POKE140,S140:POKE141,S141 

1160 GOTO LINE 

1160 GOTO LINE 

that you will latcr later clear, , as was done in statements 

Statements 

120 and 150. This allows the use usc of the e ADR function 

to find the end of the array area to [Q be saved. 

The reason the UNDIMENSION routine is not 

executed by a GOSUB is th (hata t the return line 

number is lost in the clearingg process. Loop parameters 

will also be lost, , so the routine shouldn't n be executed while in a FOR..NEXT loop. 

CONCLUSION 

Hopefully y youu found the information in this article 

understandable, aand will find it useful at .some point 

in the future. The information n does show lthat h aL ATARI 

BASIC is fairlyy efficient in usingg memory to slOre 

store 

programs. Also, there is very little penalty y in 

memory usage when using long variable names. If 

you u have aany questions please send them to 

COMPUTE. ©

MAY/JUNE. MAV/JUNE. 1980 198O. . ISSUE 4. A. 

COMPUTE. 

35 

35 

JOIN 

JOIN 

RAYGAMCO 

NOW! 

NOW! 

Become a 

Become a 

member of 

. 

RAYGAMCO 

- 

Computer 

Computer 

Discount Club. 

BIG SAVINGS ON EVERY ITEM! ___ 

BIG SAVINGS ON EVERY ITEM! 

------i 

• 

By being a RAYGAMCO Member you receive substantial discounts on every item you 

purchase. purchase, Including including all hardware. hardware, software. software, accessories, even books and paper! paper1 You 

will also receive a monthly newsleller newsletter with all the lalest latest available for your particular 

computer system. system, and much. much, much more -— exclusive 10 to RAYGAMCO Members only! 

only1 

All the famous brand names, including: 

APPLE 

Alpha Micro Soroc Lear Siegler 

ATARI Alpha Pro Hazeltine 

Shu'gart 

Shugart 

EXIDY/Soreerer EXIDY/Sorcerer Cromemeo Cromemco Sektor 

Texas Instruments 

Kim/Commodore Xerox 

PET 

Here's how to join. 

Here's how to join. 

Fill out the in/ormation, information, and mail. mad That"s That's all there is to it. Nothing to buy. 

I want to be a RAYGAMCO Computer Discount Club Member. Please send my 

RAYGAMCO Membership card to ; 

Name ___________________________________________________ 

Name 

Address _________________________________________________ 

Address 

City City ___________________ State _______________ Zi p __________ 

State Zip 

Computer (Brand Name) _____________________________________ 

I would like in/ormation information on (please specify system, part, accessory. accessory, book. book, program. program, etc.) 

WE HONOR VISA. VISA, MASTERCHARGE, MASTERCHARGE. BANKAMERICARO 

BANKAMERICARD 

Store Hours: Sat 10-6, Sun 12·4, 12-4, Tu-Fri 11-8 

TOLL FREE. . EXCEPl EXCEPT CA 

800-854-6455 

RAYGAM, INC. 

6791 WESTMINSTER AVENUE WESTMINSTER, CA 92683 

TELEX 182274 

(714) 891-2587 

(714) 891-2587

36 COMPUTE. . MAY/JUNE, I JUNE. 198O 1980 iSSUE ISSUE 411 

Something New for your PET 

.' ._. 

—i PET 

m r.l 7 I Personal 

~ l..!...J LJ Computer 

mm Guide 

LLIl°J t.lJ ~ "s c . '~..!.-:;::: 

pnrnrn 

GJ, [I) GJ WI - 

l.ll.lm~ 

U L..J l..!.J N 

- - 

0['J§EJ 

PET Personal 

PET Personal 

Computer Guide 

by C. Donahue and J. J . Enger 

Everything you always a/ways wanted to 

know about PET but Commodore 

didn't tell you. A practical guide to 

didn't tell you. A practical guide to 

PET programming techniques, 

techniques. 

graphics, operation, operation. and how to cope 

with those#&$! those.&$l PET peculiarities. 

.---30-6 "30·6 $15 00 

NEW this Winter 


PET and the 

IEEE 488 

(GPIB)Bus Bus 

1 ~,," .... n,"', ·C" "'n" R 

PET and the 

IEEE 488 (GPIB) Bus 

by C. Fisher and C. W. W . Jensen 

This is the only complete guide available 

on interfacing Interfacing PET to GPIB. . Learn 

how to program the PET interface Illterface to 

control power supplies, supplies. signal 

sources, signal analyzers and othero instruments. It's full fuU ofo f practical 

information, as one ofo f its Its authors 

assisted in In the original ongillal design ofo f the 

PET GPIB interface. Interface. 

-'••31-4 ::3 1· 4 $15 00 

~ \-_ ..•. 

PET and the 

IEEE 488 (GPIBJ Bus 6502 

Assembly Language 

Programming 


by L. Leventhal 

6S02 

For the advanced programmer: 

increase the capabilities and 

performance of PET (and d othero 6502-based computers) by learning 

to program in assembly language. 

"27-6 ,,27·6 $12$ 1250 

I 

r 

By L. Poole and M. Borchers 

This book was designed for people who can use a variety 

of practical BASIC programs -— 76 programs in all thatt 

cover a wide variety of personal finance. finance, math, statistics, 

and general interest topics. The documentation in the book 

is complete so that you can run the programs even if you 

aren't an experienced programmer. 

= ~06-3 6·3 . $12.50 

PET owners can purchase the programs ready-la-run ready-to-run on 

cassette or disk. disk, using the book as a manual for program 

descriptions. descriptions, operating operatmg instructions and programming 

options. 

Disk ;: £33-0. . $22.50 Cassette ;; #25-X. $ $15.00 

0 

Booti/Cassatte/Disk 

Quantity 

I Book/ Cesset t e/Dilk Price Qu.ntity Amount 

I 

I 

27·6 27-6 6502 Assembly Language Programming 

30·6 30-6 PET Personal Computer Gu,de Guide 

$ SI15 5 00 

31 31-1 . 4 PEl' PET and the me IEEE 488 (GPl8l (GP1BI 8us Bus 

$1500 

Si 5 I 

006-3 6 ·3 Some Common BASIC Programs (boo IbOOkl ~ l 

$1250 S125O 

I 25. 25-XX Some Common BASIC SASIC Programs PET Cassette 

SIS $15 00 

Cty _ 

33-0 Disk 

I 

33.0 Some Common BASIC Programs PET D ,s ~ 

$22 50 

State . 

California resident tax 

Phone 

I Caioforn'a California reS residenls idents add 6 

sales t,-. 

CII,lorn,a reSident ta. 

lax 

S F BART residents . lax 

S' BARl' .es,dents add 6' , sales tao 

Shipping 

I 

Tot.1 Total Amount Amoi. 

Enclosed 

| Shipping IShippmg for large orders arranged) 

OSBORNE/McGraw-Hill 

I Sl'upp.ng (ShIpp 10 0 , 

'" f • hit e olde's to be arrang&cll 

cGraw-Hili 

Way, Wj> 

| o □ All 100e'gn foreign olde's orders $4 S4 00 pel pet book to. lor a"ma,1 

630 Bancroft W , Dept. G 

airmail 

Cauenes Cassettes and Disk 

< n SO per 4th class in 3-4 California ~ *A'!~ I 

o $0 45 pet book 4 1'1 clau on the U S (allow 3 · 4 weeksl 

Berkeley, ia 94710 

I 03 $075 pet per book boos UPS on in Ine me U S (allow tallow 10 daysl davsi 

C 7 No add' additional tlonal eha.ge chgrge on m the US U S 

14 (415) 1 51 548·2805 548-2805 •-TWX X 9910-366-7277 -366·7277 Itnl~ 

li I 

D 50 rush shipment air in S o C S SI 1 SO 50 each torelg foreign n 81,ma airmail 

L _ 

o $1 

_ 

SO 

___ 

per book special 

_ 

tUSh 

_ 

sh,pment 

____ 

by all on the 

_ 

U 5 

____ __ _ _ _ _ _ ___ _ ___ __ _ _ __ J 

,1 

I — — — - 

Some Common 

BASIC Programs 

By L. Poole and M . Borchers 

$ $1250 

---- - ---- ----l 

~ OSBORNE/McGraw-Hill 

McGraw· "I 

I 

I 

I 

I 

I 

I 

I 

I 

I 

j

MAY/JUNE. WAY/JUNE. 1980. I960. ISSUE 4. 4 COMPUTE. 37 

Review: 

PET AND THE IEEE 488 Bus (GPIB), 

by Eugene Fisher and C. W. Jensen. 

Osborne/McGraw Hill, 233 pp. $15.00 

$15.OO 

Review by 

Review by 

Jim Butterfield 

The IEEE-488 bus may be a small part of the overall 

PET/CBM system, but there's enough in it to fill a 

book - and then some. One gels gets the impression 

ion 

that Fisher and Jensen could have gone on for 

another 200 pages or so without exhausting the subject. 

It's a very thorough book, and it documents 

the IEEE-f88 IEEE-488 bus and PET's role in considerable 

detail: line by line, command by command. The book 

is primarily y aimed at hardware enthusiasts and engineering 

types; but even the casual user r who just plugs 

in and hopes it works will find useful information 

here. There are general descriptions of what goes on, 

with liberal sketches depicting the interactionn in a 

somewhat whimsical form. There are extensive lists of 

compatible equipment and descriptions of applications. 

There'ss even a short diagnostic test which may 

help pinpoint t trouble on the e bus. 

For those who need to plunge into technical 

detail, it's all there: from connector pin designations 

to lO signal sequences, everything is spelled ed out in 

detail. Chapter 5, "Execution and Timing Sequences", 

is the longest chapter in the book. It contains 

step-by-step outlines of everything that happens 

on the bus for every relevant evant PET Basic command. 

There arc are a few things the authors didn't tackle. 

Chapter 6 deals with interfacingg non-standard devices. 

The interface described is for a receive-only device 

which responds to everything the PET sends. A 

schematicc is given, , and a subsequent chapter details 

a similar interface to the Centronics PI printer. 

But the design of a selecting interface, which can be 

called in as needed by the PET, is not touched 

upon. Even a brief outline here would have been 

useful. 

Similarly, il the authors stay away from the question 

of multiple PETs communicatingg with each other or 

with a common device over the CPIB GPIB bus. It's ' s a 

tricky subject and laced with pitfalls; users lI would 

have been grateful for r any hints they might have 

been given. 

Even so, the e book has a wealth of detail on 

all levels. There's hardly a page without a diagram, 

chart, , illustrationn or photograph. . Timing questions 

and logic sequences are described meticulously. 

The book is remarkably fl·ee free from errors. A few 

creep in: table 5-122 seems to have omitted the 

""unlisten" " signal; page 72 should show an EOI on 

the last E of GENE; page 109 seems to show the 

CRR and EOI coming from the PET rather than the 

external device. The sequence given on page 83: 

OPEN 5,5 "TEST"" doesn't seem to work on myy 

PET: it gives a syntax error. The authors might 

have mentioned the one-character delay that PET 

introduces in the output (so that it can append the 

EOI signal at the right time). 

I would have liked to see more attention given 

to multiple devices. At first glance, it appears that 

since PET only works one device at a time, the 

single-talker, single-listener listener description is adequate. 

But all devices arc are on-line during the selection sequences; 

and it seems to be important t to emphasize 

that any device can pull a line to true aand all 

devices must release ease the line to false. That's the 

whole point behind the three-wire handshake; yet I 

couldn'tt find the information in the introductory 

section. . 

But what the book is missingm is minor compared 

to what it's gOl. got. It's a gold mine of both con- 

ceptual information and hard facts. It covers hardware, 

software, mechanical assemblies, and standards. 

It lists numerous us devices and gives copious references. 

In short, it's virtually everything you wanted to 

know about the IEEE-488 l bus .. or are likely to want 

lO to knO\·v know in thee future. 

© 

Money Back Guaranlee 

~.- 

Dealer Inqulrt •• Welcome 

UNDERSTANDING YOUR PET/CBM 

Volume I: Basic Programming 

New 248-page book Includes all the former TIS workbooks 

except "PET Graphics." Provides Information for both ROMs and 

a comprehensive Index. Only $14.95. 

Also Irom from TIS 

W8-3 WB-3 PET Graphics $4.95 

Software produclS products 00 on cassette Of or Uoppy floppy disk with wilh complete instruction 

manual. Each S24.95 S2-S.95 (cassette). $29.95 (diskette). 

SW-l SW-1 MAIL B mailing list system 

SW-2 CHECKBOOK record 

SW-3 ACCOUNTS keep track 01 of who owes you how much 

SW-4 MEOI MEDITT create and maintain date Iiles 

files 

SW-5 CALENDAR appOintments. appointments, meetings at·a-glance 

at-a-glance 

TtS TIS 

P.O. Box 921, Dept. C 

Los Alamos, Alamos. NM 87544 

Add S2 $2 (S5

38 38 COMPUTE. MAY/JUNE. I 198O 1980 ISSUE 4 

INTRODUCING 

B.E.C.FOR 

THEC.B.M. 

B.E.C.FOR 

THE C.B.M 

Micro Mini Computer World Inc. is an 

Micro Mini Computer World Inc. is an 

exclusive distributor for the BUSINESS 

SOFTWARE developed by Business En 

hancement Compuservice of Escondido, 

hancement Compuservice of Escondido, 

California. 

If you are selling or using the 

If you are selling or using the 

COMMODORE BUSINESS 

MACHINES (CBM) computer systems, 

then you should provide yourself or 

your customers with the BEST and 

MOST COST EFFECTIVE software for 

MOST COST EFFECTIVE software for 

the CBM business computer system. 

CURRENT B.E.C. SOFTWARE: 

CURRENT B.E.C. SOFTWARE: 

• General Ledger-Master Ledger--Master File 500 

accounts 

Journal File 3000 

entries 

• Accounts Receivable--Master Receivable-Master File 

800 customers 

Invoice File 800 

invoices 

• Accounts Payable--Master Payable-Master File 800 

customers 

Invoice File 800 

invoices 

• Payroll--300 Employees 

• Job Cost--800 Cost-800 Items 

• Inventory--800 Inventory-800 Items per disk 

• Mail List/Customer Info--600 

Info-600 

customers 

B.E.C. SOFTWARE FEATURES: 

B.E.C. SOFTWARE FEATURES: 

• Complete and Total documentation 

(over 150 pages) 

• Step by Step walk through on every 

program operation, with examples. 

• Each package is Menu driven and uses 

dynamic load and overlay once Master 

Menu is booted. 

• Examples are provided for all Reports 

and other Printed Forms. 

• All Input/Output operations in regard 

• All Input/Output operations in regard 

to file accesses use the CBM random 

access method. 

• Sorts are machine language. 

• All packages are interactive with 

• All packages are interactive with 

each other. 

B.E.C. VALUE ADDED 

BENEFITS 

BENEFITS 

• Total concentration to the development 

of software for the CBM computer 

systems. 

• Programs can be easily modified by 

dealers and/or end users. 

• At reasonable rates, B.E.C. will 

modify their software to meet customer 

requirements. (Complete specifications 

must be submitted in writing) 

DEALERS and INTERESTED 

PARTIES may obtain a copy of the 

B.E.C. software documentation for $25. 

If after review you are not interested 

send the documentation back for a full 

refund or you can apply the $25 toward 

the first software purchase. 

Suggested retail for each software 

package is $120. When purchasing all 

seven packages, the suggested retail is 

$795. 

DEALERS send us your letter head and 

proof of a ligimate computer business 

operation and we will forward wholesales 

prices that will give you DECENT 

PROFITS. 

COMPUTER WORLD 

'01\< ",~" 

"'4 

GC~ 

COUNTRY SHOPP\'" 

74 ROBINWOOD ROB1NWOOD AVE. COLUMBUS, OHIO 43213 

(614) 235·5813 235-5813 (614) 235-6058

MAY/JUNE. I lQBO 1980. ISSUE 44. 

COMPUTE. 

39 

39 

TREAT YOUR PET/CBM ICBM TO A 

0' 

P E T* 

r. I. E. 

(Parallel Interfac ing Element) 

F.I.E. 

(Parallel Interfacing Element) 

by LemData Products 

BY LEMDATA PRODUCTS 

-I I- 

PRINTER 

Now your 80 8O column CBM (or any PET/CBM) / can drive your choice of high quality printers 

for word processing. The NEC Spinwriter and 

Anderson-Jacobson AJ841 can be driven as well 

as any other ASCII Parallel-input printer such as 

Centronics. Centronics, Integral Data and Anadex. It's a 

major step step in making your PET/CBM / the most 

useful office or home appliance you have. 

A printer is required for any business system 

and is the most desirable peripheral for any 

hobbyist. You know what printer you want and 

can think of a thousand things to do with it-- 

The P.I.E. is an interface to connect any 

parallel-input printer to your PET using the 

IEEE-488 bus. You connect the P.I.E. to the PET 

and the printer to the P.I.E. It's as easy as 

PIE! The P.I.E. P.l.E. has selectable addressing and provides 

extension of the IEEE-488 bus to be compatible 

with all the other peripherals peripherols you have or 

may acquire. 

Because the P.I.E. transfers information 8 bits 

at a time, time. it's faster than serial interfaces. 

And because many printers only provide serial 

interfaces optionally, optionally. you can save money using 

the P.I.E. Serial interfaces require +12v+ and 

-12v from a power supply while the P.I.E. P.l.E. uses 

only +5v+ which can be supplied by most printers 

themselves. No tangle of wires to contend with 

and you save again. If your printer can't can·t supply 

power, power. the P.I.E. P.l.E. can also a be connected to a 

power supply using the power cable provided on 

the P.I.E. 

The P.I.E. PH. uses the IEEE-488 bus of your PET 

automatically type invoices and end-of-themonth 

statements. statements, print all of your mailing labels 

or even the envelopes. envelopes, make advertisements or 

write letters. letters, make hard copies of those important 

programs for permanent back-up. back-up, print your 

favarite favorite recipe for a friend. friend, print personal 

telephone listings or Christmas card lists-- 

but you haven·t haven't found an easy way to connect 

it to your PET. Well. Well, your search is over! You've 

found THE way to connect your printer to your 

PET. Treat your PET to a PIE! 

and the 488 Basic commands such as PRINT#. 

PRINT#, 

end-of-the- 

CMD. CMD, etc. You don·t don't need to load software 

routines. routines, which also slows the printing down. 

down, 

because the 488 commands are always available 

in Basic. 

Because the PET in lower case mode outputs 

the wrong ASCII codes, codes. the P.I.E. provides 

for the use of an optional, optional. switch h selectable, selectable. 

Code Converter ROM to output the correct 

ASCII codes to match all the ASCII II characters 

displayed on the PET screen. 

The P.I.E. P.l.E. provides 8 latched TTL data bits and 

2 TTL handshaking lines (both positive and negative 

handshaking supported) so any parallel- 

parallelinput 

device can be driven. This could include 

devices other than printers, printers. such as plotters or 

even AC relay control devices. 

Documentation includes instructions for 

using OPEN, OPEN. PRINT*, PRINT#. CMD and CLOSE commands. 

how to set the device* device# of the P.I.E. 

and the set-up -up and test mands, 

procedures. 

The P.I.E. P.l.E. is fully assembled and ready to use. Cables are optionally available for most printers (with both 

connectors or connector for P.I.E.only). P.l.E.only). For FULL-CABLE please specify printer model, model. type of connector and 

pin/signal 

designation. 

SO STOP SEARCHING AND START ENJOYING. 

PLACE YOUR ORDER FOR A P.I.E. P.l.E. TODAY!! 

P.I.E. P.1. E. --------------------------------------------------$8 $89.95 

CODE CONVERTER -------------------------------$14.95 

FULL-CABLE -CABLE--------------------------$39. $39.95 95 

SEMI-CABLE M A E -----------------------------------------$19.95 

S19.95 

LemData Products, P.O. P_O_ Box 1O8O, lOBO, 

Prices include shipping and handling for checks 

Columbia, MD. 21O44 21044 Phone (3O1) (301) 73O-3257 730-3257 

and money orders. COD add $5. Md. res, s. add 

'PET -PET is Is a trademark of Commodore 

5% tax. Allow 4 to 6 weeks delivery. 

Business Machines

40 

4O COMPUTE. MAY/JUNE. MAY/JUNE, 198O. 1980 ISSUE 4. 4. 

Review: 

Review: 

6502 Software 

65O2 Software 

Design, 

Review by 

Jim Butterfield 

by Leo J . Sca nlon 

Howard W. Sams & Co., Inc., 

by Leo J. Scanlon 

Howard W. Sams & Co., Inc., 

27O 270 pp. $1O.5O $10.50 

This 'T'hi s is is quite quile a pleasant book; it it makes good reading. 

. 

The title lilie is is misleading: m g: the Ihe book deals with wilh 6502 

programming rather than software design. In In fact. ract , 1I 

rather r missed m the software design elements: clements: planning 

memory, memory. designing data structures, and testing/ 

debugging g methodology are a rc important impona nt concepts s for lor be· 

ginning g programmers. The book expends its s main 

efforts on the subjects of o f writing code and handling 

interrupts and a nd input/output inpUl/oUlpUl devices. 

The book bouk is oriented o enled towards IOwards the Ih e Rockwell AIM A I M 

65 microcomputer, m r, but bur not t too lOa heavily. Users of 

other Olhcr systems will find it a worthwhile wonhwh ile reference 

of text. The book appears a ideal for a programming 

course textbook: textbook; it is well organized o and gets into 

serious s programming quite quickly. quickly, 

ChapterC 1I is partly historical, partly y an a n overview 

of popular microprocessors and partly panly a brief plug 

for the AIM A I M 65. There's a minor m problem where the 

aUlhor describes Ih e 6800/6 502 famil y as cha racler 

author describes the 6800/6502 family as character 

ized by b y novel memory-mapped architecture: re: in fact, , 

all microprocessors including Ih thee 8080 and Z-80 

can aand do use mcmory memory mapped lIO. 1/0. And I rather 

wish that the illlroductio introductionn to the 6502 had mentioned ned 

its iis remarkable speed due to pipelining techniques - 

a factor r that sc sets it clearly y aahead ooff the earlier 

6800. 

Chapter 2 gets into the 6502 instruction sel. set. 

Similar op codes are grouped aand discussed together, 

which helps to develop intuitive ideas of the 

machine's capabilities. Numerous us examples of coding 

arc are included. The slyle style is generally easy aand 

straightforward, rward , but beginners will still find it it slow 

going: Ih there's s a 10 lot 1 of malerial material 10 to gel get Ihrough. 

through. 

SSubroutines utines are covered in chapter I 4, ~, 

mostly y in 

terms oof f their mechanistic c characteristics. A couple 

of time deJay delay subroutines uti aare rc ggiven, aand it it's nice 

to to see ti liming m in g qquestions being \\'orked worked through 

mel meticulously. iculo usly. 

CChapters 4, 4, 5 and 6 get heavily y into coding 

questions: list aand lookups, mathematicall routines, 

and number-base conversion. Coding is isggiven through ughout 

out, , but lhe the emphasis is is oon n algorithms: lhe the aauthor 

Ulho r 

is is concerned wwith the methods behind d a pa particular 

a r 

kind oof f computation. A rather unusuall aalgorithm is is 

given for for calculating g the square rOOt root of ofan integer; 

it it's rather slo slow w compared lO to standard methods, but but 

readers may find it it an an interest interesting ing curiosit curiosity. 

CChapter i 7 ddiscusses interrupts. In Insixteen pages, 

it it's ha hard to tocome to togrips wit with h the whole qucslion question, , 

and a nd coding examples are arc cursory. ry. Chapter C 8 goes g"Oes 

into to considerable detail dctail on o n two input/output chips: 

the Ihe 6520 and a nd 6522. 

There are a re two appendices and a an index. II found 

the Iht: index rather sparse: for fur example, "relative " addressing" points you to LO page 40, bill but a more 

useful discussion d ion can be found on page 55. 

Coding g examples are arc written almost entirely in 

assembly b ly language. This T s is is quite q u readable, ble. but b ut II 

would vvo have preferred rred to see sec early y coding examples c XCl lllplcs 

complete with wilh their machine language nguag-e equivalents. 

s . 

The Thc overall organization ion of or the t book is good, g"ood t 

although a there are a rc inconsistencies within h in chapters: ( rs: 

some have summaries, some somc have references, rcfe rl:nccs. and some 

have neither. Chapter C r 2 has ait section entitled c ntitkd "How ': Ho\\, 

this chapter is arranged"; it appears on 011 the sixth si:..: page of o f the chapter, which seems Seems odd.. 

.. 

The coding is good, but there are a rc a few errors. 

On page 68. , the author suggests suggesls thai Iha t when n shifting shirting 

signed numbers to the left, , the programmer ll llllcr should 

arrangea to restore the sign bit in ill case it's shiltecl 

ift l'd 

out: O llt ; in fact, a change in the lhe sign n bit would be an 

overflow ow situation and there would be no repairing 

the damaged number. numbcr. Example 5-14 1 ~ ono n page 1391 :$9 

should add a value e ofo f two to location Ti 22 rather 

than the value e of one shown; shown: most Ill alcrl alert readers 

ers 

will pick this kind oi of' thing up. u HardwareH re purists 

may wince at some of the terminology, such as use usc 

ofr the term "grounded'' " instead or of "logic zcro" zero" 

or ""low", . bul but everybodyy will understand rstalld wh;u what is 

mca meant. n t. 

The authorr has a conversational style and

MAY/JUNE, I JUNE. 1980. I960. ISSUE 4. 

COMPUTE. 

41 

Grand Opening, ...• Systems 

Formulate 

Corporation. 

Your microcomputer 

information center. 

Miplot, The Intelligent 

We welcome you to \'ISII visi! our fLr first consumer commrcial 

sales center in the Umted United States_ States. Located in Palo Alto Ln in 

the ihe Town and Country Village Shopping Center. System:. 

Systems 

Formulaw Formulate features a full range of microcomputer systems and 

p~TLphe peripherals ral s for home or commercial use. . 

Dunng During the past few years since our founding in 1978. 197H. we 

hiNe have opI.'Ill.!d opened three retam retain stores in Japan stocking premiere 

Atl1I..'TLc

42 COMPUTE. MAY/JUNE. I 198O 1980 ISSUE 4oil 

BIG FILES ON A 

BIG FILES ON A 

SMALL 

Elizabeth Deal 

337 W. First Ave. 

Malvern, 

COMPUTER Pa,19355 

~a~~§5~ 

337 W First Ave. 

The program described here demonstrates a way of 

reducing data storage requirements by a factor of 

eight. It is written in Microsoft Basic for a PET 

computer. 

I have seen several programs that create and 

use cross-index files mes for library search, statistical 

surveys and similar applications. They usually require 

large computers, such as a 48K system with two 

disk drives. . A very thorough file e handling system 

has been described recently by Dr. Sanger in the 

November, 1979, , issue of Microcomputing. In his 

article each attribute is coded as two letters and six 

attributes are permitted for each record. This T requires 

twelve letters and, therefore, twelve bytes. 

. 

In the method described here, each attribute is 

coded as yes or no and the user can have as many 

attributes as he desires. . If the application lends itself 

to such coding into a list of keys or attributes, 

then this system will permit the handling of large 

amounts off data in core at one onc time. It also permits 

the use of logical AND, OR or NOT operators in 

retrieval with any combination of attributes. 

By way of illustration, , a library ry search requires 

quick access to those entries that contain desired 

subject matter. Two, three, or six byte coding of 

each key is very core consuming, and limits the 

number of records that can be in core at one time. 

The solution I propose is twofold; : (1) set up a 

smart coding procedure for classification of subjects 

described in an article into keys that can be scored 

yes or no, and (2) ""pack" the data for storing it 

in corc, core, on tape or on disk, and then ""unpack" 

it, , one record at a time, during the search for the 

applicable attributes. This paper describes an efficient 

way to ""pack" and "unpack" the data so that a 

larger file e can be searched on a small computer 

without the use of accessory memory devices, such as 

disks. Of course, if one has a system with a disk 

the method described here would permit use of an even 

larger file. We are aware that the e first part of the 

solution (setting up the coding procedure) is challeng· 

ing. It is the real problem and the performance of 

the system depends on how logical and meaningful 

the selected keys are. 

Each logical record consists of the text part and 

the data part. The text part must be adequate for 

positive identification of the articles being searched, 

but the length should be kept to a minimum. . Name, 

date, and page might be enough. . The data part is 

what we can compress. The yes-no or 1-0 codes 

are entered in groups of fi fifteen fteen ones and zeros. 

These, in turn, , are packed into the e two byte bylC integer 

cgcr 

variable S % . 

variable S%. 

Fifteen attributes require two bytes, thirty attributes 

require four bytes, and so on. . A user of the 

system need not concern himself with what the 

system need not concern himself with what the 

program does with binary ry numbers. He only needs to 

know that there will be as many S% values per 

record as there are groups of fifteen keys. The user 

record as there are groups of fifteen keys. The user 

then needs to provide a decision for retrieving 

the records of interest to him. . The decision is 

written as a statement at the e beginning of a program 

and is immediately edited for syntax-type errors. 

and is immediately edited for syntax-type errors. 

Logical operators AND, , OR, NOT, , as well as arithmetic 

ones ( ~ , < >, < , > ) are used . The 

metic ones ( =, , ) are used. The 

decision can be written on one or more lines leading 

to a combining variable TR. TR is set to one if true, 

to a combining variable TR. TR is set to one if true, 

and all records meeting TR condition are then 

displayed. Complete instructions for writing TRT R lines 

are listed in lines 2970 to 3420. 

How is it done? For once those long tables of 

powers of two, that are a part of every book on 

programming, come in handy. The program is set up 

in such a way that the user thinks of the list of 

fifteen ftee n keys from left to right, 1 to 15. TheT program 

sees them as being numbered from right to left, 0 to 14. 

Like this: 

-Key numbers B%(k)k = ~ 1 233 4 5676 7 8 9 101112 

11 12 

13 14 15 

-Program sees as m ~ 1413 12 11 10 9 8765 4 3 

-Program sees as m = 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 

2 1 0 

-Input key values 100011111100000 

·Input key values 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 

The program now takes key values and wherever it 

finds a ""1" it raises 2 to the m·th m-th power. The sum of 

all this is then stored in integer variable S S%(record 

number, , sum number)' number)*. . The bytes are used instead 

of at least 15. During the process of retrieval the 

of at least 15. During the process of retrieval the 

opposite procedure takes place - the sum is "un 

 

packed" into working storage of 15 values. The same 

packed " into working storage of 15 values. T he same 

values are, of course, reused by all records. The lines 

of the program that drive this system are 1470 to 

1510 and 1920 to 1990 the other way. It seems like 

1510 and 1920 to 1990 the other way. It seems like 

a lot of hassle, but the core saving is tremendous. 

The loops that do the packing and unpacking take 

The loops that do the packing and unpacking take 

from 0.2 second to 0.9 second, the latter representing 

all fi ftee n bits on . (These times could be reduced by 

all fifteen bits on. (These times could be reduced by 

rewriting these two loops as machine code subrou 

tines.) Another way to save time would be to set up 

tines.) Another way to save time would be to set up 

the most frequently used keys next to one another as 

this will leave the loop sooner. In the example pi ~ shown 

above, the program will loop ten times. Had a " 1" 

above, the program will loop ten times. Had a "1" 

been in position 4 or 11 the loop would be executed 

five times. 

The program now has two sections. One packs 

the data, the other unpacks it. In between, , the 

values should be stored on tape. And at the beginning, 

values should be stored on tape. And at the beginning, 

routines for creating and updating fil files should be 

provided. As listed , the program works as if it were a 

provided. As listed, the program works as if it were a 

file e system. . It can be used as a training ground in 

writing decision lines. It should be used as a part 

writing decision lines. It should be used as a part 

of a larger system. .

MAY/JUNE, 1980 ISSUE A COMPUTE. 43 

Buy Direct From CompuMart 

COMPUMART NOW OFFERS THE 

ENTIRE DEC LSI-11 PRODUCT LINE 

CALL FOR PRICES & DELIVERY. 

Buy Direct from the Largest 

Commodore Dealer In the Country 

-— NCEI NCE/CompuMart. 

CompuMart. 

8K-Keyboard N .... $795 

16K-Keyboard B 8 ....... $995 

16K-Keyboard N ....... . $995 

32K-Keyboard B $1 Si ,295 

32K-Keyboard K-Keyboa,d N $1.295 

$1,295 

B -— large keyboard igraphlcs (graphics not on keyS) keys) 

N -— large keyboard with graphics symbols 

large keyboard with graphics symbols 

SUPER SAVER. . Thanks to Commodore 

their printer prices have been drastically 

reduced: 

Commodore Printer (tractor feed) feed] ........ . 

wasS995 $995 NNOW 5795 $795 

Commodore Printer 

(friction feed) 

wasS849 NOWS695 

NEW FROM EXIDY 

THE SORCERER II /I 48K COMPUTER 

z'SO 2-80 Microprocessor. Full-Sized Full-sued keyboard keyboaid .• ROM PAC 

Pr09rams Programs • Mlr. Microsoft rosott BASIC .• Powerful tul Graphll:S Graphics • 

Sellat Serial and Parallel '10 I/O • Dual Casse1te Casselte 1/0 I/O Memory 

Inlernally Internally Eipandable E ~ pandatlle •· S-100 EItPanSlon Expansion Options 

4BK Sorcerer II $1.395 

S1.395 

CENTRONICS 

PRINTERS 

The 779-2 779·2 is a tractor 

feed leed printer designed 

lor tor small business 

systems. Uses a 5i7 5117 

do! dot mairiy matr.l lo to produce 

all 64 upper case clISe 

ASCII ASCt1 characters. 

Centronics Centronlu Is is the biggest 

name nlme in In piinlers p,lntefi 

and this is Is their moil mOSI 

popular model. modet. 

List. S1.245 51 . 

SALE! E! S1.079 51,019 

The New 730-1 73G-l parallel plrallel matrix printer is Is ideally suited lor 

all personal p e~onal and , nd microcomputer systems. Standard 

Features Include: InClude: 100 cps •- BO char./line char.lllne • 3-way w ay paper 

handling system sy.tem •- 7x7 1.1 do! dot matrix •. 96 character ASCII t1 • 

List L1.t $995 S995 .. . ... SALEI SALE! SB39 5839 

To meet l our Centronics' quotas we are sre ottering ollering these 

great specials on their r printers! printerst 

753-9 3-9 9919 i 9 Data ta Processing Printer. ter. Lisl: List: 52,995 SALE! SALEt 

S2.395 52.395 

704-9 104-9 9 i;1 9 180 CPS. List: S1.995 51,995 SALE! 51,750 51.750 

701-9 101 -9 9x9 9 I 9 Matrix. Ml trlx. List: S1.595 51.595 SALE! S1.395 51,395 

730-3 730·3 Serial 730. 130. List: SB95 5895 SALE! E! S745 5745 

Brand New. Centronics s Model Modet137. 737. the tirsl Ur.t printer prlnter In its Its 

class clan capable capabte ot 01 offering oUerlng print quality qua1ily suitable lor tent tu t 

processing, plus the performance perl & application flexi lIedblllty 

required tor l or data dlta processing. p Unbelievable quality 

bility 

of ollype. 

type. 

737-3 131-3 Serial Word Processor Printer Prinler $1,045 51 .045 

737-1 737-\ Parallel Word Processor Printer 5995 

The Perlect Printer for lor Small Business Bu.lnus Systems 

s 

CompuMart 

2 Good reasons for buying 

your PET'" PET" from CompuMart: 

(1 (1)) $100 S100 IN FREE ACCESSORIES 

WITH 16K or32K PET. 

When Wnen you buy a 16 16Kor32KPET, K . apply 51 S100 to loward 

PET accessories FREE Choose Irom from the accessOries 

sories listed below and mdlcate indicate on your order that 

you have reduced the cost cosl 01 ot your accessories by 

(2) FREE WITH PURCHASE 

OF ANY PET(Offer PET{Offerextended 

until May 15,1980) 1980) 

A Texas InstrumenlS' Instruments' Hex/Octal He>/Octal Calculator 

(S60 Value). Value), and a set 016 ot 6 PET Vlorltbooks 

Workbooks 

(Worth 536) 

PET Accessories 

Commodore Dual Floppy Oisk Disk Olive Drive .. ... ..51,295 SI.295.00 

Second Cassette- Cassette—from Irom Commodore . S95 00 

Commodore PET Service Kit ...... . S30.OO 

S30.00 

Beepcr-Tells Beeper—Tells when tape IS is loaded . S2495 

Petunia- Petunia—Play Play mUSIC music Irom from PET .... S2995 

S29.95 

Video Buller- Buffer—Attach AttaCh another CRT .. S2995 

95 

Comtlo- Combo-Petunia ab

44 

COMPUTE. 

MAY/JUNE. I JUNE. 193O 1980 ISSUE 4.a 

To customize the program for your system (1) 

delete lines 2770 on to to reduce core from 10K to to 5.2K, 

, 

(2) in in line 1020 insert sert the maximum number of records 

that will ll fit, (3) modify G if if you wish in in lines 1020 

and 1340 (G = ~ 11 or 2 is is now permitted), permilled), and a nd (4) insert 

your machine size in line e 2450. 

As written, wrillen, the program takes about 5.2K after 

removal of all REM lines es that are at the end. A 

search type program that would contain a dictionary 

of keys should take no more than n 6K. . How many 

records can various systems s handle? e? If we assume 

that at each record has 26 bytes of text plus 30 yes-no 

attributes, an 8K system could search 66 records, 

a 16K system could search 330 records, and a 32K 

system could search 866 records. A 100K lOOK disk would 

add 3,333 records and a half-megabyte lfCmegabyte disk would 

add 16,500 records. 

- S %(n" g) = ~ + 2 6 + 27 +:!I + 2/0 + 214 = 18, 100 

' S%(nr,g) = -P +2 2' + 2 >8 iJO = 18,400 

Credits: Cudils: Ken Brossoie Brosso!e 

Microcomputing. A4icrocompuling, November, NOl/ember, 1979, page 44, 44. 

Neil !Vtil Harris. flaTTis, A-B A·B Computers, CompUrtTS, Montgomeryville, Monrgomtryuillt, Pa. 

1000 C0=0:C1=1:C2=2:C3=3:C5=5:C6=6: 

~ 0 : C 1~1:C 2 ~ 2 : C3 ~3:C 5~5 : C6~6: 

^CA=10:CE=14:CF=15:D$="" 

,CA.10:CE.14:CF.15:D$."" 

1010 REM EL I ZABETH DEAL,MALVERN,PA 

1010 REM ELIZABETH DEAL,MALVERN,PA 

1020 1 020 R= R. 200:G=2:DIM 200:G. 2 : DIM HD$(R),S%(R,G), 

, , G), 

-.WA$(15) ,WA$(15) ,V$(G) , ,B%(15*G) , ,QQ%(15) , 1030 

FORJ=C1TOCF:READWA$(J):NEXTJ 

FORJ~C1 READ\vA$ : 1040 

FORK=0TOCE:QQ%(K)=C2"K:NEXT 

FORK.0TOCE: ·C2-K : 1050 

1060 

1060 

1070 

10 80 

1080 

11090 

1360 

REM RENUMBER 1 000 ,10 WHEN NEEDED 

REM RENUMBER 1000,10 WHEN NEEDED 

REM»» REA D T HIS « « 

REM>>>> READ THIS >>> ':' MUST END EACH LINE 

1180 

1210 

REM 

TR.ABS«B%(1)ANDNOTB%(2 TR=ABS((B%(1)ANDNOTB%(2)) )) II // 

1220 

REM 

TR.ABS(S%(N TR=ABS(S%(N,2)>512)WILL ,2»512 )WILL DIS DIS- 

1230 

REr.1 REM PLAY RECS ~IEET MEETINGI STMT TR TR. _ 

1240 

1250 

REM 

» >> TYPE ''RUN', ', VERIFY, , THEN 

1255 

REM 

TYPE ''GOTO1300' GOT01300 ' TO CONT. 

1260 

RE~I REM (OR -" -~ THIS LINE LINE#) 

1270 

1280 

REM ~.~~~.... 

========= SECTION 1 ••••••••• 

========= 

1290 

1300 

A·TI: A=TI:REM REr.1 IICHOS //CHOSEE SEC-1 SEC.1/2 / 2 HERE I /// I I 

1310 

GOSUB2420:REM : II // SUBR 1 III /// 

1320 

PRINT"6" PRINT"fi":N=l:LT=0 

: N.1:LT.0 

1330 

PRINT"HOW MANY GROUPS OF 115 5 KEYS ,- 

-,?":PRINTTAB(9) "ENTER 1 OR 2" 

1340 

INPUTG:PRI INPUTGrPRINT:IFG2GOTO1330 

NT 10RG >2GOT01330 

135 1350 0 PRINT:PRINT:PRINT"ENTER TEXT, , 

,-i OR ' 'XX' ' TO END IINPUT" 

1360 

PRINTTAB{2)"!";TAB(27)"I" 

( "; TAB " 

1370 

1370 INPUTHD$(N):IFLEFT5(HD$(N), 

-.2) = "XX"THEN1550 

1380 80 HL=LEN(HD$(N)):E=0 

HL·LEN(HD$(N)) : E-0 

1390 

REM // II INPUT15 BITS,FLAG 

ERRORS 

1400 

:FORJ=C1TOG:PRINT:PRINT"15 : FORJ·C1TOG : 5 KEYS"; 

"; 

1410 PRINT" IUUUUII Jill" :PRINTTAB( 

-.7) ,7);: ; :INPUTV${J) 

(J) 

1420 :FORLL=C1TOCF:S$=MID$(V$(J),LL,1) 

: FORLL·C1TOCF : S$·MID$(V$(J ) ,LL,l ) 

14 30 IF(S$O"0"ANDS$O"1")THENE=E+1: 

1 430 

144 0 

1450 

1460 

1440 :NEXT 

1450 :NEXTJ 

1460 IFE>0THENPRINT:PRINT"rERROR DO -. 

-.AGAIN" :GOTO1350 

14701 TX=TI TX·TI :FORJ=C1TOG:S%(N,J)=C0 

: FORJ.C1TOG : , J).C0 

14 80 :FORL=C0TOCF:PQ=VAL(MID$(V$(J) , 

14 80 

-.CF-L,C1) ) :IFPQ=OTHEN15 0 0 

1490 S%(N,J)=S%(N,J)+QQ%(L) 

S%(N,J)·S%(N,J)+QQ%(L) 

1500 :NEXTL:PRINTTAB(14)"SUM="S%(N,J) 

1 500 

1 510 

1510 :NEXTJ:TY=TI 

1520 PRINT"(";INT((TY-TX)/C6)/CA;"SEC)"; 

( "; I ( (TY-TX) I ) ICA ; "SEC ) "; 

-.: PRINTTAB ( 25 ) "OK " ; N; "OF " ; R 

1 530 

1540 

1530 N=N+C1:LT=LT+HL:IFN> # OF RECORDS (NR), TEXT 

1680 REM 

REC (HD$(NR)) AND 

G-SUMS 

1690 

REM 

S%(R,G) , ARE USED IN THIS 

1700 REM SECTION; BITS ARE COMPUTED 

1700 

1710 

1710 REM AND ASSIGNED TO KEYS ARRAY 

1720 

REt1 REM B%(G*15) 

1730 REM >> B% OR S% ARE CHECKED FOR 

1 730 

17 40 

1 830 

1 840 

1 850 

1 860 

1 880 

1890 

1910 

1 920 

1740 RE~I REM COMPLIANCE WITH TR STMT. 

1830 REM 

1840 REM ============================= 

1850 REM 

1860 PRINT"fi":NR=N-l 

1880 :FORN=C1TONR:K=C0:JA=TI 

1890 IFKS>C0THEN2000 

1910 FORK·CITOG FORK=C1TOG*CF:B%(K)=0:NEXT 

*CF:B%(K)-0:NEXT 

1920 JS=TI:FORJ=C1TOG:TP=S%(N,J): 

-.JJ= J-Cl 

1930 IFTP·C0THEN1990 

IFTP=C0THEN1990 

1940 Q·INT(LOG(TP) Q=INT(LOG(TP)/LOG(C2)):U=CF-Q 

/ LOG(C2 )) : U.CF- Q 

1950 :FORM=C0TOQ:BP=QQ%(Q-M) 

193 0 

1940 

1950 

1960 

196 0 IF(TP)>=BPTHENB%(CF*JJ+U+M)=C1: 

1970 

1980 

1990 

2000 

I NP UTHD $(N) :IFLEFT$(HD$( N), 

,2)."XX"THEN1550 

PRINT " 1 1!!!!!!1!!!!! !" :PRINTTAB( 

IF(S$ "0"ANDS$ "1" )TH ENE·E+1: 

-■GOTO1450 ,GOT014 50 

: NEXT 

:NEXTJ 

IFE >0THENPRINT:PRI NT "LERROR DO , 

, AGAIN " : GOT01350 

: FORL·C0TOCE ,PQ·VAL(MID$(V$(J) , 

, CF-L, C1)) :IFPQ.OTHEN1 5 00 

: NEXTL : PRINTTAB( 14 ) "SUM." S% (N ,J ) 

: NEXTJ: TY·TI 

,:PRINTTAB(25) "OK";N; "OF" ; R 

N. N+C1:LT. LT+HL : IFN

MAY/JUNE. J980 I960. . ISSUE 4. 

COMPUTE. 

45 

2005 PRINT : PRINTHD$(N) 

2005 PRINT:PRINTHD$(N) 2520 

2010 GOSUBI140 GOSUB1140:IFTRO1THENPRINT: ITH : 

2530 

~ -.PRINT"*** NO MATCH ***""::GOTO2030 GOT02030 2540 

2020 PRINT:PRINT"THIS : PRINT"THIS RECORD MATCHES:" " 2550 

2030 PRINT:PRINTTR$ 

2040 :FORJ=CITOG: 

:FORJ=C1TOG: 2560 

2050 PRINT"GROUP";J;"SUM=";S%(N,J): 2570 

2050 PRINT"GROUP" ; J; "SUM=" ; S%(N , J) : 

-.DECISIONS; SEE SUBl LISTING ": STOP 2960 

24 8 0 :FORJJ=JA+11TOJZ:LL=PEEK(JJ) 297 0 

2490 IFLL=58THENJJ=JJ+5:LP$=CHR?(13): 2980 

^GOTO2540 ~GOT02540 

2990 

2500 IFLL255THENPRINT"STRING TOO -. 

~L -.LONG-LIMIT 

- LII1IT 255":E5=I:GOT02700 

= 1:GOTO2700 

TR5=TR$+LP$ 

~NEXTJ:PRINT 

-.NEXTJ:PRINT 2580 :FORJJ=J1TOLX+1 

2070 IFKS>C0THEN2130 2590 

M$ M$=MID$(TR$,JJ,1):KB=KB-(M$="B"): 

, JJ,I ) : (M$ =" B") : 

2080 K=Cl K=C1:PRINT:FORJ=C1TOG 

: : =CI TOG 

~KS=KS-(M$="S") -iKS=KS-(M$="S"):P=P-(M$="%") 

=" ) 

2090 PRINT"BIT";(J-Cl)*(K-C1)+C1;: " ; Cl)+Cl ;: 

2600 

KC KC=KC-(M$=","):L1=L1-(M$="("): 

" ) :Ll=Ll- (11$ =" ("): 

~ -.PRINTTAB PRINTTAB(7) ;" --> > ";:PRINTTAB(12); 

; 

~Rl=Rl-(I1$=") ->R1=R1-{M$=") ")) 

2100 0 ::FORK=C1TOCF:PRINTRIGHT$(STR$(B%(CF FORK=CITOCF : 2610 

NEXTJJ 

~ -.*(J-C1)+K)) - Cl)+K)) ,1)) ; 

2620 

PRINT" II B II ";" S ";" % 1/;" ";" , II;" ";" ( ""; 

2110 ::NEXTK:PRINT" : " 0)AND(KB E1=(KB>0)AND(KBOP) : E2=(KS (KS>0) >0)AND(KS 

2150 0 :FORM=I :FORM=1TOCA:PRINT"====";:NEXT 

:NEXT 

~ -.OP) ::E3=(KS>0)AND(KSOKC) E3=(KS>0)AND(KSOKC): : 

2160 PRINT:PRINTTAB(II) PRINTTAB (11) "HIT ANY KEY FOR ~ -i 

~E4= -iE4=(LK>Rl) (LI 0 -,HORE" 

-.MORE" 2670 

0 IFEI IFE1ORE2THENPRINT"* 0RE2THENPRINT "* USE % --(B% OR ~ i 

2170 PRINTTAB(6) ) "'Q'" ' Q • TO QUIT AND RERUN -. ~ 

-.S%) ~S !!": !!":PRINT" USE NOOTHERB OTHER B, , S, 

~OPTIONS" 

-.OPTIONS" 

-, -i %"% " 

2180 GET A$ A5:IFA$=""GOTO2180 : IFA$=""GOT02180 

2680 

IFE3THENPRINT"* "* USE S%(N S%(N,#)FOR , I -i ~ 

2190 IFA$="Q"GOT02210 

IFA$="Q"GOTO2210 

■^2-DIM 

~2 - ARRAY" 

2200 ::NEXTN :REM // II END REC LOOP / I 2690 

IFE4THENPRINT IFE4THENPRIMT"* "* ( ) DON'T ' T MATCH: 

2210 PRINT"W'TAB(16) "fi++ "TAB(16) "OPTIONS"" :PRINT: -," V';L1;"LEFT, 

; Ll ;" LEFT, ANO AND";Rl;"RIGHT" 

"; "RIGHT " 

2220 PRINT"1. "I. SAME SAI~E TR, , NEW NEI'I DATA -. ~ 

2700 IFEI IFE1ORE2ORE3ORE4ORE5THENPRINT: 

0RE20RE30RE40RE5THENPRINT : 

-.STARTING ~STARTING 

AT REC";NR+C1 

NR+Cl 

-.PRINT"TYPE ~PRINT " TYPE 'RUN' ' ' TO FIX":STOP 

2230 PRINT"2. . RERUN: : SAME TR AND DATA" 

2710 

PRINTTAB(5) "HIT ANY KEY TO -i ~ 

2240 PRINT"3.QUIT" 

. -.CONTINUE" 

~CONTINUE" 

2250 GETD$:IFD$ GETDS:IFD$"3"GOTO2250 "3"GOT02250 

2720 

PRINTTAB(3)"OR 'STOP'' TO CORREC'l'I CORRECT/CH CH 

2260 ONVAL(D$)GOTO2270,1880,2280 

ONVAL(D$)GOT02270,1880,2280 

-.ANGE" -,ANGE" 

2270 N=NR+C1:GOTO1350 N=NR+Cl : GOTOI350 

2730 PRINT:PRINTTAB(5) "THEN TYPE 'RUN' ' -i ~ 

2280 PRINT"W*SURE PRINT"+++SURE ?" 

-. TO FIX" PIX " 

2290 GETAS:IFA$="N"GOTO2210 GETA$ "N"GOT022 2740 PRINTtPRINT"{EDITING :PRINT " (EDITING AND RE-RUN - RUN i~ 

2300 IFA$="Y"THEN END: : REM /PROG IPROG END/ ENDI 

-.WIPE ~ I'I OUT DATA)" " 

2310 GOTO2290 GOT02290 

2750 GETA$:IFA$=""THEN2750 

: ""THEN2750 

2320 REM === --- DATA=FOR SUBR.l . l ======= 

2760 

RETURN 

2330 

: 2770 

REM ============================ 

== ====== == 23404 0 DATA" OATA"NOT", "","+", "+ ", tI-n, "_", "*n "*",, n/nr "/ ","11, nn , 2780 

REM EXAMPLE OF INPUT FOR ONE 

V'AND" -, " ANO II 

2790 

REM LOGICAL RECORD WITH .IITH TEXT 

2350 DATA"OR",">","=","END OF DATA 

2460 IFPEEK(J)=142THENJZ=J:PRINT"FOUND -. ~ 

j 

2920 

REM 

-.'RETURN1 ~' ' 

AT *** "";; JZ:GOT02475 

: GOTO2475 2930 REM RE~l xxxx XXXX 

2470 :NEXTJ 

2940 

REM 

2475 IFJA=0ORJZ = 0THENPRINT"CAN'T FIND -. 2950 REM 

2475 IFJA=00RJZ=0THENPRINT "CAN ' T FIND ~ 

~DECISIONS; SEE SUB I LISTI NG " :STOP 

2480 :FORJJ=JA+IITOJZ : LL=PEEK(JJ) 

2490 IFLL=58THENJ J=JJ+5 : LP$=CHR$(13): 

2500 IFLL

-.-i : 

U-, 

-■ 

i. 

■ 

46 COMPUTE. 

WAY/JUNE. MAY I 198O. \980. ISSUE 4. 4. 

3010 

3020 

3030 

3040 

3050 

3060 

3070 

3080 

3085 

3090 

3100 

3105 

3110 

3120 31 20 

3125 31 25 

3130 

31 40 

3140 

3150 31 50 

3160 31 60 

3170 

3180 31 80 

3190 

3200 

321 0 

3210 

3240 

3250 

3260 

3280 

3290 

3300 

3310 

3320 

3330 

3330 

REM 

REM 

REM 

REM 

REM 

REM 

2.QUICK LISTING OF RECORDS 

WHICH MIGHT ~lIGHT 

HAVE ANY KEYS 

REM ON WITHIN SOME GROUP — 

REM RE~l TR=ABS(S%(N,#)>=512 

, #»=512 AND 

REM 

S%(N,#) 

oto 

: '.'■' 

:.": 1/71 

000 

: 

ooo 1/?1 

ooo l/?B 

300 l/M 

000 1/78 

JJ.KKt 

B.mc" 

■■ v- 

b)6.F7 

VÎ. W 

no. cik* 

1 .'■-:- 

9JJ-3!" 

f.-.H 

loo.ooa 

J) 

« 

a 

!J 

E 

)! 

•n 

w 

• 330 

r[ci t«j 

ro. r*j 

14 «t 

J» 

■ SC DD 

: •> 

.- 

C.T. HB 

00 

■tT Mil 

51 

nu p«ii ?j»-»: 

^T-rT3 1 tO tui 11.J.J9 

ED. TRJ i V-?.~*- 

st»-m s 'itlTUi 

33.fi? 

'*: on nft-36 

2170. OS 

lk)J 

)*?.)« 

3).« 

195U.1S 

■in1 560.4) 

9M.7J 

1W.N 

1293O.J0 

m 

1...,..)) 

",'.p 

. .n 

1)00.'1 

1 •• )9 

JUl. ", 

..• 

119)9. )11

MAY/JUNE. I 1980. 198O. ISSUE 4. 

COMPUTE. 

47 

47 

Computer Supplies for 

Small Computer Systems 

Computer Supplies for 

Small Computer Systems 

Ribbons 

commodore printer 

IN STOCK 

Our full line 

of supplies includes: 

Diskettes (3M, BASF) 

Diskette retrieval devices 

Tractor printer paper 

Tractor printer labels 

Computer ribbons 

Dust covers 

Adapters 

Uncrashers 

Computer desks 

NEC Spinwriters 

Xymec intelligent printers 

New dealer kits 

Zeigler ZEIGLER Electronic ELECTRONIC Products 

PRODUCTS 

DEALERS: 

DEALERS: 

We no longer market COMMODORE 

Equipment, (Jerry Zeigler is with 

Commodore) but Connie and I have the 

computer supplies you need to support 

Commodore System Sales. 

Give us a call: 

Give us a call: 

Trudie Zeigler 

or 

Connie Rittenberry 

(404) 289-1596 or 289-2265 

3661 CALUMET RD. 

DECATUR, GEORGIA, 33034 

3661 CALUMET RD. 

DECATUR, GEORGIA, 33034

48 COMPUTE. MAY/JUNE. 198O 1980 ISSUE 4a 

Using The PET's Second CasseHe 

Using The PET's Second Cassette 

Buffer To Increase Available 

Memory Space 

Chuck Stuart, President 

CMS Software Systems, Inc. 

5115 Menefee Drive, Dallas, TX 75227 

If you have tried all the known memory savingg 

tricks to reduce the size of your new super program to 

save mankind and it still won't t fit into your PET's 

available able memory, you might be able to save the day 

by storing part pan of the program in the PET's second 

cassette buffer. 

The second cassette buffer begins at address 826 

and extends through address 1023. If your program 

does not use the second casselte cassette then you call can use 

thiss 197 bytes for r program storage. Granted, 197 

bytes may not see m like a lot of extra space, but 

bytes may not seem like a lot of extra space, but 

used correctlyy it can save you several limes times that 

much space in the PET's regular memory. 

. 

Suppose, forr instance, your program requires res a 

deck of 52 cards to be stored in memory. . Such a deck 

wou ld normally contain the va lues 1 through 52 a nd 

would normally contain the values 1 through 52 and 

be stored in an integer array referenced by a name 

like D % . Si nce each clement in an integer array re 

like D%. Since each element in an integer array re 

quires two bytes of memory and there are 52 elements 

in QU ourI' array, we can sec see that, al, s[O stored rc ci as a normal 

integer r array, our cleck deck of cards would require 104 

bytes of storage space plus atl least another 7 bytes 

and probably more to properly di mension the array. 

and probably more to properly dimension the array. 

Since no array clement element value exceeds 255, this 

array could easily be stored in the second cassette 

buffer with each element requiring only one byte fo r 

buffer with each element requiring only one byte for 

slOrage storage. . By moving g our deck of cards inlO into the 

second cassette buffer we have saved a minimum 

of 111 bytes of main memory while e using only 52 

bytes of the 197 available able to us in the second cassette 

buffer. T hi s same method works equally well for single 

buffer. This same method works equally well for single 

clement integer variables and strings. 

If you simply usc use this extra space for temporary 

storage of information during program operation then 

no special problems are crea ted. If yo u make full 

no special problems are created. If you make full 

usc use off the second cassette buffer for permanent 

storage of program data such as operator prompts, 

suit symbols for your card deck, orr other values 

normally stored in DATA Slalements, statements, etc., then the 

second cassette bu ffer must be stored along with the 

second cassette buffer must be stored along with the 

main program. Since the SAVE command begins 

s 

savingg att locationn 1024, any data stored below that 

address in the second cassette buffer would not be 

saved by using the standard SAVE command. 

Fortunately by us ing the PET's built-in ROM 

Fortunately by using the PET's built-in ROM 

Monitor o r wee can specify the exact beginning and ending 

addresses we want to save. If you still have the 

old ROM set without a Monitor don'tt panic. I I'll ' show you how to save the buffe r a li ttle later. 

show you how to save the buffer a little later. 

The first thing you have to do is determine thee 

address range you want to save in hexidedmal. idecimal. As 

we pointed Out out bcfore, before, the second cassette buffer 

begins al location 826 decimal or 033A in hex so we 

begins at location 826 decimal or 033A in hex so we 

know that we want to start saving at location 

033 A hex . To determine the ending address yo u must 

033A hex. To determine the ending address you must 

first save your program onto tape using g the normal 

SAVE command, and then load it back into memory 

with the LOAD command. . Data stored in the second 

cassette buffer will not be affected by this operation. 

Now type PRI NT PE EK( 43)'256 + PEEK(42). The 

Now type PRINT PEEK(43)*256 + PEEK(42). The 

answer you get willw be thc the address in decimal where 

your program ends and which you must now convert 

to hex. (If you've never taken the e time to LO learn how 

to 1O convert decimal to hex and vice versa because 

you figured you wouldd never need to know then you 

were wrong.) 

Now that you know the memory range you want 

to save, enter the Monitor by typing SYS1024 aand 

pressin g RETURN. To save your program including 

pressing RETURN. To save your program including 

the data slO stored in the second cassette buffer, type 

the following g line exactly, substitutingg the eending 

address for XXXX and filling ing in your own program 

name, and press RETURN: 

S ""PROGRAM NAME",01,033A,XXXX 

NAME",OI ,033A,XXXX 

PET will di splay the slandard PRESS PLA Y AND 

PET will display the standard PRESS PLAY AND 

RECORD message aand then save your program onn 

tape in the normal manner except it will begin 

saving at location n 826 instead of the usual 

location 1024 where you r BASIC program begin s. 

location 1024 where your BASIC program begins. 

You can LOAD aand use usc thee program ra m in the normal 

manner except that you must always use the Monitor 

to save the program or else you will lose any data 

slOred stored in the second cassette buffer. This means that 

no one else will be able to copy you r program un less 

no one else will be able to copy your program unless 

they know the secret. There is one other thing to 

remember. If you make any changes to your program , 

remember. If you make any changes to your program, 

don't forget 1O to redetermine the new ending address 

before using the Monitor to resave the e program. 

If you have the old ROM set wilhoul a Monitor 

If you have the old ROM set without a Monitor 

then you can accomplish the same result resuh in the 

followingg manner: 

A) Save the program with the SAVE command 

and then reload it with the LOAD command. 

B) Type POKE247,58:POKE248,3 POKE248,3 and press 

RETURN. 

C) Type SYS63153 and press RETURN. 

PET will display the standard PRESS PLAY AND 

RECORD message and save the progra m beginn in g 

RECORD message and save the program beginning

MAY/JUNE. , 1980 1960. ISSUE 4. A. COMPUTE. 

49 

Skyles Skylcs Electric Works 

PAL-80 

TM 

• 80 characters per line 

_ 8Y, inch wide thermal paper 

872 inch wide thermal paper 

• Full graphics at 60 dots/inch 

• Interfaced to PET 

• Works with all PET peripherals 

• 40 character per second rate 

• Microprocessor controlled 

• Bidirectional look-ahead printing 

• Quiet operation 

• No external power supplies 

• Only two driven parts 

• High reliability 

• Clear 55x7 x 7 characters 

• Attractive metal and plastic case 

The Skyles PAL·80 PAL-80 is a high speed thermal printer 

offering the combination of text printing at 80 characters 

per line and continuous graphics at 60 dots per 

inch. In the text mode, upper and lower case data are 

printed at 40 characters per second. The 55x7 x 7 charac· 

ters provide clear readable copy on white paper; no hard 

to find, hard to read aluminized paper. 

In the graphics mode, seven bits of each byte correspond 

to the seven dots in each of the 480 print positions per 

line. Since the computer driving the printer has full con· 

trol over every print position, it can print graphs, bar 

charts, line drawings, even special and foreign lanquage 

n~uage 

symbols. Despite its low cost, the Skyles PAL·SO PAL-80 is a 

true intelligent printer with full line buffering and bi· 

directional look·ahead look-ahead printing. 

High reliability is designed in: The thick film thermal 

print head has a life expectancy of 100,000,000 charac 

ters. . Two DC stepping motors provide positive control 

of the print head and the paper drive. 

The Skyles PAL·80 PAL-80 operates directly from a 115V 60 Hz 

line (230V 50 Hz available). No external power supplies 

are required. 

It comes complete with an interface for the PET: : a two 

and a halff foot cable plugs into the IEEE interface at 

the back of your PET. Works \"'orks with all PET models and 

PET or Skyles peripherals. 

Please send me 

Skyles PAL·SO PAL-80 printer(s) 

complete with 2% foot interface cable to attach to my 

PET at 5675.00 S675.00 each' each* (Plus 510.00 S10.00 shipping ing and Il hand· 

ling). I also will receive a test and graphics demonstration 

tape at no additional charge and over 150 feet of 

8V2 Y; inch wide black on white thermal paper $ S _ ___ _ 

I wouldw also like to order 

rolls of 8% 8Y2 inch widew by 85 ft. long thermal paper (black ink) at 55.00 S5.00 each 

S ____ _ 

S 

____ 10 roll ll cartons at 545.00 S45.00 5 S _ _____ 

VISA, Mastercllarge Mastercharge orders call (800) 538-3083 

California orders call (408) 257-9140 

-'California residents addd 6 to 6'/;% Y1% sales tax 

where applicable. 

Skyles Electric Works 

TTMM PAL-80 L·80 Printer onn A Leash, a trademilrk trademark off Skyles Electric tr;c Works r Inc. 

PAL-80 SPECIFICATIONS 

TEXT 

Format 

80 characters per eight inch line 

6 lines per inch nominal 

Print speed 

40 characters per second 

Line Feed 

50 milliseconds nominal 

Character Set 

96 Characters, including upper and 

lower case, numerals, and symbols 

GRAPHICS 

Format 

480 print positions per line 

Print Speed 

240 print positions per second 

COMMON 

Paper 

8% 8Vs inch wide thermal paper, available 

in 85 foot falls, foils, black image on white 

Dimensions 

12"Wxx 10"D x 2%"HH 

Weight 

8 Ibs lbs (3.6 kg) 

231 E South Whisman Road 

231E SouthWhisman Road 

MountainView,CA 94041 

(408) 735-7891

5O so COMPUTE. MAY/JUN=. I JUNE. 1980 lQ80 ISSUE 4.

MAY/JUNE. 1980. 198O. ISSUE d. 4. COMPUTE. 

51 

Computer House Div. 

Announces 

Programing Tools 

For the Commodore/Disk 

IISOF-BKUpll 

"SOF-BKUP" 

Faster & Error Free Disk Copy 

or Disks may be Merged 

IIFET /RECOVER 11 

"FET/RECOVER" 

File Editing Tool; Examine Data Files, Fix Destroyed 

Pointers, Sectors may be Read, Modified, Displayed or 

Written - 

Also Files may be Re-chained 

Written — Also Files may be Re-chained 

"SUPER RAM" 

Diagnostic Routine Checks Every Possible RAM 

Address on 8K, 16K & 32K Commodore Computers 

Address on 8K, 16K & 32K Commodore Computers 

AvailableA on Diskette right now..... 

All for only $105.00 retail 

SOF-BKUP . ......... $40.00 

FET/Recover / .. . ..... $65.00 

Super RAM ......... $20.00 

1407 Clinton Rd. Jackson, Mich. 49202 

Telephone: (517) 782-2132

52 

52 COMPUTE. 

MAY MAY/JUNE. I 1980 SSUE IS5UE .14 

WORDPRO 

BY 

commodore 

Typewriters have come a long 

way since they were first introduced 

into offices. They've evolved from 

heavy-handed apparatus Into into the 

time saving electrlcs electrics first used in the 

Fifties. Now the typewriter is the [he center 

of sophisticated. sophisticated, and often costly. 

costly, 

office information systems. 

Today. Today, Commodore Business 

Machines. Machines, Inc ., a leader In in personal 

business systems. systems, provides you With with 

a cost-effective alternative to complex. 

plex, cumbersome and expensive inforrna 

formation systems. The Commodore 

WordPro system -— convenient. convenient, Simple 

word processing -— meets the 

needs of the business office of 

sim 

the 

needs of the business office of the 

Eighties. 

With Commodore's Commodores versatile 

WordPro system, the time and effort 

WordPro system. the time and effort 

saving benefits of word processing 

are a proven reality. The affordable 

Commodore WordPro system "lCorporates 

many user-suggested features 

to make operation as slmple 

simple— 

incor 

and enloyable- 

enjoyable—as as possible. 

And. And, WordPro grows With with your 

changing bUSiness business and paperwork 

demands. allowing you to add other 

demands, allowing you to add other 

functions as your business expands. 

All Without without extensive hardware In 

in 

vestments 

vestments. 

WordPro by Commodore offers 

the same features as large word processing 

systems. ... Instant instant editing, . 

global search and replace. replace, full document 

retention up to 170 pages online 

and much more' more! 

WORDPRO 

WORKS FOR YOU 

(: 

commodore 

See Your Authorized Commodore Dealer today for a WORDPRO Demonstration.

MAY/JUNE. 1980 ISSUE 4 COMPUTE. 53 

ENHANCING 

ENHANCING 

COMMODORE'S 

WORD PRO III 

Lorry Isaacs, COMPUTE Stoff 

Staff 

This articlee will deal with enhancingg WordPro II[, III, as 

was done for WordPro II in the previous issue of 

COMPUTE. The enhancement is designed for those 

who are arc usingg WordPro [II III on a CBM, and arc using 

the NEC Spinwriter for output. Most Spinwriter 

print thimbles have nine characters which normallyy 

can't be printed by Word Pro Ill. The enhancement 

can't be printed by WordPro III. The enhancement 

will allow you to lO embed special characters in your 

text that will print as one of the Spinwriter characters 

not accessibl e by WordPro III alone. 

not accessible by WordPro III alone. 

The special characters are entered in your textt 

by hitting in g the ESC key followed by a number from 1 to 

9. If some other key is struck following the ESC 

key, the normal character is entered. Also, , the ESC 

key must be struck for each special character you 

wish to enter. er. The section on ASCII output shows 

the ASCII data which is output for each of the nine 

special characters. This s section also shows the 

characters printed for two of the available able print 

thimbles. . 

This article also has a section which discusses 

how to make modifications. ions. This section will cover 

both the enhancement presented in this article as 

well as the enhancement presented in the previous 

COMPUTE, E. for WordPro [I. II. One of the areas discussed 

is the modification necessary lO to use the 

enhancements s on PETs with graphics keyboards. 

These PETs don't 't have an ESC key (or the REPEAT 

key used by the WordPro II enchance ments). 

key used by the WordPro II enchancements). 

The Upgrade Procedure 

The two machine code patches presented here are for 

WP3 (FEB 5), the current production version of 

WordPro Ill . These patches will be entered using 

WordPro III. These patches will be entered using 

the machinee language monitor in the PET. Commands 

in thiss section for the machine language monilOr 

monitor 

begin with a pe riod. This period is a prompt character 

begin with a period. This period is a prompt character 

printed by the monitor. To execute one of these 

commands, just j type the rest of the command and 

hit RETURN. 

Before entering erin g the patches, first place the work 

copy of your WordPro diskette in drive 0 and initialize 

the diskette. Now type SYS1024 plus carriage return 

to get into the e machine language monitor. Execute 

Command I, 1. and enter the e first patch using the 

PET's screen editor to change the displayed memory 

to what is shown beneath the command. Be sure to 

hit t a carriage return when you reach the end of each 

line. The carriage return causes the changes to be 

placed in memory. Once you have finished thee first 

patch, , enter the second patch using the e same procedure 

for Command #2. Now execute Commands #3 

and #4 to save the e patches on disk. 

COlllma Command #1. M 05CO 05C0 064C 

05C0 00 00 00 00 00 00 20 CC 

05C8 05 4C 02 06 BA BD 06 011 

05D0 8D C2 05 09 04 9D 06 011 

05D8 BD 07 011 8D C0 05 BD 08 

05E0 011 8D Cl 05 1188 68 69 0011 

05E8 9D 07 011 68 69 00 9D 08 

05F0 011 4C 55 E4 AD C2 05 48 

05F8 AD C3 05 AE C4 05 28 6C 

0600 C0 05 8D C3 05 8E C4 05 

0608 A6 9E F0 E8 BD 6E 02 C9 

0610 1 0 IB I B F0 1144 4E C5 05 90 DC 

06188 C9 3A B0 D8 C9 311 90 D4 

0620 09 80 9D 6E 02 D0 CD CA 

0628 A9 01 8D C5 05 86 9E D0 

0630 C3 78 A9 C6 85 90 A9 05 

0638 85 91 A9 4C 8D E3 36 A9 

·. 0640 E0 8D E4 36 A9 43 8D E5 

0648 36 58 4C D7 14 AA AA AA 

· . 

Command #2 .M 43EO 43E0 442F 

10 

43E0 C9 5B 1 0 03 4C E7 36 C9 

43E8 71 90 37 C9 7A B0 33 A6 

43F0 27 F0 0C 48 A9 5F 20 3D 

43F8 2E A9 08 20 3D 2E 68 29 

4400 0F AA E0 08 10 09 BD 25 

4408 44 20 3D 22EE 4C 35 37 A9 

4410 1 0 0E 20 3D 2E BD 25 44 20 

4418 3D 2E A9 0FF 20 33DD 2E 4C 

4420 35 37 4C F3 36 00 5E 5C 

·. 4428 60 7B 77DD 7C 7E 58 5A 00 

Command #3 .S "O:PATCH "0:PATCH 1",08,05CO,064D 

l",08,05C0,064D 

Command #4 .S ""0:PATCH O:PATCH 2",08,43EO,4430 

2",08,43E0,4430 

This completes the upgrade procedure. If you want 

to return rn to BASIC, type "x" plus carriage return. 

Too run an upgraded WordPro Ill, III, place the diskette 

comaini containingng the patches in drive 0, , and execute 

Commands #5 through #9 in sequence. If you 

find that your enhanced WordPro won't come up or 

operates improperly, rly, it'ss likely you've made an 

error in thee first patch (the one with Command #1). 

If it runs s and you are able to enter the special characters, 

but foulss up when you try to print something, 

you've ' likely made an error in the second patch. 

Command #5 OPEN1 OPENl,8,15,"I0" 

," 10" 

Command #6 LOAD ""WP3(FEB 5)",8 

Command #7 LOAD ""PATCH 1",8 

Command #8 LOAD "PATCH 2",8 

Command #8 LOAD "PATCH 2",8 

Command #9 SYS1585

54 SA COMPUTE. MAY/JUNE. MAYIJUNE.1980 198O ISSUE 4. .4 

The ASCII Output 

Table 1 shows the ASCII data that is output for 

The ASCII Output 

Table 1 shows the ASCII data that is output for 

each of the special characters. Notice alice the Spinwriter 

requires a three code sequence ence for two of the characters 

on the print thimble. Also given in in the table are the 

characters printed for two of the thimbles. One is is 

the Courier 10, which has a standard ASCII character 

set. The other is the Courier Legal lOB, which 

has some legal symbols substituted for some of the 

standard ASCII characters. 

the Courier 10, which has a standard ASCII charac 

ter set. The other is the Courier Legal 10B, which 

has some legal symbols substituted for some of the 

standard ASCII characters. 

Modifying The Patches 

Though T the machine code patches are different, , the 

enhancements for WordPro II and III operate almost 

identically. y. To cover modification of both enhancements, 

I will reference WordPro III modifications 

directly and put the corresponding reference for 

WordPro II in brackets. 

WordPro II in brackets. 

First let's 's look at what needs to be changed to 

use the enhancement with a graphics keyboard. At 

one point in the patch code the last keystroke in 

the keyboard input buffer is checked to see if it 

is SIB $IB [S7F for WP2), which is the code for the 

ESC [REPEAT] [REPEAT) key. To T o change the key just change 

the byte used in the comparison. This byte is the 

first byte in the line e that begins at address 

$0610 [third byte of the line that begins at address 

S028A) $028A]. . Changing this byte to $DE SOE will allow you to 

use a shifted uparrow instead. 

use a shifted uparrow instead. 

Next, let's look at changingg the ASCII data output 

for the special characters. This will allow you to use 

a different printer and possibl y change the fun ct ion 

a different printer and possibly change the function 

of the enhancement. The patch code that handles the 

output checks each character to be printed if it is in 

the range $71 to $79. Only the special characters 

used by the enhancement wi ll be in this ra nge. If a 

used by the enhancement will be in this range. If a 

special character is found, the most significant four 

bits are discarded, and the least significant four bits 

used as an index to a table. The table begins with 

used as an index to a table. The table begins with 

the sixth byte of thee line with address $4420 [first byte 

of the line with address S3FOD). The first byte 

of the line with address $3FDD]. The first byte 

would be output for a special character with the value 

$70. Currently thiss value isn't used so the byte is 

SOO . The next byte would be output for a character 

$00. The next byte would be output for a character 

with the value $71, and so forth up to S79. $79. The 

data in this table may be changed to whatever you 

data in this table may be changed to whatever you 

require. 

It may be necessary to also change which special 

characters output the three code sequence. Once a 

special character has been n detected and its index 

obtained, that index is co compared with the th third byte 

of the line with address i43F8 $43F8 [second byte of the 

line with address S3FBO) $3FBD]. . If the index is equal to 

or greater than this s byte, the three code sequence 

is used. Changing this byte to SOA $0A would cause all 

the special characters to output only the data byte 

in in the table. To cha change the first and third characters 

used in in the sequence, set the first byte of the liline 

with address $4410 0 [seventh byte of line with address 

S3FC5] S3FC5J to to the First first character of your sequence, and a nd 

the fourth byte of the line with address $4418 

[second character of line with address $3FD5] S3FD5)to the 

e 

third character of your sequence. 

One other modification is to add a special character 

for the e 0 key. To do this, change the sixth 

byte of the line with address $0618 [last byte of 

the line e with address $0292] S0292) to $30, and the first 

byte of the line with address $43e8 [seventh byte of 

the line e with address $3fad] S3fadJ to $70. S70. Then put the 

byte you want to be output in the first byte of the 

table. 

The above extension was prompted by feedback 

from readers wanting to adapt the WordPro II 

enhancement ancemcnl for use with a different printer. 

Hopefully y the discussion will be sufficient for most 

situations. . If you do make mods for another printer, 

please send them to COMPUTE, COMPUTE. so we can pass 

along to other readers. 

TABLE 1 

ASCIIA ·C ll 

ThimbleT CharacterC Printed 

Characters 

Courier 

Special (Hex)( Legal 

Character Output Courier 10 10B lOB 

1I 5E oc 

2 5C 

0® 

\ 

3 60 O0 

4 7C 

1 11 

5 7D '1 

{ § 

6 713 7B 

} t 

7 7E '" 

8 OE 0E,58,0F ,58,OF 

9 OE 0E,5A,0F 

A,OF 

• 

£ T 

Reproduce and Attach Above Numeric Pad 

7= - 8=. 9=£ 

4=1 5={ 6= } 

1=' 2= \ 3=' 

7= '" 8= 9=[ 

4= '1 5=§ 6=t 

1= c 2= 3=0 

©

MAY/JUNE. , 1980 198O. ISSUE 4. 

COMPUTE. 

55 

55 

CBM CERTIFIED 

In-House Maintenance 

29 years 

Serving Computer Centers 

DOWNEY, CA. 

(213) 923-9361 

FAMILY OWNED & OPERATED 

(even "no-relation" associates are family) 

(c £c commodore 

$OLID SOLID GOLD $OFTWARE® 

SOFTWARE® 

DES's own-2 own—2 years preparation! Writing, 

testing and updating to be sure our software 

deserves this lable, 

lable. 

• FULL ACC'T. ACCT. PACKAGE ........... SI $1600.00 

ACC/SYS GA 104 (32K) 9 DISKS 

For accounlanls accountants &: & small businesses 

(Sold locally on(\' only for nOk'-IO now—to gil'l! give cUSlomer customer full supporl) 

support) 

• LAWYERS Package" #1 I (32K) (32KJ Disk .... SI200.00 

63 Attorneys, A ftomers, 5200 clients (200 maIlers matters ea) 

Prelim &: cfi Final Fir/Q I Statements, Statements. Aging, Mgmt Rats Rpts 

• CHEMISTRY PROFILE (16K) .... . .. S350.00 

$350.00 

A blood anahrsis analysis program thaf that yields a diagnosis 

based on 29 blood tests (high-normal-loll') 

(high-normal-low) 

• MLS(32K K min.) Disk ..... . .... . . .... $1200.00 

(Property aL'a avail, sold, by city &: & zone, mg'mt 

analyst rpts, rpts. buyer & seller rpts, etc,) 

etc.) 

"GOLD PLA TED $OFTWARE®" 

"GOLD PLATED SOFTWARE®" 

SPORTS 

• HOCKEY #1 ((Disk) . ............... $29.95 S2 Compiler for hockey statistics—excellent statislics-excellenljor for leam team and 

league managers. (When ( tested tesTed on a 17 J7 team league 

SA \'ED VED 20 hours a week hwk of record keeping) 

• BASEBALL #1# I (see Hockey) (Disk) ) , .. $29.95 S29.95 

BUSINESS 

BUSINESS 

• MAILING LIST 1.0(1 ( 16KK min.) min.l . . S29.95 

Maintains Maimains file and printout prinlout 

• MAILING LIST lIST2.0 (16K min.) ......... S49.95 

More Afl)re powerful pOII'erjul plus file fife merging 

• SUPER LIST(8K lIST (S K min.) . . .. SI9.95S (Advanced (Adl'anced listing features) 

• CALENDAR (8K (SK min.) .l............... $19.95 SI9.95 

(Perpetual ( calendar with I\'ith printout/ printout) 

• PHONE MAIL SYSTEM (16K 6 K min.). .....$49.95 

S49.95 

CBMC Printer Printcr (Word ( processing plus pillS phone book) 

EDUCATIONAL 

• FLASH CARDS (I6K ( 16K min.) . . .... $24.95 S24 Multi Mulli "user input" inpul" quiz qui= - great study aid 

• MATHEMATICS M (8K (SK min.) .......... S7.95 ea co 

A) Add B) Sub! Subl C) Multi ,\ lulll' D) Div Oil' 

• "BRANDPS " BRANDrS SPELLING SPElLING BEE"(8K BEE"(S K min) m,n l ... .59.95 S9.95 

(SVPERB UPERB Aid Pre-School ■- 2nd) 

• VISUAL PERCEPTION (8K (SK mm) min) .. ..... S7.95 

Shapes & Sizes 

• CONSONANT BLENDS (8K (S K min) . $7.95 57 2 letter fe rrer sound lid combinations 

• COUNTING 1I to9(8K 9 (S K min)... . ..... S7.95 

Visual —- 

tutorial IlIlOr;af 

GAMES 

• MAY 1941 1 (8K min.) , ..... S24.95 S24.Y5 

Simulated tracking & sinking of the Ihe Bismarck 

• SIMON(8K 18 K min.).. ..................... ..$7.95 S7.95 

Duplicates Duplicales the Ihe numbers & sounds uI/ds selected selecled 

• GUESS??|8K 18 K min.|.. mm,) ..... , ............ .$7.95 S7.95 

Full ll graphic sound, guessing gUl'H lng game 

me 

■jf * "The e Finest Fill('st Software Soji"'are Crew Cre,,' in ill the Ih e World"-ft World"* 

Mike M Ike Ridiier Rlchtcr Norm Na nn & Brad Hanscom Sy Elsayess Eisaycss 

David D;l\id Schwartz Sch"artziDonna D Schhcper Sch!lepcr Boh Johnson 

Da\e Da\c Lundherg. Mural M K:ilm\;ipr;)k Ka ll nY

Skyles Electric Works 

Skylcs Electric Works 

Presenting the Skyles MacroTeA 

The Software Development System 

For the Professional Programmer and 

The Serious Amateur Software Hobbyist 

...and for anyone who needs to automate dedicated industrial measurement 

and control applications. 

The Macro TeA, designed for use with the Commodore PET to create a 

remarkable synergism: : a complete, integrated 

software development 

system for the 6502...the only 6502 system not requiring a separate disk 

drive. With over 60 commands for your complete machine language 

programming. 

. 

.t.SSEUBLE LIST 

...a a lightning fast...fast...fast 

fast. ..•••... 

MOVE TSl 1 TO TOL2 

..... machine language assembler with 

'''' 11110 

SA S4ti1 

0.0;)- AC CB 0'2'0 lOOP lOV IIX 

true macro capabilities. Assemble 

00102- 89 08 0.1 013(1 

LOA lBLI.Y 

OC~- $9 OB IY.> 11"0 

ST .. TBl2.Y 

00108- CII el!1O 

16K source text in less than ten 

00109 00 n 016(1 

0110 

seconds! ! A single name indentifies a 

"" 

'"' lOO~ 

Oleo TIlt 1 

whole body of lines. Macro and '''" MO" 

"'9:/ TaU '" 

."., " '" conditional assembly support. Automatic 

line numbering. Labels up to 

ten characters long; 1016 16 

SU.Rf • 0.180 LOOP 0 O~02 TOll :00106 

''"' 

LABEL FILE , • EJ(f(R,.. .. t 

'" 

'6l2 , ~8 

different 

, leclCe,06II8.06GB 

labels. 

Install permanently without tools and in less time than it takes to load an 

equivalent sized assembler/text / editor program from tape. No tape loading 

ever. And no occupying of RAM memory space: the MacroTeA puts 10K of 

executable machine language code in ROM(9800 (98¢~ toBFFF)and2K in RAM 

(9¢¢¢ (9000 to 97FF). . 

...aa super powerful text editor. 26 commands with string search and replace 

capability. Manuscript feature. Test loading and storage on tape or disks. 

Supports tape drives, disks, CRT, printers and keyboard. . 

...an . enhanced monitor with 11 powerful commands for program debugging 

and final polishing. . 

...with a warm-start button, on a 12 inch cable. Reset the PET but not the 

1792 bytes of object code in the Macro TeARAM memory. . 

... a completely solid state firmware system ...all in ROM and RAM. No 

tapes to load. The system is available from the time you turn on your PET to 

the time you shut it off. 

15 chips on a single high quality printed circuit board; ; interfaces with PET'ss 

parallel address and data bus or with Skyles Memory Adapter. A 

comprehensive 170 page manual is included 

Truly, there is simply no other system of this magnitude at anywhere near 

this price. 

$395.00' 

$395.00* 

(With {With any Skyles Memory Expansion System,$375.00 

'California resIdents residents pplease add 6°z °Q or 6 5°0 5:o sale!. sales rat x as reOU required lr ed 

:& 

VISA. VISA, MASTERCHARGE OROERS ORDERS CALL (800) 538·3083 538-3083 (except California a reSidents) 

residents) 

;~:;;;;:~:;~:' 

CALIFORNIA ORDERS PLEASE CALL 

i~~;i~~~~~~r;:~r'd 

(408) 257-9140 

231E SouthWhisman Road 

Skyles 

MountainView.CA 94041 

Electric Works (408)735-7891

MAY/JUNE. 1980. 198O. ISSUE 4. 4 COMPUTE. 57 

Machine Language 

Tools 

TOOlS Jim m Butterfield 

The newcomer to machine language programming 

will need to LO provide himself with certain toolss before 

he gets started. 

It's important to ro have the right computer. The 

original ROM which came with early PETs can be 

used with machine e language, but it's clumsy for this 

kind of use. If you haven't done so already, make the 

switch to upgrade ROM: you'll u ' get a built-in 

Machine Language MoniLOr Monitor and the capability to dig 

your way out of a program crash. 

Get the official reference: 6502 Programming 

Manual. It may be obtained from Commodore 

(MOS Technology), Synertek or Rockwell, who are 

the three manufacturers urers of 6502 microprocessors. It's 

not a teaching leaching book, but a reference - although 

many of the earlyy chapters are sett out in tutorial 

style. 

If you see other books that seem to suit your 

needs, you may buy them, of course. Avoid books that 

deal with "somebody else's" machine - you won't 

learn much about the PET from books on KIM, , SYM, , 

Apple, OSI, AIM or Atari. At a later stage, you 

might like to buy y such books in order to try your 

hand att converting the programs LO to PET - or just 

to get an idea as to what's in other machines. 

General books on the 6502 arc are good. Remember 

that you'll have to fit what these books say intoo 

the framework of thee PET architecture. Leventhal's 

6502 Assembly Language Programming (Osbornel 

(Osborne/ 

McGraw Hill, , Inc.) is full of programming examples; 

but they will all need to be trimmed up LO to fit the 

PET. Don't let that worry youu - it's not hard, , and 

it's good practice. 

You have very little need for hardware unless 

you have a special project in mind. If your machine 

has upgrade ROM, , try building or buying g an uncrashing 

connector (see COMPUTE, P issue 1, page 89). 

Your early y programs will certainly "crash" and 

you'll save a lot of reloading or retyping if you 

un- 

can re-awaken your machine. Most non-PET 

machines have a Reset button butron that will do the same 

job, which is very convenient except when you hit 

it accidentally. 

The Machine Language Monitor is very vcry useful. 

It's built into upgrade ROMs. Original ROM 

machines cann load a MLM [\1 from tape, but t thiss is 

much less convenient especially y since it uses up 

memory space that you u might want for your own 

purposes. You may enhance the e usefulness of your 

MLM by obtainingg more elaborate versions. Many 

of these are availablee from the PET Programs Onn 

Tape Exchange (P.O. Box 516, , Montgomeryv Montgomcryville, PA 

18936). (Edilor (Editor's Note: Nole: Sec See Table of COl/leI/Is. Contents. RCL) R If you're stayingg with original ROM, , you 

might like Bill Seiler's Seller's NEWMON which has many 

extra functions including a tinyy assembler. Another 

useful package is Jim Russo's high monitor with 

machine language single-step; this is sometimes 

called MT6671 and sometimes DISS/STEP. STEP. 

The upgrade ROM monitor is built in, , but 

there are a couple of enhancement packages that add 

extra functions: SUPERMON and EXTRAMON. 

Both of these contain powerful l extras: disassembler, 

tiny y assembler, memory hunt, , and single-stepping. 

If you get deeply into machine language programming, 

you'll ' want to obtain a full assembler. These 

are available able from commercial sources. Don't get 

an assembler right away, especially if you're 

thinking of adding memory or a disk system. . Your 

beginning programs will be quite small, , and easy to 

hand assemble; what's more, you'll get a better 

feel for how the machine works by doing it all 

yourself. Later, as your programs stan start to exceed 

thirty lines of code or so, you'll find that an 

assembler will be a big help. . This is especially 

true when youu want to make changes to [Q a previously 

written program. Since few of us write 

perfect programs every time, the capability of oi making 

changes easilyy is a major advantage that assemblers 

give you. 

. 

The most important tool you need for machine- 

language programming ming is one you've already got: your 

brain. Remember that each machine language instruction 

is simple and logical; a program gets complex 

onlyy when youu put many instructions together. Be 

prepared to change your style when you go to 

machinee language; a lot t off thinking and planning 

should take place before you write your first line of 

code. 

If bits and logical operations are not familiar to 

you. u, you'll need to do some advance brushing g up. 

Learn why you u can n store values lucs only y from 0 to 255 

in a memory location; how w a negative number is 

represented reprcsen in binary; how to relate binary, hexadecilTla 

mall and decimal numbers; and how the logical functions 

(AND,, OR, R , and EOR) work. There are rc plenty y of 

introductory texts ts around to help. 0©

58 COMPUTE. MAY/jUNE M I JUNE I960. 1980 ISSUE 4. 

Algebraic Input for the PET 

HONey Davis 

Harvey Dovis 

Department Deportment of Mathematics 

Michigan State University 

One of the e first experiments ent s that at I made when I started stan using g the PET was to (Q input the lhe character '"Tr" ' ''Tl' " as a 

numeric c value. Of course it Jailed. fail Bui But the possibility y of 

inputing general expressions such as 2*~!*A '!T* A and a SQR 

(2 + A' B) has always been a dream of mine. The fol 

(2 + A*B) has always been a dream of mine. The fol 

lowing g program allows one to do just that. thal. 

The heart hean of the e program is the e subroutine beginning 

at line 20. After er an algebraic expression has been 

inputed as XS , line 30 clears the screen a nd prims a 

inputed as XS, line 30 clears the screen and prints a 

line such as 

X = ~ SIN(A*B+1O 

SIN(A' B +7l') 

at the top of the display. Lines 35 and 36 print the 

e 

command CONT CaNT ata t the e beginning of the 4th h and 5th 

h 

lines on the lhe screen. If after this was done the e user 

would STOP the program from the keyboard and then 

type the e sequence [HOME], [RETURN], 

[RETURN] R the computer would evaluate the e expression 

and then continue the program m where it had left 

off. (The second CONT CaNT is there in case the expression 

overnowed overflowed onto the e second line.) 

Many users have noticed that al stopping slOpping a program 

causes the PET to lO print prill( the e contents of' the e key stroke 

bufTe bufferr onto n the screen. . See, for r example the e article 

""Dynamic Keyboard" by Mike Louder dated July 7, 

1978 aand appearing on page 7 of the Pet User's Group 

Newslc Newsletter c r volume 0, number 4. 

Mr. Louder writes: ""The decimal addresses for 

the keyboard buffer are 527 through 536. The buffer 

counterr address is 525. 

""If a BASIC program is internlpted interrupted with a STOP 

or END D the keyboard monitor searches thee keyboard 

bufferr and executes es aany ny' 'ASCII' I I' instruction n that may 

have been typed in while thee program ram was running." " 

Ntr. Mr. Louder goes oonn to explain how this characteristic 

of the PET may be used to modify programs and 

add a computed GOTO to the user's aarsenal of techniques. 

The following g technique is ssimilar to his com 

puted GOTO except that it causes an expression to be 

evaluated and a cOlHinue continue to be executed. 

Line e 40 sets the buffer counter e r index at 3 which 

tells ls the computer that there aare three characters rs in the e 

buffer. Line 45 loads thee ASCII values of the com 

mands IH [HOME] ( ~ = 119) 9 aand [RETURN]] ( ~ = 13) into 

the keyboard buffer. \-Vh When thee program is stopped at 

line e 50 these commandsm a are executed, ed , forcing g an 

evaluationat n ooff the expression n att the e top p ooff the display 

and thenn the e execution of the e CONT command. The 

computerr then continues running g aand all variables, 

including the new valuee for X aare intact. A simple program 

is provided pro\"ided at line 100 calling this subroutine so 

that the e reader readcr may experiment with w it. 

Finally a word of o f caution. If the expression has a 

syntax error in it, , the program must be run from m (he the 

beginning anda alla variables will be lost. 

As a postcript I wou ld li ke to post th e following 

As a postcript I would like to post the following 

questions: 

s: 

1. Can the above process be done without the 

disconcerting writing to the e screen, , possibly 

by momentarilym o m a y convincing ing the PET 

that the screen is somewhere somcwhe else? 

2. As mentionedm e ned above, programs can be 

dynamicall y updated. Can they be up 

dynamically updated. Can they be up 

dated in such a way as to leave the vari- 

 

blcs bles undisturbed? ? This would be quite e useful 

in programs ra m s that work ono n functions 

runct i o n ~ 

such as plotters o e anda integrators. 

integralc rs. 

PROGRAM LISTING 

10 Q$;CHR$(34):GOT0100 

Q$=CHR$(34):GOTO1OO 

20 PRINT"[CLR][DN][DN][DN]M; 

" [ J[ ON J[ ON J[ ON] " ; 

21 

25 

30 

35 

36 

PRINT"X "X MAY BE ANY EXPRESSION" 

" 

INPUT"[HM]X=";X$ 

I [ ] X;" ; X$ 

PRINT"[CLR]X=";X$ 

[ ] X;" ; X$ 

PRINT"[HM][DN][DN][DN]CONT" 

[ ] [ [ ] [ ] PRINT"CONT" 

40 

POKE525,3 

3 

45 

POKE527,19:POKE528,1 19-.POKE528, 13:POKE529, 3 133 

50 

STOP STOP:RETURN : RETURN 

60 

611 

PRINT"[CLR][DN][DN][DN]"; 

[ ] [ ON J[ ON] [ ON ] "; 

PRINT"AjB "A,B ANO AND C MUST BE NUMBERS" 

" 

65 

IINPUT"[HM] [ ] A, B,C="; C;" ; A, B, C: RETURN 

100 1OO REM SAMPLE MAIN PROGRAM 

110 

GOSUB60 GOSUB6O:GOSUB2O : SUB2 0 

1120 

PRINT"[CLR]" " [ ] " 

125 

PRINT"IF IF X ; =";X*:PRINT 

X$ 130 

PRINT 

II AND A = =";A" 131 

PRINT" 

B =lIiB = ";B 

132 

PRINT" 

C ;" =";C:PRINT 

133 

PRINT " THEN X ;"; =";X:PRINT 

135 

PRINT"TYPE TYPE II ";Q$;"N";Q$; 

i ; "N" ; i 

136 

PRINT"FOF PRINT'TOF NEW VALUES OF A, &,B,C" 

137 

PRINT" ""',Q$; i Q~ ; "X" nX";Q?; 

i Q~ i 

138 

PRINT"FOR PRINT'TOR A NEW EXPRESSION" 

139 

PRINT" " lIi ";Q$;"B";Q£; 

; "B";Q~; 

1140 

PRINT'TOR "FOR BOTH" " 

1141 

4 1 

PRINT" II; ";Q

MAY/JUNE, MAY/JUNE. 1980 198O ISSUE 114 

COMPUTE. 59 

59 

PET DATA UA I #% Ron Straley 

stra e 

COPIER 

1868 ]868 Grode Grade Ave. 

Ft. Myers, Fla33901 

Fla339Ol 

Having written and used many programs that use data 

files, I know the value of having backup tapes in 

case of an accident. 

Here is a program I wrote to solve my problem, 

and maybe it will help others in their line of program 

running nin g save time and trouble. 

It is a data tape copier for [he' the 'PET' computer purer 

that will copy any ''PET" PET' data file or data tape so you 

will have a backup data copy. 

BY 

20 REf! REM BY 

30 REfl REM RON STRALEY 

40 REfl REM 1868 GRACE AVE. . 

50 REr-t REM FT.MYERS,FLA.33901 

. 606 0 REf! REM 

100 PRINT"fiTHIE " fiTHIS IS A DATA TAPE COpy COPY ,-i 

-.PROGRAH -.PROGRAM.. " 

110 PRINT:PRINT"IT , PRINT"IT HILL WILL COPY UP TO 450 ,-. 

-.STRINGS.."":PRINT 

: 120 PRINT "TO CHANGE, , REDIHINSION REDIMINSION'D?'IN' DS ' IN ,-. 

-.LINE 170":PRINT:PRINT"AND'MIIN : PRINT"AND ' M' -. 

,LINE190 . 

130 PRINT:PRINT:PRINT"****INSERT 

, , PRINT"****INSERT DATA, 

-.TAPE TO BE COPIED****" 

" 

: 

140 

150 REM**READ D IN DATA TAPE*** 

* 

160 

: 

1700 CLR 

180 

80DHID DIMD$(450) S(450) 

190 T=l28 T=128:F=64 , 200 M=450 

210 PRINT:PRINT:PRINT"DOES , I ,PRI DATA TAPE, 

-.HAVE ,HAVE FILE LE NAME?(Y NAt·IE? ( Y OR N)" " 

220 GETA2$:IFA2$=""GOTO220 

GETA2S , IFA2S=" "GOT0220 

230 IFA2$="Y"GOTO260 

IFA2S= "Y"GOT0260 

240 IFA2$="N"GOTO280 

IFA2S= "N"GOT0280 

250 GOTO210 GOT02 260 

0 PRINT:INPUT"DATA PRINT,INPUT" TAPE FILE NAME?"; NN-IE? ,AlS 

270 OPENl,l,0,Al$ 

, l , O, AlS 

280 OPEN1,1,0 

OPENl , l , O 

290 A=0:PRINT"R" 

A=O,PRINT " fi " 

300 INPUT#1,D$(A) 

INPUTll , DS(A ) 

310 

0 IF(ST=T)ORST=FTHEN370 

320 A=A+1 A=A+l 

330 D$(A)=A$ 

OS =AS 

340 PRINT"fi " fi WORKING" 

350 IFA120THENGOSUB940 

920 RETURN 

930 : 

940 REM**CASSETTE REH**CASSETTE ADVANCE** 

950 : 

960 POKE59411,53:T1=TI 

, 53,Tl=TI 

970 IFTI-TK6THEN970 

IFTI-Tl

LOOK at all the MICRO-ED 

programs for the 

PET!® 

LOOK at all the MICRO-ED 

programs for the 

A Major Drill and Practice 

A Major Drill and Practice 

SPELLING SERIES 

To Supplement Regular Classroom 

Instruction 

Five levels—A, ls-A. B, B. C, C. D, D. E—cover E-cover 

grades 2 through 6. 6 . Complete set 

consists of 35 tapes with a total of 

180 lessons. Each level has seven 

tapes containing 

thirty-six lessons. 

LEVEL A 

LEVEL A 

7 tapes, 36 lessons, grade 2. ._ $49.95 S49.95 

LEVEL B 

LEVEL B 

7 tapes, 36 lessons, grade 3. 3 . . $49.95 S49.95 

LEVEL C 

LEVEL C 

7 tapes, 36 lessons, grade 4. 4 __. 549_95 

$49.95 

LEVEL 0 

LEVEL D 

7 tapes, 36 lessons, grade 5.. 5 . . $49.95 

LEVEL E 

LEVEL E 

7 tapes, 36 lessons, grade 6.. $49.95 

ENTIRE SPELLING SERIES 

5225.00 

$225.00 

A SAVINGS OF $24.00. 

WORD DEMONS 

WORD DEMONS 

2 tapes-$14.95 

Tope Tape one: There-Their-They're. Tope Tape 

two: To-Tao-Two 

To-Too-Two 

USAGE BONERS 

15 tapes-$99.00 

tapes-$99.OO 

This drill and practice series focuses 

on common mistakes in usage. usage, such 

as 

agreement between subject 

aand verb. verb, double negatives. negatives, etc. etc, 

ANY INDIVIDUAL TAPE CAN BE 

PURCHASED FOR 57.95. 

$7.95. 

MICRO-ED's 

MICRO-EO' s 

main author is 

Thorwald Esbensen 

named in 1980 as 

one of North 

America's top school 

executives by 

Executive Educator 

Magazine. 

"I have seen 

programs by Mr. 

Esbensen, and he 

does a wonderful 

job of making them 

both instructional and 

interesting for children." " 

--Len 

Lindsay, 

Microcomputer 

Author 

SEND FOR FREE BROCHURES FROM 

MICRO-ED 

INC. 

MICRO-ED 

INC. 

PET IS is me Ihe registered traoemar-< trademark of Commodore Bus· BuS' 

P.O. Box 24156 

ness Machines Santa Clara Calol California ornla 

Minneapolis, MN 55424 

MICRO-DOZEN ON E 

MICRO-DOZEN ONE 

• COUNT 'EM ' (Kindergarten and 1st1 grade) The learner counts from one to 

ten steam locomotives on the computer 

screen. 

• Story Problems in Addition and 

Subtraction (Elementary) An assortment 

of story problems in addition and 

subtraction, subtraction. many of which involve 

lords and knights and a great castle. 

• What Number is Missing? (Kin 

dergarten, dergarten. 1st1 grade) Digits from Irom one 

to nine appear in sequence. But one 

digit is always missing. Which one? 

• Tachistoscope (Elementary) entary) Groups 

of words are flashed on the screen. 

. 

The student must reproduce them 

correctly ctly at the computer keyboard. . 

• Identifying Complete Sentences 

(Elementary) Groups of words are 

presented on the screen. Which ones 

are complete sentences? 

• Lines and Spaces of the Treble 

Clef (Elementary and up) Using whole 

notes with sound. sound, the computer teaches 

the student the names of the lines 

and spaces that make up the treble 

clef . 

o • Matching Capital Letters (Pre· 

school and kindergarten) Large capital 

leiters letters appea, appear on the screen. What 

leiters letters on the computer keyboard 

match them? 

o • Which Letter Comes Next? (Primary) 

A large capital leiter letter appears on 

the screen. What leiter letter comes next in 

alphabetical order? 

• Haiku (Elementary and up) The computer 

writes poetry which it revises. 

revises, 

line by line. line, upon request. request, This program 

can be used to help students 

write creatively. 

o • Trail West (Elementary) A I'ourney 

journey 

to the goldfields of the Old Olc West. . 

o • Direction and Distance (Elementary) 

A game to teach the directions of 

North. North, Northeast. Southwest. Southwest, etc. 

• Math Bid (Elementary) An achievement 

motivation game. game, involving practice 

in addition. addition, subtraction. subtraction, multiplication. 

cation, and division. 

12 TAPES-S84.00 

TAPES—S84.00

, 

A 

rt\\>sALL 

~\uS'ALL NEW from MICRO-ED! 

x 

MICRO-DOZEN TWO 

• AGREEMENT OF SUBJECT AND VERB 

AGREEMENT OF SUBJECT AND VERB 

(Elementary and up) 

Problems consist of sentences with missing 

verbs. Two verb choices (singular and plural) 

are provided for each problem. The e learner types 

the correct form of the verb. 

• RUN-ON SE NTENCES (Elementary) 

RUN-ON SENTENCES (Elementary) 

Each problem consists of a group of words that 

should be divided into two sentences. Using the 

space bar, bar. the learner moves an arrow across the 

screen and places it after the word that should 

end the first sentence. 

• MAKE A SENTENCE (First Grade) 

MAKE A SENTENCE (First Grade) 

Some scrambled scrambted words appear on the screen. 

The learner teamer must use some of these words (but 

only onty these words) to type a complete sentence. 

• MORE WORD DEMONS: ITS-IT'S-YOUR 

MORE WORD DEMONS: ITS-IT'S-YOUR- 

YOU'RE (Elementary and up) 

Each lesson consists of twenty problems. There 

are sentences with blanks to be filled by the ap· 

propriate homonyms. At the end of the lesson. 

lesson, 

the learner'S learner's performance is summarized. Among 

other things, this summary lists the specific homo· 

nyms that may have given the learner trouble 

during the lesson. 

• HIGHER, SAME, LOWER (Elementary Music) 

HIGHER, SAME, LOWER (Elementary Music) 

Each lesson consists of ten problems in which 

two notes are played. Is !s the second not'e note higher 

than, , lower than, , or the same as the first note? 

Each pair of notes is randomly selected from a 

bank of sixty·seven sixty-seven pairs. 

• MATCHING RHYTHMS (Elementary Music) 

MATCHING RHYTHMS (Elementary Music) 

The computer randomly selects one of ten rhy· 

thmic patterns and plays this as it displays match· 

ing quarter notes and eighth notes on the screen. 

The learner attempts to match the rhythm by 

pressing the space bar. 

• TARGET MATH (Elementary) 

TARGET MATH (Elementary) 

The learner er selects problems in addition, addition. sub· 

traction, traction. multiplication, plication. or division at a difficulty 

level of his. / her choice. A target area appears at 

the bottom of the screen, screen. along with a math prob· 

lem. . When the learner types an answer, answer. a plane 

flies over and a parachute jumper floats down over 

the landing strip. If the jumper hits the target 

area, area. the next problem is presented 

• WORKING WITH BASIC MULTIPLICATION 

FACTS (Elementary) 

Each lesson consists of fifteen problems. If the 

learner wishes, wishes. he/ she may practice multiplying 

by a certain number. Problems are posed at ran· 

dom and are not repeated unless they are missed. 

• WORKING WITH BASIC ADDITION 

WORKING WITH BASIC ADDITION 

FACTS (Primary Grades) 

Each lesson consists of fifteen problems. If the 

learner wishes, wishes. he/ 'she may practice adding only 

a certain number. Problems are posed at random 

and are not repeated unless they are missed. 

• ADDING OR SUBTRACTING TWO-AND 

ADDING OR SUBTRACTING TWO-AND- 

THREE-PLACE NUMBERS IN COLUMNS 

(Elementary) 

This program presents addition or subtraction 

problems using two·and·three·place two-and-three-place numbers in 

columns. The learner works with each problem 

beginning with with the units column on the right. right, (as 

would be done with paper and pencil) pencil} and moving 

left as guided by an arrow displayed under the 

appropriate column. 

• SUBTRACTING WITH OBJECTS 

SUBTRACTING WITH OBJECTS 

(Primary Grades) 

Each lesson presents ten randomly generated 

subtraction problems with numbers from one to 

ten being subtracted from each other. Small 

arrows and diamond shapes represent this opera· 

tion. 

• ADDING WITH OBJECTS (Primary Grades) 

Each lesson presents ten randomly generated 

addition problems with sums up to twenty. Small 

diamond shapes representing the numbers to be 

added appear on the screen. 

• Punctuation Series 

AII12 All Tapes for $84,00 

$84.00 

AVAILABLE this SUMMER 

• Synonym Series 

• Punctuation Series 

• Reading Racer Series 

• Vocabulary Series 

Details concerning these new series available upon request 

Details concerning these new series available upon request. 

We welcome suggestions for educational programs.

62 COMPUTE. MAY/JUNE. MAYIJUNE. 198O. 1980. iSSUE ISSUE d. .a 

PET TWO·WAY RS·232 

and PARALLEL 

OUTPUT INTERFACE 

PET TWO-WAY RS-232 

and PARALLEL 

SADI - The microprocessor based serial and parallel 

interface for the Commodore PET. SADI allows you to 

connect your PET to parallel and serial printers, 

CRT's, modems, modems. acoustic couplers, hard copy terminals 

and other computers. The e serial and parallel 

ports are independent allowing the PET to communicate 

with both peripheral devices simultaneously or 

one at a time. In addition, the RS-232 device can communicate 

with the parallel device. 

Special Features for the PET interface include: 

Conversion to true ASCII both in and out 

Cursor controls and function characters 

specially printed 

Selectable reversal of upper and lower case 

PET IEEE connector for lor daisy chaining 

Addressable ■· works with other devices 

Special Features for lor the serial interface include: 

Baud rate selectable from 75 to 9600 

Half or full ll duplex 

32 character buffer 

X-ON, X-OFF X·OFF automatically sent 

Selectable carriage return relurn delay 

Special Features for the parallel interface include: 

Data strobe· ■ either polarity 

Device ready· - either polarity 

Centronics compatible 

Complete with power supply, PET IEEE E cable, RS-232 RS·232 

connector, parallel port connector and case. Assembled 

and tested. 

SADIa(110VAC) SADI. (11OVAC) $295 

SADle SADie (230VAC) $325 5325 

0. __ , ......... , .... " ..... __ ...... 

CONNECTICUT 


150 POCONO ROAD 

BHOOKFIELD, 8ROOK.FIElD. CONNECTICUT 08804 08104 

TEL 1203) (203) 775-9659 -Q659 7WX. TWX ; 710-456-0052 

~ -0052 

VIU I01Il 0 II/ t . cc.V'T[E) · SOlO l-:c:jt ~ NUMKJt, "'IJIIIILII . [XP1MT10N UI'IlU.t lOOl MTE :loATi UD I01Il0 I "»«", O ~otII . 

1000 n 1'(. 01100 .011 S>t l _ " , "'IICIU" - .011 11 .. O. OVI. lotIO 10% . 011 . , . "OHAIK. 

OHIO SCIENTIFIC EXPANSION INFORMATION 

tNfORMATlO N 

Conversion 

Com' CI~lon of )IC1P C I P (Cassette) d ~M' lle ) to 10 52x26 .. 26 display dl~ptoly Detailed DNoilled slep-bvons 

lor for doubling ihe the CIP C!P speed ~ 1)t ..... "(1 ilnd and displayd l ~j>l a y SI1C' 

step ·bystep 

siep ins!rue 

1fI~ \.u C hom 

Ordl" Order 8uIlctlfl Bully n ] 11105 SIl.OO 

$12.00 

Conversion Com'erSloo of CC1P IP (\llnlflopp)) (Minifloppy) '0 io 52 52x26 .. "!bdl~pla) display 5.ame Same as a~ above . 0011' 

but bul include 

Includc~ display d'\I,loIy d.wcr driver fo lorr disk Isk 0operating p,cld''"K system. 

~y~lem 

Order Bullelln Bullr in 1105.'H 1105MF S20.00 510.00 

Convelslon Conversion off C2· CjMP 4P or C2·8P O-BPlo to B 8 In in. or 5·1/4 5-1M In in floppy. ppy. Instruc 

In~!fU C 

" tions OOS . and scht'lIlallCs schematics for (onverllng converting cassette-based ca,~ellc · lJd St.-d units umls InIO mlo 

floppy flopp> systems 

sV~lem~ 

Order Ordei Hullelln Bulletin 11061 11O6F S20.00 

$20.00 

OOHIO O SCtENTlfIC SCIENTIFIC EXPANSION ACCESSORIES 

We have Ohio S< renlifK boards, cables, schema!ics, and docu 

menloil mentation lOn H.,d Hard-io-find ·IO·flnd lIems 

items 

Most Ba Bare rt! BOolrds 

Boards Sl9.00 

$39.00 

430 -130 SUpef Super flO IO BOol,d Board (Hd'C) 

(Bare) S69.00 

$69.00 

0.11.1 Data SeI,a Separalor rd lO' for (or MPI ,\hnlftopp) 

Minifloppy S25.00 

S25.OO 

4iO 470 UnlycrSillD,sk Universal Disk dnd and Rc.I- Real-Time llme 

Clock 80 Board il.d lle (TeSled) ~ ) 

51%.00 

$295.00 

DUdt Dual Mlm-flOI)y Mini-Flopy II Breakoul rcoikoul ( Cable ilble 

S34.50 

$34.50 

CPI CP1 '0 Io S·44[ S--1-IE 8u Bus~ 

Com

MAY/JUNE, I 193O 1980. ISSUE 4. COMPUTE. COMPUTE, 63 6J 

Cross-Reference 

Cross-Reference 

for the PET Jim Butterfield 

One of the handy things about the 2040 disk system 

is that it allows you to read programs - oro r write 

e 

them, , for that matter - as if they were data files. 

es, 

The possibilities are endless: you can analyze or 

cross-reference programs; renumber them; ; repack 

them into the e minimum number of lines, deleting deleling 

spaces, comments, etc.; elC,; or even create a programwriting 

g program that is tailor-made for a particu panicular 

job. 

This program does docs cross-referencing g of a Basic 

program. , It's Il written wriuen in Basic: that means that it 

won't run too 100 fast (all those GET statements) but 

program 

you can read what it's doing fa irl y easil y. 

you can read what it's doing fairly easily. 

There are two types of cross-references normally 

y 

needed for a Basic program. program, One is the variable 

cross-reference: where do I[ use B$? BS ? The other is 

a line e number cross-reference: when do I go to line 

360? This program m does either. An example of both 

types is shown - the e program in this s case did the 

cross- references of itself. 

cross-references of itself. 

Reading a Basic Program as a File. 

To read a Basic program, , you must openo it as a 

file, lile, using g type P for program. Line 170 of the e cross- 

crossreference 

program does docs this. 

IfI f you read a zero character from m the program 

(that's CHR$(0), CHR$(O), not ASCII zero which has a binary 

value of 4S), 48), the GET command gives you a small 

problem: it will give you a null string g instead of 

the CHR$(0) HR$(O) you might normallyy expect. You need 

to watch for this s condition and correct it where 

necessary: necessar}': you'll see sec this type of coding in lines 

260, 270 and 300. 

The first thing 10 to do when you open the file e is 

to get the first two bytes. . These represent the pro 

gramm start address, and should be CHRS(l) H R$( I) and 

CHR$(4) for (or a normal Basic program starting at 

hcxadecimal hexadecimal 0401. (See line 180)'. ISO) . 

Now oW you're ready to stan start work on a line e off 

Basic. The first t\VO two bytes are the forward fonvard chain. . 

If they arc are both zero (null string) siring) we have reached 

the end of the Basic program; otherwise, we don't 

need them for this job. (See line 240). 

Continuing onn thee Basic line: thee next pair of 

bytes represent thee line number, coded in binary, 

binary. 

We're likely to need this, so we calculate it as L 

(lines 260 to 2S0) 280) and also create its spring equiva 

lent. LE L$. , vVe We lake take an extra moment to right-justify 

the stringg by pUlling putting spaces at thee front so that it 

will son sort intoo proper numeric order. 

From thiss point on, we are lookingg at the text of 

the Basic sie linee until we reach a zero which fla Hags 

end-of-line. cnd-of-linc. At that time, we go back aand grab thee 

next line. 

next 

line. 

Detailed syntax analysis. analYSis. 

When ""h digging outo variables or line numbers, we 

have several jobs to do. As we look through Basic 

text, , we must find out where the e variable or line 

e 

number starts. starts, For a variable, that's an alphabetic 

character; for a line number, it's the preceding key· 

word GOTO, GOSUB, THEN or RUN followed by 

an ASCII numeric. 

Once we've "acquired" the e variable or line 

e 

number, we must pick up its following g characters 

and tack lack them on. on, For line e numbers, it's strictly 

numeric digits. digits, For variables, ables, things are more complex. 

Both alphabetic and numeric digits are allowed, 

but we should throwaway all after the first two, , since 

GRUMP and GROAN are arc the same variable (GR) 

in PET Bas ic. We must al so pick up a type identi 

in PET Basic. We must also pick up a type identi 

fier - % for integer variables ables or S for r strings - 

if present. Finally, we have to spot Spot the left Jeft bracket 

that tells us we have an array variable. 

T o help us do this rather complex job, we con 

To help us do this rather complex job, we con 

struct a character type table. Each entry in the 

table represents an ASCII character, and classifies 

it according to its type. type, Numeric characters are arc type 

6. If [f we're looking for variables, alphabetic characters 

area type 5, identifiers (% and $) are arc type 7, 

and the left bracket is type 8. S. 

To help p us in scanning the Basic line, we define 

the end-of-line character as type 0; the quotation 

mark as type 2; the REM token as type 3; and the 

DATA token as type 4. 

Every time we get a new character from Basic, 

we get it s type from table C as va riable C9. If 

we get its type from table C as variable C9. If 

we're looking for a new variable able orr line number, we 

see if it matches C - alphabetic fo r variables, 

see if it matches C - alphabetic for variables, 

numeric for r line numbers, numbers. Once we find the new item, 

we kick C out of range and start searching based 

on the value of Cl. C 1, This mechanism means that we 

can search for a variablee startingg with an alphabetic, 

abetic, 

and then allow the variable to continue with alpha· 

alphabetics, 

numerics or whatever. 

To ~ro summarize variables in thiss area: A is the 

identityy of thee character we have obtained fromm the 

Basic program, , and C9 is its s type, type. If we're searching, 

C is the type we are lookingg for; ; otherwise it's 

belies, kicked out of range, 10 - l or 9. C I tell s us we' re 

kicked out of range, to -1 or 9. Cl tells us we're 

collecting characters and what types we're allowed 

to collect. C2 is our variables/line e numbers flag; 

it tells us what we're looking for. . MS is the string 

we've assemblcd. 

assembled. 

The routinee from 4S0 480 10 to 520 scans ahead 10 to skip 

over strings in quotcs quotes and DATA A and REM Slat state 

ments, 

ments. 

Collecting the results. 

For each linee of th (hee Basic program we are 

analyzing, we collect and sort any items we find, , 

eliminating duplicates. They are staged in array AS A$ 

in lines 320 to 370. If they are line numbers, they 

will be left justified so that the sort will be a little 

odd - line 100 will come before line 20 since we

64 COMPUTE. MAY/JUNE. I JUNE, 1980. 198O. ISSUE 4. 

use li a string siring comparison. 

When we're readyy to start a new nev\' line, we add this 

table to (o our main results table, array X$, in lines 

200 to 220. To save sorting time, we merge these 

pre-sorted values into the main a table. . At this 

point, , our data has thee line number stuck on the 

end; ; this way, we're handling two values within a 

single array. 

Because thee merging g of the two tables mU must St 

start at the lOp top so that we can make roomm for 

the new items, thee items are handled in reverse 

alphabetic order. We print this to the screen so that 

youu can watch things working. AI At Basic speed, , this 

program can take quite a while to run; it's nice LO to 

confirm that thee compuler computer is doing something duringg 

this period. 

Final Output. 

We finish the job stanin startingg al at line 530. It's 

mostly a question n of breaking the stuck-together 

stuck-togethcr 

strings apart again and then checking to see sec if' ii we \..,IC 

need to stan start a new line. 

. 

Do your own thing. 

The size of array X$ delermines determines how large a 

program m you can handle. The given value of 500 

is aboutt right for 16K machines; on 32KK youu can 

raise it LO to 1500 or so. 

lf If you're u ' squeezed for space, change array C 

to an intergcr interger array C C%. % . As you can see from the 

cross-reference listing, you'll need to change lines 

100,140,150,160, 140, 150, 160, aand 310 - sec see how handy the 'he program 

is? 

.'* 

As mentioned memioned before, , run lime is slow. . A machine 

language program - or cven even a Basic program with 

h 

machine language inserts - would speed things up 

dramatically. 

100 DIM A$(15) A${15),B$(3) 

, X$(500),C(255) , 110 PRINT"CROSS-REF JJIM 

BUTTERFIELD" " 

120 Q$ =CHR$(34) :S$= " ": B$(l) =Q$: 

120 Q$=CHR$(34):S$=" 

":B$(1)=Q$: 

-,B$(3)=CHR$(58) 

130 INPUT"VARIABLES OR LINES";Z$:C2=5: 

: 

,IFASC(Z$)=76THENC2=6 

-.IFASC{Z$)=76THENC2=6 

140 FORJ=1TO255:C(J)=4:NEXTJ:FORJ=48TO57: 

140 FORJ=l T0255:C(J)=4:NEXTJ:FORJ=48T057: 

,C(J)=6:NEXTJ 

-.C(J)=6:NEXTJ 

150 IFC2=5THENFORJ=65T090 IFC2=5THENFORJ=65TO90:C(J)=5:NEXTJ: 

,FORJ=36T038:C(J)=7 -.FORJ=36TO38:C(J)=7:NEXTJ:C{40)=8 

: NEXTJ:C(40)=8 

160 C(34)=1:C( 143)=2 : C(131)=3 

160 C(34)=1:C(143)=2:C(131)=3 

170 INPUT"PROGRAM" PROGRA~' NAME";P$:OPENl,8,3,"0: 

NABE : OPEN1, 8 , 3 ,"0: 

-." + P$+",P,R" 

...," +p$+ 11 ,F,R" 

180 GET#l,A$,B$:IFASC(B$)O4THENCL0SEl: 

#1, , 4THENCLOSE1: 

,STOP 

-.STOP 

1901 IFB=0GOT0240 

IFB=0GOTO240 

200 PRINTL$; PRINTL5;:K=X:FORJ=BTO1STEP-1:PRINT" : : =BT01STEP-1:PRINT" " 

; 

,A$(J) Â$(J);:X$=A$(J)+L$ 

; $=A $(J)+L$ 

210 IFX$(K)>=X$THENX$(K+J)=X$(K):K=K-1: 

21 0 IFX$(K» =X$THENX$(K+J)=X$(K) :K=K-1: 

,GOT0210 

--GOTO210 

220 X$(K+J)=X$:NEXTJ:X=X+B:PRINT:B=0 

) : : 230 REM: GET NEXT LINE, TEST END 

2400 GET#1,A$,B$:IFLEN(A$)+LEN(B$)=0GOTO5 , , : A$)+LEN(B$)=0GOT0530 

250 REB GET LINE NUMBER 

250 REM GET LINE NUMBER 

260 GET#l,A$ GET#1,A$:L=LEN(A$):IFL=1THENL=ASC(A$) 

: :IFL=lTHENL=ASC(A$) 

270 GET#l, GET#1,A$:A=LEN(A$):IFA=lTHENA=ASC(A$) 

:IFA=lTHENA=ASC(A$) 

280 C=C2:C1=-1:L=A*256+L:L$=STR$(L): 

$ : 

,IFLEN( L$) C1GOTO380 

:IFC9>C1GOT0380 

320 K=0:IFB=0GOTO360 

:IFB=0GOT0360 

330 FORJ=lTOB:IFA$(J)=M$GOTO370 

=M $GOT03 340 IFA$(J) IFAS(J)6THENC1=C9:GOTO4 ANDC9>6THENC1=C9:GOT0460 6 0 

450 IFC2=5THENIFLEN(M$»20RC>0GOT0470 

= 5THENIFLEN(M$) >2ORO0GOTO47 0 

460 M$=t1$+A$ 

M$=M$+A$ 

470 ONC9+1GOT0190 ONC9+1GOTO190,4 , 480,480,480:GOT0300 

80:GOTO30 0 

480 B$=B$(C9):C$="" 

'''' 

490 GET#1,A$:IFA$=""GOTO190 

""GOT0190 

500 IFA$=B$GOTO300 $GOT0300 

510 IFA$=OQ$GOTO490 

Q$GOT0490 

520 A$=B$:B$=C$:C5=A$:GOTO490 

: B$=C$ :C$=A$ : GOT0490 

530 CLOSE1 CLOSEl:INPUT"PRINTER";Z$ 

: 540 C=3:Z=6:IFASC(Z?)=89THENC=4:Z=12 

: Z=6:IFASC(ZS) =89THENC=4:Z=1 2 

550 OPEN2,C:PRINT#2:PRINT#2,"CROSS , : PRINT#2 ,"CROSS '-i 

,REFERENCE -■REFERENCE - PROGRAM ";P$ 

560 X$="":FORJ=1TOX:A$=X$(J) 

FORJ=lTOX : =X$(J) 

570 FORK=l FORK=1TOLEN(A$) :IFBID$(A$,K,l) :IFMID$(A$,K,1) 0 " " -. , 

,"THENNEXTK -."THENNEXTK:STOP : 580 B$=LEFT$(A$,K-1 B$=LEFT${A$,K-1):C$=MID$(A$,K+1): 

) ,K+1): 

-.IFX$=B$GOTO600 

,IFX$=B$GOT0600 

590 PRINT#2:Y=0:X5=B$:PRINT#2,X$;LEFT$(S$/ 

: X$=B$ : , X$;LEFT$(S$, 

,-.5-LEN(X$) 5-LEN(X$)) ) ; 

600 Y=Y+1:IFY

MAY/JUNE. MAY/JUNE . 198O 1980 ISSUE ISSUE 44 

COMPUTE. 

65 

65 

softside 

software 

sOftside 

SO tware 

softside 

software 

Repeat The 

Computers 

Tune as it 

Grows 

Solo or 

MuKi-Player 

^j 

W 

a. Great Graphics^ 

d 

A 

\ 7 txcrting Actton 

A 

-DRIVING ~DRIVING ACE- 

~ 

it * *&2 * 

ÂNIA 

2 ACTION PACKED PACMD VIDEO GAMES^ GAMES-n * 

C»*79 ""'9 

~ < ATTENTION! A'I=tENTION! ALLA 1,1, PET OWNERS ~ 

* 

I Softside Software. 

£ Softside Software'Nc~ 

£ presents ~ 

* 

ASSEMBLY SYSTEM II ~ 

iC * 

~ Assembly System II is the most af1or- affor 

bled directly mto into memory lor tor easy lest- test 

iC dable and most comprehensive mne- ing and access via the built-in TIM "'- 

iC monic assembler package available monitor. Code can be executed via ::: 

iC for your PET personal computer or CBM both the SYS and USR calls. Operands are accepted in both decimal and hex 

professional computer. This package 

: ~~~~:t~~7~oc~r~~~~~ consists of two programs. ~~ The ~~g~~ Assembler 

~~e~:\~~~~O~s~~~%~t~~hI~~ adecimal format. Assembly System II is 

is the most sophisticcrted sophisticated assembler compcrtible compatible with all 6502 programming iC available in Basic One program allows manuals and books. The Disassembler 

iC the input. input, editing. editing, saving. saving, recalling. recalling, and can unload from memory and directly 

iC listing of standard MOS machine lan- from tape or disk. A program does not 

iC guage programs. A user proof entry sys- have to be in memory for a complete 

iC tem makes mistakes almost impossible. disassembly to screen or printer. Now iC Relative branches are automcrtically automatically you can take a look at those machine iC computed by the program: program; minimizing language routines that have been hid- ~ user error. Fast and efficient. efficient, this one ing from view. Assembly System II is 

't program does it it all. You do not have to available for disk or cassette (spec- 

'?' go PET/CBM through a 3 program process to to 

ify) based Commodore comiC 

* 

compile your code. All coding is assem- puters for an introductory price of $ 

iC AS;E .... LER>OO1 ?ooi FOR for 8K PETSSTIU..V PETsStill avail/cue .......... roR k>r $15.95 $t5.95 

$25.95. (NEEDS t · 

( AT LEAST 16K) • AUTOMATICALLY ANOTHER PET • MOS mos MNEMONICS mnemonics ~ J 

iC • COMPUTES BRANCHES PROGRAMMING • FULL full DISASSEMBLY disassembly * 

~ • FASTEST ASSEMBLER BREAKTHROUGH. • HEX/DECIMAL hex/decimalOPERANOt 

operand! 

iC ~ 

305 RIVERSIDE DRIVE, NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10025 * 

iC 305 RIVERSIDE DRIVE, NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10025 ~ 

iC*************************************** 

* 

* 

* 

*

66 66 COMPUTE. MAY/JUNE. MAV I JUNE. 198O 1980 ISSUE 4II 

Review 

Review 

M-100 Microprinter ($39O) ($390) 

Digiclocks 

M-1OO Microprinter 

Digiclocks 

3O16 3016 Oceanview Avenue 

Orange, California 92665 

David L. L Bosfeel Bosteel 

Professor of Architecture 

University of Washington 

Seattle, WA 981O5 98105 

Chuck A London 

Systems Engineer 

Boeing Computer Services Company 

Seattle, WA. 08124 98124 

The M-100 M-lOO Microprinter is designed for connection 

to the IEEE-488 port of the Commodore PET, uses 

4.75 inch aluminized paper (40 characters/line), 

and prints approximately 70-150 lines/minute. The 

unit comes fully assembled in a 10 x 7 x 5 inch 

high cabinet with built-in interface and power 

supply. A 22 inch cable is included, ineluded , and the plugs 

are easily y reversible on the e cable so that the printer 

can be located either to right or left of the PET 

computer. The unit works s with either "old" " or Hnew" 

"new" 

ROM's. ROM' s. 

The M-100 M-IOO Microprinter uses a Sharp DC-4002 

electro-sensitive printing mechanism with a 8 by 8 

dot matrix to print all the PET characters and 

graphic symbols, including cursor control symbols and 

reverse field printing, as they would appear on the 

PET monitor for program listings ings or programmed output. 

See sample below of printed output and commands. 

A "Graphics" " switch sets (shifted) characters 

to print graphics symbols as shown on the PET 

keyboard. A ""Line Feed" switch allows one to 

independently advance the paper one or more lines. 

The paper is friction-fed and the printer platen is 

gear driven so that line e spacing is fi fixed at 5 lines/ 

in inch with a character height of ..115 5 inches (for 

lower case or graphics symbols). Thus drawings or 

SOFTWARE SPECIALISTS MICROPHYS PROGRAMS 

diagrams do not appear exactly as they would on 

the PET monitor as there is some space between each 

diagrams do not appear exactly as they would on 

the PET monitor as there is some space between each 

line. 

The M-100 Microprinter very nicely reproduces 

the PET keyboard symbols, including descenders for 

lower case letters. The output has more nearly the 

The M-100 Microprinter very nicel y reproduces 

the PET keyboard sy mbols, including descenders for 

lower case letters. The output has more nearly the 

size and appearance of typed text than is some 

size and appearance of typed text than is some 

times the case with th other er printers. The aluminized 

paper might be seen as a deterrent t for r record purposes 

to some, but, for purposes of reproduction, 

, 

it it can be mounted (one or two columns/page) 

on backing sheets and a xerox copier will provide clean 

copy without edges or greyness. 

copy without edges or greyness. 

The principal uses of a 40 character/line printer 

The principal uses of a 40 character/line printer 

are probably to provide listings for development or 

debugging of programs too long to remember as 

debugging of programs too long to remember as 

the lines scroll from the PET monitor screen, and to 

provide" "hard copy" of program output for later 

use. The PET operating system has commands that 

use. The PET operating system has commands that 

make it very easy and these are summarized below 

as they apply to the M-100 IOO Microprinter. En [n most 

cases monitor and printer output are identical but 

the "TAB" function and use of commas in PRINTS 

the " TAB" fun ction and use of commas in PRINT# 

statements for printer output give different (and sometimes 

unpredicted) results from those seen on the 

times unpredicted) results from those seen on the 

monitor. The use of the "SPC" Ilspe" function and semicolon 

separator for same-line printing may be used 

instead. The use of the semi-colon, , when combining a 

sequence of operations over several lines of a program 

for same-line printing, appears to confuse the operating 

system printing firmware, , or primer printer functioning, orr 

maybe onlyy this programmer. Anyhow, the results arc are 

different for monitor than for r printer. Also, it is 

inadvisable 10 to leave "open" files lying around in the 

system--appears system—appears to sometimes cause all sorts of 

puzzling condilions, conditions, including a Iistuck" "stuck" cursor 

(usually recoverable) and unintended programmed in 

(usually recoverable) and unintended programmed input/output 

formatting. 

put/output formatting. 

It is useful, , in any case, to organize printer output 

separately from that for monitor. The PET 

monitor has thee annoying g characteristic of flashing 

(goes dark, , then screcn screen image rcturns) returns) as each print 

line e is output to printer. Much better practice is to 

organize hard copy output in a subroutine that first 

SOFTWARE SPECIALISTS MICROPHYS PROGRAMS SCIENCE AND EDUCATION 

2048 FORD STREET 

BROOKLYN, NEW YORK 11229 

(212) 646-0140 

64&O140 

Mp Mn 

Dear Educator : 

Mlcrophys Microphys has Hasreteased released two Iwoutility programs which have been deSigned designed to topermit Instructors instructorsIn inevery academiC academicarea 10 toestablish an unlimited number 01 ofsource 'lies In inwhich 

quesllons guesnonsused on exams and hOmework homeworkassignmenls assignmentsmay be convenlenlly conveniently stored. These questions may then be accessed by studenlS studentsas a means 01 olreview and may also serve 

as as the basis for forindiVidualized individualized exams and hOmework homework assignmellls 

assignments. 

OUE5LD OUESLOenables the instructor to toreadily create source hies files. The texl textof ofeach queshon questionis ismerely typed IntO intothe computer and stored on Ihe thedisk IIle filedeSignated designatedby t1e neInstructor 

instructor 

Addit Additional ional questions may be beadded to toa given hie hieat any lime time 

OUEGEN can access any source lile fileand generate an IndIVidualized individualizedexam or orassignment tor for each student using a subset or or the entire group of Dfquestions preViously previouslyelllered 

entered 

OUEGEN QUEGENWill willeither prOVide provide the correct answers so sothat a student may assess his perlormance performance or or OUEGEN Wilt will request requesl the sludent student 10 toenter hIS hisanswers 1110 into the Ir-.ecomputer 

OUEGEN QUEGENwlil willlhen thenglade gradeIhe theaSSignment assignment, . dIsplaying displaying the COllect correctanswers to tothose Queslions questionsmIssed missed. A percenl percentscore IS isIIldlcated indicatedand a bllel briefcomment. comment, reltectlng reflectingan overall 

evaluation. evaluation, IS isalso alsogiven 

OUESLO QUESLOand OUEGEN have been designed lor exclusive lUSi use on onthe Commodore 16/32K PET microcompuler microcomputer. , Tile The2040 dual disk drIve drivepellpneral peripheral IS isalso leQulred required. The two 

programs are accompanred accompaniedby bycomplete instrUClions instructionsand sell as asa set lor for $40. Source hIes filescontallllllg containingquestions III invlltually virtuallyevery academiC academicdisciplllle disciplineWill will soon De be!Mde 

made 

available. 

The programs are areoblalnable obtainabletram fromyour local compuler computerdealers 01. or. II ifunavailaole. unavailable, they may be be purchased directly from Mlcrophys 

Microphys 

NOTE: A free. free, edutaiionai educationalsoUware softwarecatalogue IS isavailable upon request trom fromMlcrophys Microphys. ThiS Thiscatalogue descltbes describesover \40 UPprograms currenlly currentlyavailable

MAY/JUNE. MAY/JUNE, 19S0. 198O. ISSUE 4. &. COMPUTE. 

67 

clears the screen of previous messages, then outputs 

new information to printer, r , and subsequently prints 

the same messages/information to monitor screen. The 

result is a stable image which minimizes the impact 

of printer output on monitor screen. . 

A brief note on hardware. The unit is attrac 

tively housed, solidly constructed, aand appears to use 

good quality components. We say ""appears" as the 

manufacturer recommends very careful disassembly 

(necessary to expose logic board and electronic 

components) so as not to tear the ribbon n cable 

linking the printer r base and the printing head. As a 

number of PET owners may beb e electronic buffs and 

could test!replace test/replace components, it might t be better belter if 

the board were more readily accessible. We e decided 

a working printer was preferrable to a more complete 

inspection and can onlyy note that electronic 

components are soldered, , not socketed. The stated 

nominal life for the printer primer mechanism (40 million 

characters MTBF; 1 million strokes minimum, 3 

million usual) is reassuring given present usage of one 

roll of paper per month (130 feet = ~ 7500 lines 

or approximately 200,000 characters). 

The M-100 Microprinter arrived promptly (4 

days) via UPS, P was easily connected, and worked 

immediately. Some two rollss of paper later 

($6/roll,, Radio Shack) it continues to work. That 

brief period of six weeks is not a fair test of 

longevity, or even the warranty, but it is long 

enough to explore potential capabilities and to learn 

to use the printer r effectively in programming. 

The Digiclocks unit was purchased because it waslis 

was/is 

the most inexpensive printer available that provides 

all the PET characters and graphic symbols. When 

the principal uses will be program listings and 

programmed hard copy, , the Digiclocks printer would 

appear to be aann excellent choice. For extensive 

text processing it is a personal view that only IBM 

Selectric or Daisywheel type output is satisfactory 

and those alternatives are beyond d present means. 

While the M-IOO M-100 Microprinterr lacks some of the programmable 

features of the "intelligent" " Commodore 

printer, the PET operating system makes it easy to 

obtain formatted printer output for most uses. 

OPEN6,5:CMD6 

listing- 1 istin'~ LIST 

PRINT# - 

PRINT#6, INTil6 , 'ANVTHIN6' 

. ';' ING ' 

CLOSE6 

CLOSES 

prO'3r'am program output- 18 OPEN6 0PEN6,5:CHD6 

26 PR!NT#6 PRINTttfi,'ANYTHING' 

, ' ANI'THING ' 

:38 CLOSES 

GRAPHICS (OFF)= (0FF)= lotl)er lower case( ease

Software Specialists Science and Education 

Microphys 

Dear Educator: 

tor: 

Microphys is pleased to introduce u its series of computer compule r programs p which have been specifically spedfica y designedd for r use ono n the Commodore 

SK PET and .1nd 1632K CUMC Hi,,1 microcomputers. These programsp rogmms have h,w e 

readily y enabled e instructors rs to provide d e their t students s n ts with w il h an a n 

opportunity to review, rcvi(, h'. in .in il n interesting and a effective e manner, nner. the 

important concepts encountered e in introductory courses in 

chemistry, . physics, physics. mathematics, thC nl microsystemm m in your YO ll r courses l..'S as 

soon as it arrives. . The programs .ire are available on cassette e tapes tn anda arrive complete with h full instructions for their immediate immedi.l te use even 

by those who have little, if any, a experience with the use of the 

computer 

r itself. 

There are arc three types t)' of programsp ra in the Microphys series: 

es: 

I. Computer-Assisted Instruction Programs rams guide the student 

nt 

through h a series es of quantitativeq t.1ti questions; the student interacts 

with the computer comput(' r and receives immediate evaluation of his 

s 

responses and/orr assistance when needed. . Each time a particular 

programp ra m is run, a differentd set sct of numerical data is generated. . In 

most instances, nces, ana n entirely new problem is presented. p . 

II. Individualized-Instruction Programs generate a unique set of 

problems for each student. studt.' nl. The essential al information infomla needed to 

solve each problemp is recorded rd ed and, when he is ready y to do so, 

the student may obtain the computer's answers ans\,,'e anda compare his 

s 

results. These answers may y be suppressed by deleting line ti number r 8500 in any program. When n now run, a unique set of ~f 

problems is produced for each student who \\'ho records the essential essenllal 

information o n along with his code cad I:! number which is generated by 

the computer. When \Nhc n his s work is completed, , the sstudent enters 

his 

s code number r and answersa into the program rnm which h had given 

n 

him his s assignment. aSSig nt. The computer r will then gradeg e his work, 

displaying the answers to those problems whichw were 

Chemistry and Physics 

Cassettes 

Cassettes 

1. I. Linear r Kinematics 

2. Projectile Motion* 

~l l o t i o n · 

3. Momentum and Energy* Energy· 

4. Energy and the Inclined Plane 

5. Inelastic s c Collisions 

6. Centripet,11 Centripetal Force 

7. Pulley Syste Svstems -— Machines· 

Machines* 

8. Specific peCi THeat H t Cil Capacity pncity 

9. CalOrimetry 

Calorimetry 

10. 

. Heats of Fusion.Vaporization 

FlI nN ilporization 

11. n. Specific Gas Laws 

12. General Gas Law 

13. 13 . Thermodynamics I 

14. Thermodynamics 

II 

15. Transverse rse Standing Wilves 

Waves 

16. Longitudinal 

citudinal S Standing tandmg Waves 

17. Lenses and Mirrors* 

rs ' 

18. Refraction of Lightg 19. Series Circuit Analysis 

20. Parallel Circuit Analysis I 

20A. . Parallel Pilra Circuitt Analysis II 

2L 21. Series es'Paril Parallel l1 Circuit An

'VlA MAY/JUNE. Y I 1980 198O ISSUE 4 A COMPUTE. 69 

In lhil thh ISSllr, issue, J/llrlerle Marlmt I'mllo Pmtiu amlillllll continues /itr her/JrtUlIlalioTl presentation of the .I:radi".1!. gradingprogram 

lshown llUll-'1l i1l m hIssue SIl,. 3's 3 C/Jlumll. column, 711 '/'his time tape (Illd anddisl.. dish data Jtomge storage 0/)/1011$ upturns are 

added. Re RCLL 

The Learning Lab 

Marlene Protto 

Pratfo 

This grading program originated on a 32 K PET 

This grading program originated on a 32K PET 

withoUl without a printer. Its major idea was to mail1lain 

maintain 

the information in thee machine in arrays for easy 

reviewing and recording of thee results by hand. Op· 

lions tions are now provided for storingg and retrieving eving the 

partial or full term data on tape or disk (tape refers to 

partial or full term data on tape or disk (tape refers to 

cassette tape 110 I/O and disk refers to the CBM 2040 disk 

drive 110 , whil e 110 refers to input/output opera 

drive I/O. while I/O refers to input/output opera 

ti0l1S). 

tions). 

The user is asked how the data will be entered 

The user is asked how the data will be entered 

(statements 2905-2907) and there is a new item in thee 

menu (s tatements 27620-27640) allowing th e data to be 

menu (statements 27620-27640) allowing the data to be 

saved. Of the numeric data, only thee raw student 

grades are stored. When thee data is read from tape or 

disk thee user r may choose to add grades if the total 

number of grades will not exceed thee maximum in 

2150. The averages, z scores, and frequencies encies are then 

recalculated and the menu presented. 

. 

As thee average are calculated, thee user is asked 

is the average is "okay". If a change is needed and 

the inpUl input came from tape orr disk, all off the current 

scores are printed to refresh the user's memory 

(statements 13200-13560). 3560). If the user wants to review 

the grades, he/she may ask to change one grade and 

merelyy input the same mc value. Note that a change of 

input method was made here in order to speed up 

the program (13250). If you prefer using the return 

key, do not make this s change. 

The instructions concerning g grade changes have 

been modified. For r each student the user may Illay 

change all grades or one grade at a time (13600- 

change all grades or one grade at a time ( 13600- 

14000). 

14000). 

Since the scores may come from more than one 

input source, two twO variables are needed to keep track 

of the number of grades from frolll each. A new variable 

NN is used for the number of grades entered 

NN is used for th e number of grades entered 

initially and NP is th e number of grades added on a 

initially and NP is the number of grades added on a 

subsequent run. . In the first case N =NN= N 

and in 

the second case N = N N + N P. 

the second case N ~ I N + NP. 

Writing the Data File 

Observe statements 36010-36097. RV Rv is a variable 

which points to where the program should continue cO lllinue 

if there is an I/O 110 problem and IT refers to disk 

or o r tape. The filename and an indicator for r tape or o r 

the disk drive number are requested. 

The form of the OPEN statement is OPEN 

parml, parmi, parm2, parm3, parm4 pann4 where parml I is the 

logical file number, parm 2 is the device number 

(DV), (Dv), parm3 is the secondary address (SA), and parm4 

is the c filename and/or commands. cO lllmands. The variables, DV 

and SA, are arc assigned differently for tape or disk 

(36024 & 36028). The disk filename is modified as 

shown in 36028. 36028, The fourth parameter consists of the 

drive nUllIber number (either 0 ur or I) 1) lo followed by a 

: (colon), 

the e name provided by the e user and finally indicators 

for SEQuential file type aand WRITE mode of operation. 

In additiun addition, . forr disk 110. I/O, we OPEN OPKN the com· comerrorr 

channel in order to check for disk eerrors. 

rs . 

We choose to use file number 2 and we must use 

Secondary Address 15. Some form of initialization 

of the disk drive muSt must occur. It is included in the 

OPEN command by using g ""I" I " + HS H$ as the fourth 

parameter where H$ is the disk drive number provided 

by the user. (We are assuming that the diskette 

has been formatted at this pain!.) 

point.) 

Tape fil filee writing is indicated by a Secondary 

Address of I. 1. Disk filee writing is indicated by filee 

type (SEQ) and mode (WRITE) which arc are part of the 

fourth parameter in the OPEN statement. In either 

case, the first parameter is the filee number which 

will later appear after the # in the PRINT# 

statements. nt s . 

IT is checked in 36032. If thee userr has not 

responded with Tor T 0 orr 1, thee program relUrn returnss 

to 36022 to elicit the proper resonse. 

Information is written to the external medium in 

the following ow g order: I) 1) filee identifier (32 characters 

or less off information), n), 2) number of students, , 3) 

number of grades per student, and 4) a character 

(0$) (DS) to indicate whether identifiers have been provided 

by the user or if sequence numbers will be written 

as identifiers. 

For r each cach student slUdclll an identifier or sequence ence number 

and the e student's grades are written. After the last(Jth) 

stUth) 

student's data, , DONE E is written. The user is informed 

when the file e writing is completed complcted and is returned relUrned 

to the menu. 

Reading the Data File 

e 

The 'rhe program asks s how data is to be read 

(2905-2907). If the data comes from tape or disk, the 

filename is entered ered (2925), and the e DeVice number 

and a Secondary Address are arc set (2930-2935). 

Tape file reading is indicated by a Secondary 

Address of O. For di sk, the founh parameter is 

Address of 0. For disk, the fourth parameter is 

similar to that for writing, except that the mode is 

replaced by READ. The error channel is opened and 

the disk drive is initialized (this s may occur twice in 

the program since the e read and write portions are 

independent of each other and a the user may choose 

any y of several combinations of I/O 110 options.) File 

1I is opened for either disk d or tape reading. Student 

data are arc read in 10250 and 11560. 

Data as Character Strings 

The data are written as character strings. On input 

the data are read as character strings and converted 

to numeric data as needed. Microsoft BASIC provides 

two functions for converting convening data from numeric 

to character characler and character to numeric. . STR$(numeric 

variable) will convert a number to a string, slrin while 

VAL(string V variable) will convert a string to a number.

7O 70 COMPUTE. . MAY/JUNE, 1980. 198O. ISSUE 4. 

If the stringg variable docs does not consist of numerals, 

V AL returns a value of O. 

VAL returns a value of 0. 

ERROR TESTING 

Disk errors are checked in the subroutine at 36610 

and tape errors in the subroutine at 36710. It is 

and tape errors in the subroutine at 36710. It is 

not possible to make the program super smart concerning 

error recovery, but an altcmpt attempt is made rather 

than simply stopping the program. 

Please make the e following correction to the 

listing. 36095 CLOSE 1: IF DV = ~ 8 THEN 

CLOSE 2 

CLOSE 2 

REFERENCES 

Commodore Business Machinc.:s, Machines, CBM Users Manual, 1979 

Commodore Business Machines, CBM Floppy Disk User 

Manual, 1979 

Total Oia l Information Inronnatio n Services, Ser\'ices. TIS Workbook 4, 'I, 1978 

1450 REM K$ FILE IDENTIF I ER 

1450 REM K$ FILE IDENTIFIER 

11470 REM E$ ERROR CHANNEL MESSAGES 

1500 REM J NUMBER OF STUDENTS 

1600 REM NN NUMBER OF GRADES PER 

1700 REM STUDENT INITIALLY, , NP GRADES 

17100 REM ADDED,N=NN+NP 

, N ~ NN+NP 

1720 REM MN=MAXIMUM ~lN~~lAXIMUll # OF STUDENTS 

1730 REM MG=MAXIMUM ~HAXIMUM # OF GRADES PER -. ~ 

-.STUDENT 

~ 1740 REM RV RETURN TO INPUT OR OUTPUT 

1750 REM IT=1 FOR DISK,IT=2 FOR TAPE 

2100 DIM N$(50),E$(4},Z(50) 

, E$(4),Z(50) 

2100 

2100 DIM N$(50),E$(4),Z(50) 

2150 

MN=50 :MG=10 : ~l ::RV=1 

2200 

PRINT"[CLR]" 

" 23000 

PRINT"THIS PROGRMI PROGRAM ASSUMES THAT "; 

2400 

PRINT"YOU DO NOT HAVE MORE ~10RE THAN "; 

2500 

PRINT"50 STUDENTS AND 10 "; 

2600 PRINT"GRADES PER STUDENT. IF " ,. 

2600 

2700 

2800 

2900 

2905 

2700 PRINT"YOU DO, CHANGE THE DIM 

2800 PRINT"STATEMENTS AND 2150." 

2900 PRINT 

2905 PRINT"INDICATE ENTRY OF DATA BY -i 

-OlKrEYBOARD, j:TrAPE, DRIVE x.0? " 

2907 

2907 PRINT" OR DRIVE ilr." 

2910 

INPUT M$:M$=LEFT$(M$,1) $(M$ , l) 

2920 

IF M$="K" THEN DV=0:NP=0:G0TO : :G OTO 3000 

2925 

INPUT"ENTER FILENAHE FILENAME ";F$ 

2930 

IF M$="T" THEN DV=I DV=1:SA=0:IT=2: 

: -.GOTO2950 

~GOT02950 

2935 IF M$="0" OR H$= M$="l" "I " THEN DV=8:SA=5: : 

-nIT=l: ~IT=l: F$=M$+": ":""+F$+" ",, SEQ,READ" , REAO " 

2937 

IF IIT=1 THEN OPEN 2,DV,15,"I"+M$: ,"I" : 

-.GOSUB ~GOSUB 36610:GOTO : 2950 

2940 

PRINT"ENTER K,T,0, OR 1. l.":GOTO 2910 

2950 

OPEN l,DVfSA,F$:IF I,DV,SA , IT=1 IT~ 1 THEN GOSUB -. ~ 

-.36610 

~36610 

2952 

INPUT' INPUT#1,K$:ON I, IT GOSUB 36610,36710 , 36710 

2954 

PRINT"FILE IDENTIFIER IS ";K$ 

2956 

INPUT#1,H$:ON #I, : IT GOSUB 36610,36710 

2958 JT=VAL( JT=VAL{H$) :IF: JT=00 THEN PRINT"* " # OF -. ~ 

2958 

DIM N$(50) , E$(4) , Z(50) 

PRINT "GRADES PER STUDENT. IF 

PRINT"YOU DO , CHANGE THE DIM "; 

PR I NT "STATEMENTS AND 2150 ." 

PRINT 

PRINT " INDICATE ENTRY OF DATA BY ~ 

~L. K r EYBOARD , L.TrAPE , DRIVE L.0r " 

PRINT " OR DRIVE L.lf." 

~ STUDENTS IS 0 ": GOTO 2905 

-iSTUDENTS IS 0":GOTO 2905 

2960 

INPUT#1,H$: I, : ON IT GOSUB 36610,36710 , 36710 

2962 

NN=VAL(H$) ::IF NN=0THEN PRINT"# '" OF -. ~ 

^GRADES ~GRADES IS 00":GOTO " : 2905 

2964 

IINPUT#1,D$: NPUT.l, ON IT GOSUB 36610, 

--36710:D$ ~3 : D$~LEFT$ = LEFT$(D$,1) 

( D$,I) 

2975 PRINT"NUMBER OF STUDENTS IS "";JT 

2980 PRINT" NUMBER OF GRADES IS " ;NN 

2980 PRINT"NUMBER OF GRADES IS " ; NN 

2985 IF D$="Y"THEN D$~"Y " PRINT"THERE ARE -. ~ 

ÎDENTIFIERS." 

~IDEN ERS . " 

2990 IF NMG THEN PRINT"TOO MANY": 

-.GOTO ~GOTO 2990 

2990 IF N00 THEN PRINT ""ENTER";NP; 

"; NP ; 

...," ->" GRADES FOR II; 

11400 PRINT"STUDENT ";JJ 

11500 FOR 1=1 I=1TON 

11520 IF DV=0 THEN 11600 

11520 IF DV=0 THEN 11600 

11540 IF I I>NN )NN THEN 111600 

1 11560 INPUT l l, H$ : ON IT GOSUB36610 , 3671 0 

11560 INPUT#1,H$:ON IT GOSUB36610,36710 

111580 1 STUDENT(J,I)=VAL(H$):GOTO11800 

) : GOT011 11600 PRINT "GRADE #";I; 

11600 PRINT "GRADE 1 " ;1; 

1320 0 PRINT "OKAY? "; 

13200 PRINT"OKAY?"; 

13250 GET C$:IF C$="" THEN 13250 

13400 PRINT C$ 

13400 PRINT C$ 

13500 IF C$= " Y"THENI 0200 

13500 IF C$="Y"TREN10200 

13530 IF DV=0 THEN 13600 

13540 PRINT"CURRENT GRADES:" 

13550 FOR P=1TON:PRINT STUDENT(J,P); 

13550 FOR P= I TON : PRINT STUDENT(J , P) ; 

13560 NEXT P:PRINT 

13600 PRINT "\vHICH GRADE (IF HORE THAN "; 

13600 PRINT"WHICH GRADE {IF MORE THAN 

13700 PRINT"ONE GRADE NEEDS CHANGING, I , "; 

13800 PRINT"YOU "yOU HAY MAY CHANGE ONE AT n; 

113900 PRINT"A "A TIHE TIME OR CHANGE ALL BY "; 

14000 PRINT"ENTERING 

14000 PRINT " ENTERING " ; 

16699 REM IF OPEN FILES, , THEN CLOSE 

116700 IF DV=1 DV~1 THEN CLOSE 1 

116710 IF DV=88 THEN CLOSE I:CLOSE 1:CLOSE 2 

16720 PRINT:PRINT"WHEN : YOU AREE READY 

" 

23200 IF Q

MAY/JUNE. MAY/JUNE, 1980. 198O. ISSUE 4 a. COMPUTE. 

n 

36054 INPUT"ENTER AN IDENTIFIER FOR ~ 

36610 REM ERROR CHECKING ROUT INE FOR ~ 

36054 INPUT"ENTER AN IDENTIFIER FOR -i 36610 REN ERROR CHECKING ROUTINE FOR -i 

-.THIS ~ SET OF STUDENTS ";H$ " ^DISK ~DISK IO 10 

36058 PRINT#1,H$:IF l IT=lTHENTHEN GOSUB 366100 

36620 INPUTI2,E$(1) INPUT#2,E$(1),E$(2),E$(3),E$(4): 

, E$(2) , E$(3) ,E$(4 ) : 

36062 H$ =STR$(J) = ::PRINT#1,H$:IF PRINT#l,H$:IF IT=l IT=1 •-. 

-.IF ~I F E$(1) 1 ) =" = "00" " THEN RETURN 

-.THEN GOSUB 366100 

36630 REM ELSE THERE IS AN ERROR 

360666 H$ =STR$( = STR$(N) :PRINT#l :PRINT#1,H$:IF , IT=l IT=1 •-i 36640 FOR P=lT0 P=1TO4: PRINT E$(P): NEXT P 

-.THEN GOSUB 36610 

36650 PRINT"CORRECT THE ERROR, IF -i ~ 

36070 PRINT#1,D$:IF #l , : IF IT=l IT=1 THEN GOSUB36610 

,-.POSSIBLE. . TO CONTINUE THE PROGRAM" " 

36080 FOR H=1TOJ l 36660 PRINT"PRESS I " PRESS ANY KEY.":CLOSE 1: 

: 

36081 IF D$="Y" = " THEN PRINTl1 PRINT#1,N$(H): , N$(H) -.CLOSE ~C L O 2 

-. ~ GOTO 36084 

36670 GET Y$: : IIFF Y$="" " " THEN 36670 

36082 REM ELSE PRINT SEQUENCE I # 36680 ON RV GOTO 2905, , 36020 

36083 PRINTl1, PRINT#1,STR5(H) STR$(H ) 

36690 RETURN 

36084 IF IT=l IT=1THENTHEN GOSUB 36610 

36700 REM ERROR ROUTINE I FOR TAPE 

36086 FOR L=l l TO N 

367100 IF ST=0 THEN RETURN 

360 88 H$=STR$(STUDENT(H,L)):PRINT#1,H$ STUDENT(H , L» :PRINTU,H$ 

36720 IF ST

72 COMPUTE. MAY I JUNE. lQ80 ISSUE

MAY/JUNE. 1980 I960 ISSUE 4 COMPUTE. 73 

A class consists of about fifteen en students per com 

m~ 

puter (our collaborating schools have only one APPLE 

each; ; we hope to try the curriculum in multi 

l11ulti~ 

computer classes later.) Five groups of three students 

alternate computer pUler use with planning work using graph 

paper and marker pens. The off-linee students are 

planning their strategies, doing hand-simulations, 

hand~ ations, 

and observing the online students; for to graduate- 

to the next activity, a group must successfullyy 

predict the outcome of an assigned "seed" (geo 

metricc pattern, algorithm, , program, etc.) The 

activities develop during eighteen een weeks, from a non 

nonlinguistic 

color-pattern process called "quilting" 

through immediate-mode i a t e ~m and straight-line-codes a i c~code emry 

entry 

of TURTLEGRAPHICS (Papert, 1970) commands, 

the introduction of PASCAL control structures such 

as REPEAT. .... .UNTIL and IF. . . ..THEN, , 10 to the 

creation of cartoon characters and their animation 

with complex programs using the RASCALR animation 

system. The output is always color graphics aand music; 

the curriculum um steadilyy increases its ""interactivity" 

as students learn how to use joystick input to control 

various types of motion. There is always an under~ 

lying g lesson about how programs work. All code is 

in a completely structured language (PASCAL), 

and is taught" "from the insidc inside OUl out" J) -~ 

only at 

later stages do "environmental details" such as 

declarations become of concern. A PASCAL interi 

nl er~ 

preter r is used which scrolls the source-program being 

executcd executed on the bottom of the screen (at a con 

trollable rate) while thee program produces its output 

on the e top part of the screen. A working system 

will be on exhibit at NECC/80. NECC/SO. 

The cognitive style of the HSCS Curriculum 

The central common fact that unifies our program/ 

lessons Quilting, Turtlegraphics Turtlcgraphics and more traditional 

interactive games is that they sell themselves. No one 

has to compel students to do their assignments. 

The point at which our curriculum diverges 

from ""closed" games is in the fact that the e only 

real oopponent in traditional games is a pseudo pscudorandom 

number generator, r , orr perhaps another 

human. In a cognitive game the opponent is the thc 

rich structure of our own ignorance. 

. . The 

excitement ent of being able to create pattern and 

order is as old as the wall-paintings in the caves 

of France. It is an essentially y human activity, onc one 

at which all players can win. It is also a ''meta- 

game', , in which an infinite number of specific 

games and traditional games is analogous to that 

between a set of blocks and a preassemblcd lOy. toy. 

meta 

A different order of learning becomes possible. 

. 

The design style of the HSCS Curriculum 

The fundamental design principle we have 

followed owed is to attempt to make each lesson augment 

the student's skillss in three areas: discovery, 

control, aand design. We e allow students to "play" 

with the system as each new feature is introduced, 

but they have ""discovery questions" whose answers 

they seek as they ""mess around", in more orr less 

structured ways. They need to find thee answers to 

be allowed access to thee next level of the system. 

Studellls Students develop discovery skills by experimentally 

answering questions like "what docs this command 

do?" 

We e ask students to undertake a specific 

"challenge", such as the ""shoot-the-dot" game, 

to develop their ability 10 to control the computer 

by selectingg the correct command and providing 

correct values for its operands. Their understanding 

g 

of the system is built by simulation exercises, 

which allow them to predict the behavior of a 

command, thus to choose the right command. 

Later in the semester, students will begin 

writing g programs; but even at earlyy stages there is 

the impetus to design input sequences to produce 

thee desired pattern. . Students must be able to produce 

a sequence of commands which produces the 

predicted output on first submission, n , to graduate 

to the next t level of the system. . 

AnOther Another principle e we have followed can be 

summed up in the phrase' "design 'design from the first 

experience". We believe that computer science 

(orr anything else) should be taught ""from the inside 

out". That is, first t experienccs experiences must incorporate 

the heart hean of thee mailer matter at hand, with as little 

extraneous matter as possible. For instance, 

nce, 

quilting teaches the fundamental core of the 

computing experience: : in repetition of a controlled 

process, there is great power. The Quilting lesson 

is taught without introducing a word of jargon, j previous assignments, or complex command 

sequences. Quilting, and its fundamental message, 

can be taught to illiterates. iterates. The second lesson 

similarlyy teaches thee relationship between opcrands, 

operands, 

operators and results. Only y after students have firm 

operational skill with a given tool, , do we introduce 

terminology, written reference materials and the 

ultimately necessary environmental details such as 

data declarations and control statements. We are 

excited by the prospect of transforming rming gaming, a 

traditional problem area for computing tcachers, teachers, into 

one of their primary tools. 

The authors acknowledge and appreciate the e assistance of their 

collaborators: aboralOrs; R. R . M. Aiken, C. E. Hughes, H C. C:. R R. . Gregory 

and J. A. Ross (Universit), (University of Tennessee); I.. L. Demarotta Dcmarotta 

((H. I-I. C. Ma)'llard Maynard High School); E. Miner (Alcoa High School). 

References 

Aiken, R R. . M.; Hughes, C. E.; and Moshell.J. , .1 . M., 

"Computer Science Curriculum For High School Students", 

Sludents", 

Proceedings ACM/SIGCSE Conrerence, Conference, Kansas Kallsas City, Montana, 

February 25, 1980 

Moshell.J. , M M. . and Hughes, C. E. ""'RASCAL: Microcomputer 

canaan cartoon animation with PASCAL", Proceedings ACM/ ACMI 

SIGGRAPH Conference. Conference, Seattle, Washington, , August 1980 

Papen. Papert, S., ""Teaching Children n Thinking", Proceedings 

IFIP VYorld World Congress all on Complil Computers and Education, , Amslt!I"dam Amsterdam, , 

1970. 

Postman, Neil, ""The Firs! First Curriculum: um: Comparing School 

and Television", Phi Delta Kappan, , 61:3, November 1979. 

This work is partially pania )' suppon supported cd by NSF Grant SED-79-18991 1 ©

74 74 COMPUTE. COMPun. MAY/JUNE. /JUNE, 198O. 1980. ISSUE 44. 

A PET '~NSWER BOX" PROGRAM 

A PET "ANSWER BOX" PROGRAM 

FOR 

Coordinator of 

TEACHERS 

Lack of o f appropriate software has been a persistent 

problem for educators interested in using microcomputers 

to (Q assist classroom instruction. . This difficulty 

is one that is not t likely to LO go away soon. 

A great many companies are currently rushing in 

to 10 fill the gap. But it will probably take several 

years before supply catches calches up with demand in this 

burgeoning new area of educational technology. 

teehnolQgy. 

Meanwhile, M those ofo f us who are arc promoting the e use of 

micros for instruction can help hcljJ teachers integrate 

their regular classroom materials m with computer 

hardware in ways that will w be immediately y useful to 

students and teachers alike. This article e briefly bric ny 

describes oneo such approach. 

. 

The public schools of Edina, Minnesota, Minnesola, make 

considerable use of microcomputers microcompUlcrs for instruction, 

, 

particularly at the elementary level. Indeed, , demand 

for these machines has been so great that thaI by the fall 

of 1980 more than eighty eighl y computers (most ofo f them thcm 

PET micros) will be helping students ls improve their Iheir 

skills s in the areas off capitalization, punctuation, 

n , 

spelling, language usage, and mathematics. 

To assist in the accomplishment of this, the 

Edina system regularly offers its teachers opportunities 

to become participants in microcomputer workshops 

designed to integrate the use of printed primed 

instructional nal materials with micros. In particular, 

the author, urhor , who serves as an instructor at these 

workshops, has written a simple program called 

ANSWER BOX which has turned out 10 to be both 

popular and effective. . 

ANSWER BOX assumes thaI that students will bring 

printed instructional materials to the micro 

and lype type in their answers to problemss att the computer 

keyboard. The compulel' computer Ihen then becomes a sophisticated 

response device, providing immediate reinforccmenl 

ment, , keeping track of student progress, and summarizing 

learning results at thee end of each lesson, , 

reinforce 

including time on task. 

In oorder to prepare ANSWER BOX programs, 

teachers need to have oonly y the ability bililY 10 to Iype type 

aanswers on data lines. No questions off copyright 

arc are involved. . Nothing in thee original printed material 

is copied or allered altered in aany way. The answers to 

problemss arc are simply entered ered into LO the computer on 

the appropriate data lines. The computer docs does the 

rest. 

Let's '$ sec see how this works. Look aatt Figures 1 and 

2 below. 

Figure I 1 is a sample instructional nal exercise. It 

consists ooff fifteen fteen problems. Each problem presentss 

a group ooff words. Is the e group of words a complete 

sentence? If so, the student udenl types YES (and 

THORWALD ESBENSEN 

Coordinator of Elementary Curriculum 

THORWALD ESBENSEN 

Elementary Curriculum 

and Instruction, Edina Public Schools 

Edina, Minnesota 55435 

Edina, Minnesota 55435 

presses the Ihe RETURN key). If not, the student 

types NO (and presses the RETURN key). If 

the e student's answer is right, a smiling g ANSWER 

BOX face appears while e the e student's ' s name Hashes fl on and off ofT underneath it. If the student's slUdent's answer 

is wrong, a frowning ANSWER BOX face appearsa with the word WRONG. Meanwhile, M underneath the 

ANSWERA BOX, the e right righl answer Hashes fl ono n anda off. 

The student sLUdent must then type the right answera before 

the e computer will go to the e next problem. problcm . 

If the student does not t know the answer to a 

problem, , he/she helshe may type I)'pe the question mark (and 

press the RETURN" R key). The computer will then 

prim print the right answer. However, H the student studcnt must 

also type lype the right answera before the e computer computcr will 

go to the next problem. 

IDENTIFYING COMPLETE SENTENCES 

Lesson 23 

For each group of words, answer answe.: r YES if [lit- th c group farms forms 

a ;i complele complete sentence. Answer NO if the.: group u p dot.:s docs not 1101 form 

a complete st.: sentence. ntentt.:. 

1. I . Beyond Ikyond the highe.: highest mountain rnOllllwin thai that we.: could sn· see 

2. If there tlwre is the slightest doubt in your mind when "hen yuu you 

thinkk about it 

3. I will wilt sec him tomorrow tolllorruw 

4. Last night under a yellow l1l moon 

5. j. She lias 1

MAY/JUNE. 1980. 198O. ISSUE A. COMPUTE. 75 

entered ered onn the appropriate priate data lines. 

II If' several lessons are to be entered ered on the data 

lines, you can occasionally check to see how many 

free bytes of memory your PET still has for you u to 

use. Typing thee direct command '?FRE(0) fRE(O) will give 

you u this s information. If you have an 88KK PET, , 

ANSWER BOX will allow you to enter about 3000 

bytes of data before running out of memory. . However, 

don't push your luck down to the last few 

bytes. Some bytes are consumed when a program runs. 

Allow for this. 

Lines 100-104 are used to lo print thee name off a 

particular ANSWER BOX program. In the present 

instance, nce , we are calling it IDENTIFYING IDENTIfYI NG COM 

PLETE SSENTENCES. 

ES. 

Look at Line Linc 7000. The first data entry is 23, 

which is thee number of the lesson (sec (see Figure 1). 

The next fifteen entries are the right ans\vers answers for 

r 

this s lesson. Finally, thee arrow pointing up tellss 

the PET that the lesson is over and that thee resultss 

should be summarized. Lines 9000·9999 9000-9999 summarize 

the e results s of the lesson. 

Readers may fee fcc free to copy the listing of 

ANSWER BOX and to use it as they think best. bcst . 

Readers ers who would rather just buyy a copy off thee 

tape itself may do so for S7.95 37.95 from MICRO-ED, 

INC., P.O. Box 24156, J56, Minneapolis, M Minnesota, Minnesola, 55424. 

The author would be gLad glad to fo resjJond respond Lo to questions and 

comments from interested readers. 

5 REM BY T. ESBENSEN FOR tUCRO-ED, 

MICROED, 

-. , INC.P.O. BOX 24156, , MINNEAPOLIS, 

-. , MN. . 55424 

10 REM USE LINES 7000-7998 FOR DATA. 

20 REM PAGE OR LESSON NUMBER SHOULD BE , 

,FIRST -.FIRST DATA ENTRY. . 

30 REH REM THEN ENTER ANSWERS. ALL ENTRIES, 

, SHOULD BE SEPARATED BY COHHAS . 

-. SHOULD BE SEPARATED BY COMMAS. 

40 REH REM END EACH LESSON WITH •" 

50 REM EXAMPLES: 7000 DATA 1,A,B,C,D,' 

1,A,B,C,D," 

60 REMM 7010 DATA 2,WAS,IS,~ 2,WAS,IS,' 

70 DINWR$ DIMWR$(100) 

95 TI$=" TlS="000000" 

" 

99 PRINT"fltHv" 

PRINT"fiWW 

100 PRINT"L~~*************************** 

-,** ***** 

101 PRINT".l»>* 

".!:.;';'* 

102 PRINT"j:>>* IDENTIFYING COMPLETE -. 

103 PRINT"x»* 

* 

104 PRINT"r^>*************************** 

PRINT"L~~*************************** 

-,******* 

115 PRINT"^":INPUT"STUDENTIS FIRST -. 

,NAHE;';'2~~~";NA$ 

-.LE$ 

140 PRINT"6":RESTORE 

PRINT"fi":RESTORE 

150 READD5 

155 PRIN 

-,HING" 

-.HING" 

* 

102 PRINT".!:.;';'* IDENTIFYING COMPLETE , 

,SENTENCES -■SENTENCES * 

103 PRINT".!:.;';'* 

115 PRINT"v":INPUT"STUDENT'S FIRST, 

120 IFNA$="2"THEN90 

"1"THEN90 

130 PRINT"^":INPUT"LESSON 

"v":INP NUMBER;';'2~~~" ; 

,LE$ 

150 READD$ 

155 PRINT"hvvvHvHHHHHHHH;'.!:.SEARC 

160 IFD$="""THENPRINT"vSORRY. IFD?=""~"THENPRINT"^SORRY. LESSON, 

-i 

-^NUMBER ,NUMBER NOT FOUND.":PRINT:PRINT"TRY 

PRINT"TRY 

,-i AGAIN.":GOT0130 

":GOTO130 

170 IFD$=LE$THEN190 

180 GOT0150 

180 GOTO150 

190 PRINT"6" 

PRINT"fi" 

200 READA$ 

210 IFA$="""THEN9000 

210 IFA$="'''THEN9000 

220 P=P+l 

P=P+1 

225 IFP9THENSP=1 

227 IFP>9THENSP=1 

300 PRINT"6" 

PRINT"fi" 

301 PRINT" 99999999999999999999 

302 PRINT" 5. .6. £ 

303 PRINT" 5. 5_ ANSWER ANS\'IER BOX £ .6. 

304 PRINT" 59999999999999999996 

305 PRINT" 999995 .6. £ 

306 PRINT" 5. 5_ 5. 5_ .6. £ 

307 PRINT" 5. 5_ 5. 

308 PRINT" 5. 5. 5 .6. £ 

309 PRINT" 888885 £ .6. 

310 PRINT" 5. 5_ .6. £ 

311 PRINT" 5. 5 .2. £ 

312 PRINT" 5. 5_ .6. £ 

313 PRINT" 88888888888888888888 

320 PRINT" O###I#P 

O#####P 

321 PRINT" ERRORS .%. £ _L ~ 

322 PRINT" LSSSSS L$$$$$: ; 

326 PRINT" O##PO##P 

327 PRINT" TH1E TIME SPENT.%. &_!_&_!_ ~ , 

328 PRINT" LSS; LS$:L$$: LSS; 

329 PRINT" MIN. SEC. 

360 PRINT"MvvvHHvvvHHHHHHHHH 

PRINT"! 

370 

-,~~";E 

370 PRINT"hvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv;.;.;.;.;.t;.;.;.;.;. 

-,~~~~"; 

375 PRINTMID$(TI$,3,2) ;";';''';MID$(TI$,5, 

375 PRINTMID$(TI$,3,2) ; "»" ;MID$ (TI$ , 5 

,2) i2) 

380 PRINT"hvvvvvvv;';''';SPC(SP) ^W^tt^W^" ; ;P; 

382 INPUT";';';'l~~~";R$ 

"> »2

76 76 COMPUTE. MAY/JUNE.1QBO 1980 ISSUE A. 4, 

765 PRINT"-*"; 

PRINT"~"; 

770 NEXTZ 

770 NEXTZ 

780 PRINT"r";NA$; 

PRINT"f";NA$ ; 

782 FORZ=1TOLEN(NA?) FORZ-ITOLEN( NA$ ) ::PRINT"4 PRINTS "; :NEXTZ 

783 FORZ=lTO200:NEXTZ 

FORZ-IT0200 : NEXTZ 

784 IFKK=5THENKK=0:GOTO190 

- 5THENKK-0:GOT0190 

786 GOTO750 GOT0750 

800 PRINT"fi":E=E+l:IFR$="?"THENE=E-l 

->A=A+1:GOTO820 

~A-A+l:GOT0820 

800 PRINT"6":E-E+l:IFR$-"?"THENE-E-l: 

801 PRINT" 99999999999999999999 

99999999999999999999 

801 PRINT" 

802 PRINT" 

" 5. ~ £ i 

803 PRINT" 

" 5NNNNNNNNNNMMMMMMMM6 

804 PRINT" 

" 59999999999999999996 

805 PRINT" 

" .2..5. NNNNN .6..9. 

806 PRINT" .5..5. NM NM ii 

807 PRINT" .5..5. M@ l± 3± @N ii 

808 PRINT" .5..5. 11 II ii 

809 PRINT" 

INT" Bl ~ WRONG IVRONG I! i.B. 

810 PRINT" 

" ~ N $$$$$S 5 5 5555 M i 

811 PRINT" 

" ~ ~ N??????M ' i 

812 PRINT" 

" 5. ~ ######## 

# ~ 6 

813 81 3 PRINT" 88888888888888888888 

820 PRINT"MttvttvtvtvtvtvHHHHHHH 

820 PRINT" 

..,~~~ " ; 

830 F0RZ=lT0LEN(A$)/2 

830 FORZ- I TOLEN(A$ )/2 

840 PRINT"-*"; PRINT"4"; 

845 NEX TZ 

845 NEXTZ 

850 PRINT"ji";A$; 

PRINT"I"; 852 KK=KK+1 KK-KK+l 

855 FORZ=1TO200:NEXTZ 

FORZ-IT0200:NEXTZ 

860 FORZ=1TOLEN{A$) 

FORZ-ITOLEN(A$) 

865 PRINT"-*"; 

PRINT"4 "; 

870 NEXTZ 

870 NEXTZ 

880 PRINT"r";A$; 

PRINT"f "; ; 

882 FORZ-ITOLEN( FORZ=lTOLEN(A$) ) : PRINT"4 PRINT"-*"; "; :NEXTZ: 883 FORZ-IT0 FORZ=lTO200:NEXTZ 

200:NEXTZ 

884 GOSUB900 

885 IFKK-5THENKK-0:GOT0300 

IFKK=5THENKK=0:GOTO300 

886 GOT0850 

886 GOTO850 

900 WR$(P WR$(P)=STR$(P) 

) -STR$(P) 

910 RETURN 

7000 DATA 23 , NO , NO , YES , NO,YES , NO ,NO, YES , 

7000 DATA 23,NO,NO,YES,NO,YES,NO,NO,YES, 

~YES,YES,NO,NO,NO,YES,YES,' 

-.YES, A 

79997 9 DATA" 

DATA~~ 

9000 PRINT"6tsUMMARY PRINT"fi^SUMMARY OF RESULTS FOR ~ i 

~LESSON 

-.LESSON "";LE$ 

9010 PRTNT"88888888888888888888888888888 

901 0 PRINT"88888888888888888888888888888 

.,..8....8....8. II 

9015 

PRINT"tSTUDENT PRINT'^STUDENT'S ' S FIRST NAME: : ";NA$ 

9020 

PRINT'^NUMBER "tNUMBER OF PROBLEr1S: PROBLEMS:";P 

9030 

PRINT"^NUMBER NT"tNUMBER OF ERRORS:";E 

E 

9040 

PRINT'^COMPUTER NT"tCOMPUTER GAVE ANSI'IER ANSWER:";A 

A 

9050 

PRINT"tTI PRINT'^TIME USED: ";MID$(TI$,3,2); 

3 , ; 

~" V MINUTE(S) AND ";MID$(TI$,5,2); 

~lID$(T I$, 5 ,2); 

~" -i" SECOND( (S) S ) " 

9060 

PRINT"tSPECIFIC PRINT'^SPECIFIC PROBLEMS HI MISSED OR" 

9062 

PRINT pbtnt"IIIIH##II##I#III###I# ■'*«**«**###**##***#****##**#" ###### " 

906 90655 

PRINT"ANSWERED RED BY THE COHPUTER" 

COMPUTER" 

9070 

PRINT PPTMT»#****##**####*####*###*#" 

"II . #I ###I.IIII I I##II #' ## " 

9090 

FORZ-ITOP 

FORZ=1TOP 

91 9100 00 PRINT"L,"i PRINT"x";WR$(Z);">"; 

i" ~ "; 

9105 

IFWR$(Z)=""THENPRINT"-*"; ) -""THENPRINT "4 " ;::C=C-1 

C-C-l 

9110 

C-C+l:IFC-10THENC-0 C=C+1:IFC=10THENC=0:PRINT"^" 

: PRINT"t " 

9120 

NEXTZZ 

9125 

PR PRINT I NT 

9130 PR PRTNT"99999999999999999999999999999 

I 9130 

9999 

9999 

~ -.99999999" IF> q 

END ~ ^ 

E 

D 

E 

D 

U 

U 

C 

C 

A 

T 

O 

R 

S 

T 

o 

BECOME EDUCATED 

BECOME EDUCATED 

Commodore Business Machines and the 

ETC Corp. are offering a FREE computer 

to any educational institution when they 

purchase 2 CBM personal computers ... . .. 

..... . and ETC will train your staff at NO 

EXTRA CHARGE. 

INTERESTED? 

CONTACT 

T 

R .. 

A Division of 

, J •• I! 

" - :-o?~. 111111 111111 

S 

~G[fi]IP[I!L-LSC::: 

fe 

1""1111111 P.O. Box G 

Imi II mil p ° 8ox G 

[5,]208=~ mIII III APex Apex, NN.C. c 27502 

~_ III! 1111 II Illll 1111 1-919-362-4200 

Special Educational Software Packages 

Special Educational Software Packages 

Also Available 

Located 1/2 mile East of intersection of 

US 1 South & Old N.C. 42 in Apex 

AlARI And SRA 

ATARI And SRA 

Announce Educational 

Agreement 

Agreement 

Science Research Associales, Associates, Inc. (SRA) aand 

Atari lari Inc. have announced lhe the signing of a l11u multi- 

lli ~ 

faceted agreement concerning the developmcnl development of 

educational computer courseware and sale of Ara Atari 

Personal Computer Systems to thee educational 

community. Under the agreemcllI agreement, , SSRA R A ... will vill developp 

educational computer courscware courseware programs in the 

areas off reading, language arts, mathematics, lh cm mics, scic science 

and social studies forr use in thc the home oonn Atari 

pcrsona persona] l computers. Atari will havc have the right to 

markct market SRA·developcd SRA-developed courseware programs intended nded 

lo forr home use. . 

SRAA will also produce aand market rkel lO to schools 

a broad rangc range ooff educational computer pUler programs 

designed for use in the e classroom with pcrsonal 

personal 

computers. 

Atari has appointed inled SSRA R A as the e organization 

lion 

with primary rcsponsibi responsibility y forr the sales of" Atari's 

personal computer r products and services to the educa 

tional community, m which includes udcs all types oolf educa 

tionall institutions, ns, public and private e from prc·school 

pie-school 

through university y level. 

For more information, , contact Atari® Consumer 

division, 1265 Borregas Borrcgas Avenue, Sunnyvale, CCA A 94086(g 

94086©

MAY/JUNE. I 198O. 1980. ISSUE 4. COMPUTE. 77 n 

PETGETWITH 

FLASHING 

CURSOR 

Gary Greenberg 

35-63 SOth St. 

Jackson Hts., , NY 11372 

There are many reasons why some programmers 

prefer to use the GET statement for keyboard input 

rather than the INPUT statement. ent. One reason of 

interest to many beginners is that the ,he GET statement 

can help prevent falling out of the program 

when the wrong response is made. For example, 

pressing RETURN as a response to INPUT causes 

you to fall out of the program. Similarly if you 

call for a numeric variable and type an alphabetic 

character, again you are in trouble. 

The GET statementt works by checking the keyboard 

input buffer for the next character. However, H without the benefit of appropriate software routines, 

the GET statement collects only one character, does 

not provide a cursor for a prompt, does not print 

the character on the screen and does not permit you 

to erase the result before entering 'he the data. 

Additionally, the statement is executed so rapidly 

you will probably not be able to enter it in time to 

get it accepted. You do not use a carriage return 

to signal the end of the entry. 

A number of magazines have provided software 

pieces to enable you to use the GET but they do 

not permit you to delete and correct the entry before 

entering it into the program. The following program 

permits you to use the GET statement instead of the 

INPUT statement. It will permit you to have a 

flashing cursor and it will permit you to delete 

and correct entries before committing them to the 

computer. You use the carriage return to signal the 

end of your entry. You will not fall out of your 

program if you respond with a carriage return. 

program if you respond with a carriage return. 



100 PRINT'WHAT " IS ANSWER?";:GOSUB A 1000 

110 PRINTZ1$:Z1 PRINTZIS,ZI = ~ VAL(ZI$),PRINTZI 

VAL{Z1S):PRINTZ1 

1000 REM GET WITH FLASHING CURSOR 

1010 ZS . ····,ZIS = .... 

1010 ZS -"":Z1| ="" 

1020 IU2U PRINT"R ' R rd" rcl";:FORI :: FOIU 0: = I TTOO 35:NEXTI 

Gary Greenberg 

35-63 80th St. 

1030 PRINT"cl";:FORI I'RI Nr 'd " "FORI = - I 1 ·f TOO 35,NEXT 35:NEXTII 

1040 [040GETZ$:IFZS=""THEN1020 

GETZS, = .... TH EN 1020 

1050 REM ERASE ENTRY CHECK 

1060 IFZS IFZ$ < > CHR$(20)THEN HRS(20)THEN 1110 

10 

1070 IF2I-""THEN I FZS •.. " EN 1020 

1080 ZZ . =LEN(Z1$):IF LEN(ZIS), IF ZZ 

1090 ZIS-LEFTS(Zl$,ZZ-l|:PRINT"d"; 

= I S.ZZ- I ), I' ·· d ··: 

1100 GOTO 1020 

1110 IFZS =CHRS(13) OR ZS Z$ =CHRS(141) THEN 1150 

1120 PRINT ZS Z$; , 

1130ZIS Z1$=Z1$+Z$ · ZIS + ZS 

1140 GOTO 1020 

1150 GETZ8:IF ZS, ZS Z$ ~ -- ····THEN ""THEN 1150 

50 

1160 RETURN 

The program is a subroutine that can be called in 

place of any INPUT statements. Here's how it works_ 

works. 

LINE 100: The print message is used as a prompt. 

GET does not provide a question mark and you will 

have to put it into the PRINT statement if you 

want it. After the prompt is printed the program 

jumps to the subroutine, 

subroutine. 

LINE 110: This line is the line after the subroutine 

is executed. You can use any program statements you 

wanl. want. The one here is just an illustration. The PRINT 

Z Zl$ 1 $ is redundant since it is printed out in the subroutine. 

The VAL statement is used to convert the 

STRING to a NUMERIC. You should note that the 

subroutine leaves the cursor immediately after the 

entry. If you want a linefeed you will have to 

insert a I"PRINT:" I I' in line 110. 

LINE 1000: The subroutine starts here. 

LINE 1010: 10: Z$ will be used to collect the data 

typed in. ZI$ Zl$ will be used to build a string out of 

the data entered. This line initializes both strings 

as Nulls s (empty). 

LINES 1020-10.30: 1020-1030: These lines simulate the cursor. 

The two FOR-NEXT routines are time delays. . To 

speed up the flashing cursor, , shorten the loops. 

To slow down the cursor, , increase the number of 

loops. . The PRINT statements produce a REVERSE 

FIELD, SPACE (becomes a solid block in Reverse 

field), REVERSE OFF, CURSOR LEFT. This is 

followed by the delay and then PRINT SPACE 

and CURSOR LEFT again followed owed by a delay. By 

using different characters instead of the space character 

you can create some interesting cursors. This 

produces an interesting wig-wag effect. 

LINE 1040: The GET checks the keyboard buffer. 

If it is empty (null s'ring) string) it starts the cursor 

flashing again while it waits for data. Once a 

character has been entered the program moves on to 

the next line where it begins s to examine the nature 

of the character entered. 

LINE 1050-1060: These lines check for a ""delete". 

LINE 1070: If ""delete" is entered and there is no 

data entered the program returns to the flashing 

cursor. 

LINE 1080: If data has been entered this line 

checks to see how long the data is. This check is 

to make sure that the I' "delete" does not go past 

the beginning entry point on the screen_ 

screen. 

LINE 1090: The last character in the string is 

deleted. You can continue to delete characters until 

you have erased the whole string, and the program 

keeps checking for the delete every time you make an 

entry. 

LINE 1100: You return to the flashing cursor 

waiting for the next entry. 

LINES 1110-1140: These lines first check to see if 

you have hit "carriage return" or shifted "carriage 

return". rn " . If not, then the program adds Z$ to Zl$ Z 1 $ to

78 COMPUTE. MAY/JUNE. 1980. ISSUE 4. 

keep building 'he ihe string en'ry. entry. Af,er After each character 

is added to Z Zl$ 1 $ the program returns to the flashing 

cursor. When the carriage return is pressed it is the 

e 

signal that the entry is complete and you branch 

to 1150. 

LINE 1150: This line is used to empty 'he the buffer. 

Sometimes, when you enter data rapidly, there is 

information retained in the buffer that you haven't ' t 

accessed. If you don't ' t clear it out then the next 

time you call the routine, ,he the old unused data will 

be entered in response '0 to 'he the GET command before 

you have a chance to use your own input. 

LINE 1160: This re,urns returns control to the main body 

of the e program at line 110. 2 may enter a single leller. letter, a word, word. or the complete text to be decoded. The Tne compuler 

computer 

will respond by displaying the corresponding deciphered leller. letter, word, . or lex!. 

text. 

The program will permit user '-I f\ to create an encoded message which he may mail or transmit to user 112, §2, assuming both userss have access to the cryptogram program. The code 

number should also be included with the message in order to permit user n #2 to have his computer decode the message it if he encounters difficulty. 

The cryptogram program is designed tor for use with either BK 8K or 16/32KK PET compulers. computers. 11 It rs is provided on casselle cassette tape: : comes with complete Instructions: instructions: and sells tor lor S20. $20. It may 

be obtained from your local computer dealer or, or. if unavaifable, unavailable, it may rray be purchased directly trom from Microphys. . 

Note: A free, . educational software catalogue is available upon request from Microphys. . This catalog describes over 140 programs currently available. .

MAY/JUNE. 1980. 198O. IS$UE ISSUE 4. COMPUTE. 79 

PUT YOUR PET 

PUT YOUR PET 

ABOVE THE CROWD! 

Link it with GPA ELECTRONICS' 

Programmable, Intelligent 110. I/O. 

Not just a 

telecommunications 

I/O. Not just an 

intelligent hard copy 

interface. GPA's 

Intelligent I/O O is a 

COMPLETE 

S MICROCOMPUTER 

on a a41/2"x7 4Y2 ""card! 

Programmable via Resident Monitor in PROM, 

the Intelligent I/O puts your PET 

in communication with the real world, 

or with other computers, large or small. 

Programmable via Resident Monitor in PROM, 

the Intelligent I/O puts your PET 

FEATURES: 

FEATURES: 

• 6502 Microprocessor. 

• 2K E-PROM; I IKK RAM as buffer. 

• Fully IEEE488 IEEE-488 compatible and addressable. 

*• Serial and parallel 110 I/O through four ports. Device can 

communicate with two peripherals simultaneously; 

RS·232 RS-232 devices can communicate with parallel 

devices. 

*• Hard copy interfacing with either RS·232 RS-232 or 20mA 

devices (Please specify.) 

) 

• Accommodates all baud rates to 9600. 

*• Selectable line feed, , carriage return delay and characters 

per line. 

• Supports standard EIA modem-\9M 

MonvMk-. CA ^5454 

(707)984-6:70 

• PET k I ~Itl\'d II'3M ml ri> of Commodono RusiIW!S§ MMChine. 

* I'll Is a registered [rude marl of Commodore ill- ■ Machines. 

Two "Mini" Reviews: 


AlARI BASIC CARDS 24 pages, $4.95 

ATARI BASIC CARDS 24 pages, $4.95 

Micronotions 

Micronofions 

1929 Northport Drive #6 

Madison, Wisconsin 537O4 

Madison, Wisconsin 53704 

Len Lindsay's Atari Basic Cardss are simply that. . .a 

comprehensive heavy-paper pe r booklet covering the 

commands and syntax off Atari BASIC. . The preliminary 

copy I read was a handy size, 414" J;4. " by II 11" " with 

four commands per page. The back of each page is left 

blank a so the useru may jot j in his or her own helpful 

hints. The command sections are identical in size 

a nd a re arranged so you can cul them OU1 , if you pre 

and are arranged so you can cut them out, if you pre 

fer, , and use a small a card filee forr reference. 

Each comma nd is presented with syntax, an 

Each command is presented with syntax, an 

example of useu and brief definition. Best of all for 

beginners— beginners- and aren't we all at this point— point- is the 

"see also" cross reference presented with most of 

the commands. 

the commands. 

Although the booklet isn't ' t typeset, the reproduced 

printer output is extremely clear and easy to 

rcad. At $4.95 (approxima tely) Ata ri Basic Cards is a 

read. At $4.95 (approximately) Atari Basic Cards is a 

recommended addition to the small (but growing) 

amount of Atari information available. 

A Pre-review Review. . .... 

Mailing List $99.95 

Mailing List $99.95 

Dr. Daley's Software 

425 Grove Ave., 

Berrien Springs, MI Ml 49103 

491O3 

I haven't time this issue to give a real review of Mailing 

List, but felt it was important enough to comment on. . 

Richard a Daley is adopting a style of programming thai a t 

I think is impon important. His mailing ing list program is designed 

so we, the users, have a great deal to say in 

structuring our files aand defining ng how we want our 

data base to look. You can definee your own sort keys, 

pull out subsets, etc. We e are currently using g it, , with 

some in-house output modifications, to maintain our 

whole dealer data baseb on a 32K CCBM with attached 

disk drives and NEC Spinwriter. 

I asked Joretta j Klepfer r to look over mym y comments 

and here are hers: 

You might add thatt it is easy to do editing, 

updating, u maintenance a nce aand back-up of data files. 

You can store an output format file on disk. 

Even more, you can create your own format of 

Even more, you can create your own format of 

the data for printing. 

Okay. Thanks, Jo. } We'll 'lIlookJorward look forward 10 to your review © 

next time. .

80 COMPUTE. 

MAY/JUNE, 198O 1980 ISSUE ISSuE 4~ 

Get a load of this • • • 

Instant SoftwareM 

Ask for Instant Software at a computer store near you. 


u o 

PET UTILITY I 

You're working under a 

serious handicap if il you can't write programs in 

machine language. The PET Utility 1I package 

gives you the tools you need: 

• eMonitr Monitr-The - Monitr program lets you write, 

edit, save, and verify ly any machine language 

and/or BASIC program. Just load and run the 

Monitr program and then load the program you 

want to edit. 

~. PET _ 

•Programmer's .Programmer's Calculator-This - Thisprogram will ~ 

convert numbers into the binary, octal, dec 

imal, Imal, and hexadecimal systems and function funclion ·,.-;· .... ' ;.· ;; · , ,\~ N _'" 

conver as a floating 1I031ing 

t numbers point 

into calculator. 

the binary. 

It II 

octal. will also 

dec- ~=~~~~~~~~:! 

,... 

~" ~' !~' 

_ 

~" ~' ~ '.~_7'~"'~!J~"'~;~~ 

display all four lour numbering systems simultaneously 

and allow you to handle large num· 

bers limited only by the size Size of your screen. 

For the 8K PET. Order No. 0105P. 010SP. S9.95. 

MORTGAGE WITH PREPAYMENT OPTION/ OPTIONI 

FINANCIER These two programs will more 

than pay tor for themselves if you mortgage a 

home or make investments: 

•Mortgage -Mortgage with Prepayment Option - Calcu· 

late mortgage payment schedules and save 

money with prepayments. 

•Financier -Financier —Calculate - which investment will Will 

pay you the most, figure annual depreciation, 

and compute the cost of borrowing, borrowing. easily 

and quickly. qUickly. 

All you need to become a financial wizard 

with a 16K Apple and Integer BASIC. BASIC, Order 

No. 0094AS7.95. 

SPACE WARS You must sl protect your planet 

against a wide variety of ahen alien attacks. In· 

cluded are: 

-•Space War —One -One or two players can pilot 

their saucers and duel with laser beams or 

shoal shoot stars. 

-•Star Ship Attack-Your - mission is to pro· 

tect the food station satellites from destruc· 

tion by the enemy star ship. You must cap· caplure, 

destroy. destroy, or drive off the attacking ship. 

-Battlefield • Battlefield-Guess - the location of the four (our 

ture. 

enemy divisions and destroy them before 

your lorces forces are wiped out. 

Engaging in battle requires s the Apple BK 8K and 

Integer BASIC. Order No. 0096A $7.95. 

S7.95. 

ACCOUNTING ASSISTANT This ThiS package 

will help any businessman solve many of 

those day-to-day day·to·day financial problems. Includ· 

ed aie: are: 

•Loan -Loan Amortization Schedule -— ThiS This 

program 

will give you a complete breakdown of any 

loan or investment. 

•Depreciation - Schedule-You - can get a depreciation 

schedule using anyone ol of the 

following follOWing methods: straight line, sum of 

years-digits, years·digits, declining balance, units of pro· 

duction, ductlon, or machine hours. 

This package is available for both the PET 

and Apple. II It requires the Apple 16K and Applesoft 

II BASIC, BASIC. Order No. 0088A $7.95 S7,95 or the PET 

BK. 8K. Order no. 0048P S7.95. 

$7.95. 

MIMIC Test your memory and rellexes reflexes with 

Ihe the five differenl different versions of this game, game. You 

must match the sequence and location of 

signals displayed by your Apple. Apple, You'll need 

an Apple with 24K and Integer BASIC. Order 

No. 0025A S7.95. 

$7.95. 

HAM PACKAGE I This versatile package lets 

you solve many of the problems commonly 

encountered in electronics design. With your 

8K PET, you have a choice of: 

-Basic •Basic Electronics with Voltage Divider- 

Solve problems involving Ohm's Law. voltage 

dividers. dividers, and RC time constants. 

-Dipole •Dipole and Yagi Antennas-Design - Oesign anten tennas 

easily, without tedious calCU calculations. lations, 

This is the periect perfect package for any ham or 

technician. Order No. 0054P S7.9S. 

S7.95. 

SAHARA WARRIORS Enjoy all the gritty 

realism 01 of desert warfare: 

-Commando •Commando—- You must send your commandoes 

to trapp a German general and cut him off 

f 

from hiS his troops, 

troops. 

-•French Foreign Legion-The - battalions of 

the Foreign Legion are in a race with 

the Arabs. Which side will get its ballalions 

battalions 

into the oasIS oasis in the shortest time? You and a 

friend can find oul. out. 

Both programs in this paCkage package require an 

Apple 8K and Integer 

BASIC. Order No. 0080A 

S7.95. 

$7.95. 

CODE NAME:CIPHER Enjoy that same feel· 

ing of intrigue and discovery with the Code 

Name: Cipher package. Included are: 

•Memory -Memory Game-Would - you like to match 

your memory against the computer's? You 

can with the Memory Game. 

•Codemaster-One -Codemasler - player types in In a word, 

phrase, or sentence, tence. and the PET translates 

that Ihat message into a cryptogram. cryptogram, The other 

player must break bleak the code and solve the 

cryptogram ram in the shortestt lime time possible. 

•Deceittul -Oeceitful Mindmaster Mindmasler-— Thiss Isn't isn't your ordinary 

Mastermind-type game. You must 

guess the five letters in the hidden code 

word. 

-•Code Breaker —Cracking - this iS code won't be 

as easy as crackmg cracking walnuts. You'll need to 

flex your mental muscles tes to win this game. 

t! If you wantt a menial mental challenge. challenge, then Code 

Name: Cipher IS is for you. . For the BK 8K PET. 

Order No. 0112P. S7.95. 

$7.95. 

r---TO ORDER: --~ 

— TO ORDER: — 

Look lor for these Ihese programs at the dealer 

nearest you (See the list on the next 

page), page). If your store does not stocklnstant 

Software send your order with 

payment 10: to: 

Insl 

Instant Software Inc. . 

Order Dept. 

Depl. 

Peterborough. Peterborough, N.H. 03458 

(Add $1.00 lor for handling) 

or cali call loll·lree toll-free 1·800·258·5473 1-800-258-5473 (VISA. 

Master Charge and American Express 

accepted). 

Ask your locall dealer for the latest Instant 

Software catalog or write: Instant Software 

Catalog Dept., Peterborough, N N.H. 

. 

03458 

Copyllght Copyright 1980 

by tn Instant Sl am SOtlw81C Software Inc 

PeterbOrough Peterborough. New HarnpslllfC Hampshire 03

MAY/JUNE. 1980 198O ISSUE 4 A. COMPUTE. 

81 



Alabema 

Alabama 

Compute,llnd Computorland01 olJlck..anvili' 

Jacksonville 

2777-6 University Blvd. Anderaoo Anderson 

Computars ... 

2111-6 Unlv.,slly BlvCl. W. 

Jacksonville 

lIse 3156Unlvers University tty Or Dr.. Huntsvttte 

Huntsvllle Jicksonvili. 

Computer Shack 

Computertl Computerland 01 olHuntsvltte 

Huntsvllle Compuler Sh" k 

Unlvsrslty Dr.. Huntsvllle 33J6 333EBe.ch BoactiBlvCl Blvd.. Jicklonvllle 

Jacksonville 

3020 Unl'ier,lty Or Hunl'vltte 

Olensky Bras 

CurU, CurtisWl Watsrs te" Enll'IIfISeJ 

Enterprises 

O1en.ky Bro •. 

3763 Alrpoit Blvd , Mobile 

23e 236hlbot TalbotAye. Ave , Mllbou,n. 

Melbourne 

37&3 AlrpoM BtvCl .• Mobn, 

He"h HeathKil KitElect,onlc 

Electronic 

Arizona 

~W 405 W. . 181h ifllhAve . Center. Center, HI.leah 

Hlaleah 

Hem Shack 

Him Shick 

HIS HISComputermation 

Compulermallon 

. 450 SO 6- 6-AN. A 161 letnS!., h St.. Phoenb 

Phoenix 

1296 1295Cypress A"Tllbol AvTalbotAve_ Ave., M.lbou,ne 

Melbourne 

MUiet. MilletsTV & SlR.dlo 

Radio 

Hellh Heath Kit Electronic 

62 621 t Ent East BrOldw.y. Broadway, Me" Mesa 

. 4705 7CY.j W. 16th Ave. . Cenl.r. Canter, Hialeah 

California 

HIS Compute. AJ ... Ontario Onterlo 

Rt RI 57 51 Allen Rd Ad .•. Hackettslown 

H.ckel1110wn 

Compute' ComPU ler Workshoppe 

England 

3848 3846William WolIl,m Penn Hwy, HVI")'. Monroevill Monroevlli. 

The Tile Bargain Ba,glln Brothers B,others 

Tamays Tilmays & Farr FI" Ltd l id. 

Glen Olen Roc Shopping Center Cenle. 

Computerland Compouterllnd of 01 Hamsburg H""lourg 

4, Morgan Morgan St., 51.. London london 

216 21{,S

Have You Been 

Have You Been 

Bitten By The 

Computer Bug? 

Computer Bug? 

Be A Computer 

Literate 

Literate 

A first introduction to the computer 

world for children age 10 to 14. Full color 

diagrams, drawings, photos and large 

type make this book easy to read and 

understand. Written by Marion J . Ball 

understand. Written by Marion J. Ball 

and Sylvia Charp. This informative 62- 

page book is used In in many school 

systems. Softbound (6H [6H]$3.95. ) Creative Computing 

Magazine 

Creative Computing has long been 

Number 1 in applications and software for 

micros, micros. minis', and time-sharing time·sharing systems 

for homes, schools ' and small busi· 

nesses. 

Loads of applications ions every 

issue: text editing, ing , graphics, communi· 

cations, artificial intelligence, simula· 

tions, data base and file systems, music 

synthesis, analog control. Complete pro· 

grams with sample runs. Programming 

techniques: sort algorithms, file struc· 

tures, lures, shuffling, etc. elc. Coverage of o f elec· 

tronic Ironic and video games and other related 

consumerelectronics electronics products, too. 

Just getting started? Then turn to our 

technology tutorials, tUlorials, learning activities, 

short programs, and problem solving 

pages. No-nonsense No·nonsense book reviews, too. 

Even some fiction 

and foolishness. 

Subscriptions: 1 year$15, 3 years $40. 

. 

Foreign, , add $9/year / surface postage. postage, 

$26/year 

air. 

' 

-' 

Basic Computer Games 

Edited by David Ahl, this book contains 

101 

imaginative and challenging 

games for one, two, or more players —- 

Basketball, Craps, Gomoko. Gomoko, Blackjack, 

Even Wins, Wins. Super Star Trek. , Bombs 

Away, Horserace. Simulate lunar land· 

ings. Play the stock market. Write poetry. 

Draw pictures. 

All Ail programs are complete with listing 

in Microsoft Basic, sample run and 

description. Basic conversion table included. 

125,000 copies in print. 192 pages 

softbound. ttbound . (6C)S7 [6C)$7.50. 

The Best of 

Creative Computing 

The first two years of o f Creative Computing 

magazine have been edited into inlo 

two big blockbuster books. American 

Vocational Journal said of Volume 1, 

■This " book is the 'Whole Earth Catalog' of 

computers." [6A] [GA) Volume 2 continues in ill 

the same tradition. ■■Non-technical "Non-technical in 

approach, its ils pages are filled with information, 

articles, articles. games and activities. 

Fun layout." —American - 

Libraries. [6B] 

Each volume$8.95. 

Computer Coin Games 

Computer Coin Games by Joe Weisbecker 

aids newcomers to the field of 

computers by simplifying the concepts 0of1 

computer circuitry through games which 

Weis- 

can be played with a few pennies and full 

sized playing boards in the book. 

Enhanced by outrageous cartoons, 

teachers. teachers, students and self-learners of all 

ages will enjoy this 96 page softbound 

book.[10R]$3.95. 

(10A)$3.95. 

r 

How To Order 

J 

Problems for Computer 

Solution 

Solution 

Problems for Computer Solution by 

Stephen J . Rogowski Is an excellent 

Stephen J. Rogowski is an excellent 

source of exercises in research and 

problem solving for students and selflearners. 

Problems like the Faulty Speedometer 

Spotter make learning fun and 

easy. 104 pages, , softbound, (9Z)$4 [9Z]$4.95. 

self- 

More Basic 

Computer Games 

More Basic 

Computer Games 

Contains 84 fascinating and entertaining 

games lor for solo and group play -— 

evade a man-eating rabbit, , crack a safe, 

tame a wild horse, become a millionaire, 

race your Ferrari, jousl joust with a knight, trek 

across the desert on your camel. camel, navigate 

in deep space. 

All games come complete with pro 

gram listing in Microsoft Basic, sample 

run and description. 192 pages soft· softbound. 

(6C2 [6C2]$7.50. ) Send order and payment to Creative 

Computing, P.O. Box 789-M, Morristown, 

NJ 07960. Add $1.00 shipping and 

handling per order ((foreign, f orei~n, $2.50) N.J. . 

Morris- 

residents add 55% % sales tax. Visa, 

MasterCharge and American Express 

orders welcome. Forr faster service, call 

in your bank card oorder toll free to: 

800-631-8112.(ln NJ, , call (201) 540-0445.) 

GPcativD 

creative U 

All games come comptete with prO- l GOmplI 10 

indeepspace. t e 11 

J 

~--------------~

MAY/JUNE. . 1980. 198O. ISSUE .SSUE 4. 4 

COMPUTE. 83 63 

THE CONSUMER COMPUTER 

THE CONSUMER COMPUTER 

Len Lindsay 

Len Lindsay 

1929 Northport Drive #6 

Madison, Wl 537O4 

Madison, WI 53704 

Summer is almost upon us. vVatch Watch for a burst of 

activity y in the software and computer accessories mar 

kets. Read the new ads & aannouncements with care. 

A review will help put a perspective on the 

product, but the best thing is to sec see it operating 

before you buy il.That's it.That's one good reason to buy rrom from 

your local computer store. 

IRIDIS #1 

IRIDIS #1 

The first issue or of IRIDIS has now been shipped by 

THE CODE WORKS (Box 550, Goleta, CA 93017). 

I have a copy and enjoyed it very much. . IRIDIS 

is a set or of rou fourr programs on tape (or disk) 

accompanied by a booklet containing the complete 

listings lor for the programs as well as a line by linee 

explanation of how the programs work. The best way 

to learn how to writee your own programs is to look 

at other good programs. IRIDIS I is an excellent way 

to do this, since the programs are arc well done, and 

fully rully explained. . The IRIDIS booklet also features reatures 

short articlcs articles explaining various aspects of your 

ATARI computer. 

The "r 'he first li four programs may not be earth shatter 

ing, but they show some of the things that can be 

accomplished with an ATARI computer. The first 

program, , CLOCK, illustrates how to use ATARI 

I 

tinier timcr functions. It makes use usc of sound and fine 

c 

graphics Gra to create a chiming chill'l ing clock. The time lime is not 

shown with digital letters, but with the old fashioned rashioned 

hour, minute, and second hands. 

LOGO illustrates how to use ATARI graphic 

commands to plot, draw and fill. It shows you u how 

fast the e color of anya area can change due to 

ATARI'S 's method of using Registers to store Store color 

information. 

POLYGONS draws some very beautiful beautirul and 

intricate im patterns on your screen. scrcen . You watch it as 

it draws the pattern, panern , then a few seconds after it is 

complete, it is erased anda a new and different 

t 

pattern patlern is drawn. This is a good demonstration tion of 

high resolution graphics. 

ZAP is the only y program that allows partici 

pation. . You use a joystick in this game to control 

a worm which constantly keeps moving g arounda the 

screen. . Target squares appear randomly. You try to 

manuveur r your worm to hit the targets before they 

disappear. You get points for each target you 

"eat", "cat", and your worm grows longer as well. . If 

your worm ever bumps into inLO itself in its s travels, 

s, 

the round is ended. The game is over after 5 rounds. 

That's IRIDIS #1. It is available ror for $9.95 

on caSSCIlC cassette or $12.95 on diskette. skelle. It is a good way to 

learn about your computer, aand add 4 good programs 

to your program library. 

ATARI BASIC CARDS 

Another aid to ATARI users who arc are hoping to 

learn how to program in BASIC is ATARI BASIC 

CARDS. Since I was thee author or of this booklet, 

I can't ' t give you an unbiased review, but COMPUTE 

was given a copy for review. It is available from 

MicroNotions, ((1929 Northport Drive, Room 6, 

Madison. n, WI 53704) ror for $5. 

PROGRAMMA Emerges 

PROGRAMMA RAMMA INTERNATIONAL (3400 Wilshire 

Blvd, , Los Angeles, CA 90010) is one or of the largest 

personal computerm pUler software houses. They strive for 

qualityy programs aand customer satisfaction. sfaction . They now 

arc supposed to have ATARI programs ready ror for 

release. Plus some very exciting programs for [he the 

PET/CBM. C . This includes ""TALKING CCALCULA 

ALCULA 

TOR" lor for thee PET. PET users may be in ror for some 

1110re more eXCllement excitement very soon. . 

AUTOMATED SIMULATIONS 

Automated Simulations ((1902 Old Middle-field Middlclield Way, 

Suite 15, Mountain View, CAA 94043) has some new 

additions to itss excellent le line-up of programs for the 

PET and APPLE. COMPUTE #1# I provided a full 

page review of their DUNJONQUEST program 

Temple of or Apshai. Now they are offering ofrering LOWER 

REACHES lOS OF APSHAI, a data tape (disk) for ror 

use usc with h the TempleT of Apshai program. Computer 

Role Playing g addicts will rejoice with this extension 

of a great simulation. 

. 

If you aren'ta 't familiar with Role Playing, and a want to case into it (instead (instcad of taking g on the full 

blown TTemple cmple of Apshai) i) I have reviewed their two 

MICROQUEST games, Datestones ofRyn or R anda Morlocs Morloes Tower. They now are a rc almost finished with 

a science fiction ion adventure, Rescue at Rigel. I will 

keep you posted about these cse sophisticated simulation 

games. 

The Word Is Out 

Dymax is coordinating a series of more than 10 

books for ror PET, ATARI, I, APPLE and RADIO 

SHACK. S K. The books arc user orientedo and should 

be a good source of information. Each book is written 

by a TEAM of authors, a usually y 3 or 4. This 

provides pruv feedback for each co-author as well ll as several 

perspectives on the books content. I am familiar 

f~lmil i a r 

with this because I am a co-author for the 

e 

ATARI GAMES AND RECREATIONS book and a lead author lor the e PET GAMES AND RECREA 

TIONS T book. Both h books should be available able this 

winter, along with some of o f' the other hcr Dymax books. 

(Editors Note: Watch Walch COMPUTE /or for preliminary Im/imillary 

reviews. RCL) R

84 COMPUTE. MAY/JUNE. I 1980. ISSUE d. 4. 

ATARI CHESS 

ATARI CHESS 

The ATARI A CHESS C H cartridge for r the Ihe ATARI 400 or 

800 computers is now available, and I1 have used one 

in my rn y system at home. The chess board is a green and 

gold checkerboard with a maroon border. The pieces 

are black and white, and make use li of o r ATARI'S 

l 's 

high resolution graphics cs for easily y identifiable pieces. 

A blue e box or "cursor" is used to show where on o n the lhe 

board you u arc. are . That makes 6 different colors displayed 

at once on o n the screen - quite quile amazing, con 

n 

sidering g that there are only 5 color registers. registcrs. (NOTE: 

exact colors vary ry from TV T V to TV). T You u use a joystick to move your pieces. This may 

sound weird, , but it is very easy, and reliable. (Just Uust 

sit back in a comfortable n chair with \" the e joystick, 

and challenge the Ihe ATARI.) ) I have played the Ih e other olher 

chess games, and communicating g grid locations to the 

computer compuler is a chore. The ATARI method mel is so simple, 

even a young child can play. And there Ihere are 8 levels 

s 

of difficulty, difficull Y, to 10 satisfy li sfy all ranges of players, even those Ihose 

just learning to 10 play. As the Ih e level goes up, , the Ih e ATARI 

thinks longer about its move. According g to the documentalion, 

the Ihe lowest level (level 0) averages about aboul 

15 seconds per move. TheT next I level (level 1) I) averages 

30 seconds per move. Level two averages 45 '~ 5 seconds, 

level 3-214 3 - 2 Y2 

minutes, level 4 - 3 minutes, and level 

5 about 10 minutes. The two remaining levels take 

mentation, 

quite quile a bit bil of thinking Ihinking time, lime, and would be only for the 

e 

very serious player. Level 6 takes about 9 hours per 

move, and level 7 about aboul 10 hours per move. The 

skill level can be changed at al any time lime during Ihe the 

game if desired. In my games al at level 1I it il took look aboul 

about 

10 seconds per move - at level 2 about 15 seconds - 

about 3 times faster than stated in the documentation. 

Moving a piece is a very simple matter. You 

simplyy move the "cursor" to the top off thee piece you 

wish to move. The cursor moves box by box, con 

trolled by a joystick. When the cursor is on lOp top of 

aany piece it blinks, alternatingg box aand piece 10 to allow 

you to see both the cursor and the piece oonn the 

square. . The cursor will continue moving fromm square 

to square until you hit the red controller button. 

If the cursor is over one of your pieces, the piece 

will go into blink mode. You now move the piece by 

joystick control while e the cursor remainss in the original 

location for reference. When the piece is where you 

want it, , simply hit the red controller button again 

and the move is made, unless it is an illegal move. 

The A ATARI will not aallow you to make aann illegal 

move, bUI but beeps 10 to tell you to try again. . 

ATARI CHESSH includes many polishing lOuches 

touches 

that make playing enjoyable, and less frustrating. slrating. If 

you are put into lO check, your king beginss fl flipping 

aaround, inside its square, softlyy beeping (you will 

nott be able e to miss it). Anytimee you move a piece 

th that would leave your king in check the word CCHECK 

appears in the top corner advising you ooff this s 

situation. 

Perhaps the nicest feature fealu re of ATARI CHESSC H is 

that at you can n leave to get gCl a sandwich while le the 

ATARI A is thinking g about its move, and when you 

come rne back you will know just what piece it moved. 

. 

It puts s the "cursor" r" in the piece's original location 

and blinks the piece in its s new location. The cursor 

and blinking g remain ono n until you move the joystick 

(then the piece picce remains s in its new location and the 

cursor follows yo ur conlrol). 

cursor follows your control). 

You can play the white oro r black pieces, with 

white e going first. If you wish to set up a particular 

chess chcss situation, , simply hit the "S"" key on the e key 

board, , and place or delete delele pieces anywhere on the Ihe 

board, , again under joystick control. Hit H il anya other key 

when the set-up is as you like it. This is nice, , if you 

would like to redo a move (after you saw how ATARI 

I 

clobbered you) - simply put pUI ATARIs ATARls piece back, and 

replace yours. Castling g and En Passant l capturing are 

allowed and explained in the documentation. 

ATARI CHESSC H plays a fairly y good game in its 

lower levels. I leave testing the e top levels to someone 

with more time, since it takes so long g to make its 

moves. At the easiest levels it would be a good way 

to 10 learn how to play chess, for it il will not nOl let you 

make an illegal move, and it doesn't think too long 

about its s own moves. 

ATARI ARI CHESS vs SARGON 2 

I took lOok my ATARI computer (and ATARI I CHESS) C H over 10 a fr iends a nd cha ll enged his TRS-80 SARGON 

over to a friends and challenged his TRS-80 SARGON 

2. We played two gamcs. games. The first game was 

SARGON 2 al at level 0 and ATARI CHESSC H at al level 1. I. 

This seemed to be an even match - both took about 

6 seconds per move, unlil Ihe end wh en ATARI 

6 seconds per move, until the end when ATARI 

tookk about 20 seconds each for a few w moves. . After 17 

moves, each side had 13 pieces left. Move 18 was 

very bad for ATARI - il it missed laking taking SARGON's 

queen with a pawn (and no threat afterwards either). 

After 68 moves Ihe the winner was ATARI CHESS. 

That called for a rematch. SARGON 2 was set 

to level 1I and ATARI CHESS H att level 2. This lime time 

thee difference in thinking g times was noticable. The 

first 20 moves ATARI ARI CHESS lOok took only aboul about 7 

seconds per move, while SARGON took about 26 

seconds. The rest of Ihe the game, SARGON generallyy 

took a bit longer thinking time. The extra thinking 

time must have paid ofT, off, since SARGON 2 wonn aft alter 

60 moves . They Iraded queens on Ih e eighth move. 

60 moves. They traded queens on the eighth move. 

This match pointed out some of the cosmetic 

advanl advantages ages of ATARI CHESS. H Itss graphics were far 

superior, r, and easy to follow. My friend would usc use 

my ATARI CHESS moves as input for his move 

my ATARI C H ESS moves as inpul for hi s move 

againsl against SARGON 2. I in turn would lake take SARGON's 

move as inpul input 10 to ATARI CHESS. The case ease of entering 

moves with a joystick for r ATARI CCHESSH was 

quite evident - I was relaxing g oonn the noor floor 6 fecl feet 

from thee 25 inch color TV wilh with my joyslick, joystick, while 

e 

my fri end sal next 10 Ih e TRS-80 continually calculat 

my friend sat next to the TRS-80 continually calculat 

ingg Ihe the pieces starting and ending grid positions. © (§

MAY MAY/JUNE. I lQ8o. 198O. ISSUE 4. 4. 

COMPUTE. 

B5 

. ..... 

.4iW#iii 

Did you read about the Dungeonmaster who became so 

Did you read about the Dungeonmaster who became so 

enchanted playing a real life version of Dungeons and 

Dragons that he disappeared for a month? 

You'll be able to hold on to reality just a little better when you play 

the Dunjonquest n l computer version, the greatest of all the role-playing 

fantasies. 

But don't bet on it. 

Sit at your computer. You're the hero. Enter the 

Dunjonqucst Dunjonquest ""Temple of Apshai" and into the 

greatest fantasy adventure you've ever experienced. . 

The Temple has over 200 rooms and catacombs in 

which lurk more than 30 kinds of monsters and 

beasts ready to do you in—in - real time -—before you 

can reach any of the 70 or so treasures waiting for the 

hero. You may spend days, , weeks, months.. . ...the rest 

of your life... striking at the forces of evil, , or running 

from them, , or calling on powers you can never completely 

understand. underst.and. Always, always demonstrating demonsu

MAY/JUNE, 198O. 4. 

66 COMPUTE. I JUNE. 1980, ISSUE 4. 

D Be R CASSETTE SYSTEM 

D & R CASSETTE SYSTEM 

Here's something that should be of interest to anyone 

Here's something that should be of interest to anyone 

considering adding another cassette drive to to their PET 

system. D&R Creative Systems, PO Box 402B, St. St. Clair 

Shores, MI 48080 is is now producing a cassette drive 

with a built in in counter and several other features at at a 

selling price that is is less than the Commodore C2N 

cassette drive. The D&R S2545 Cassette System consists 

of a self contained, epoxy potted interface module 

and a Sanyo M2545A recorder. The recorder is is 

specially modified to sense when the recorder buttons 

arc pressed and operates identically to the {he PET cassette cassetle 

drive with full program control. The cassette recorder 

is is still fully warranted by Sanyo, even with the slight 

modification. 

The T he interface module plugs directly into the cassette 

port at the rear of any model PET and fits flat 

against st the back panel. Because of the physical size of 

the interface module, it cannot be used with the 

cassette interface that is located inside the PET. There 

are four separate cables from the interface module 

which connect to the recorder REM, EAR, MIC, 

and added sense connectors. The sense connector is 

located inside the unused battery compartment which 

requires removing the battery compartment cover in 

order to make the connection. 

. 

Besides the digital counter for normal program 

indexing, the D&R Cassette system can locate locale pro prOM 

grams audibly using the Fast Forward Cueing feature 

of the Sanyo recorder. While the recorder is in the 

Play mode, the Fast Forward button can be depressed 

and you can hear the programs pass by the recording 

head at the Fast Forward Cueing speed. It is very 

head at the Fast Forward Cueing speed. It is very 

Dr. Daley's software is proud to announce 

the release of a package of our best se selling 

$400, have been assembled into a single 

Robert W. Baker, 

15 Windsor Drive, 

Atco, NJ O8OO4 

easy to hear the 10 second leader at the start of 

each program and simply count the programs as they 

pass by to get to the desired program. 

I recently tested a sample D&R Cassette system 

on an older 8K PET and a new 32K PET. I 

found no compatibility y problems with tapes switched 

between the D&R Cassette system and three different 

Commodore C2N drives. D&R Creative systems does, 

however, warn ol of possible incompatibilities due to 

head alignments of the Commodore drives since 

Commodore has changed their cassette cassetle unit several 

times since the PET was introduced. . Another thcr point 

of interest is that the D&R Cassette Casselle system operates 

with w the volume volumc and tone tonc controls of the thc Sanyo re rccorder 

all the way up and does not require any 

intermediate, intcrmediatc, special spccial settings. scttings. 

The only disadvantage of the lhe D&R Cassette Casselle 

system is that lhat the MICM anda EAR cables cannot both 

be connected to the recorder at the e same time. You 

must switch the cables to the Sanyo recorder when 

must sw itch the cables to the Sanyo recorder whenever 

you switch between reading or writing a tape. 

This slight inconvenience seems a small price to pay 

when one considering g the digital ita l counter r and Fast 

Forward CueingC g features provided. Also, the Sanyo 

recorder can still be used as a standard recorder 

withw a built in microphone and automatic level control 

for recording. rding. Thus, lh thee recorder could be used to 

takc take notcs notes while workingg on a ncw new program. . All in 

all, , the unit is very reliable and should be quite 

attractive considering the features providcd provided at the 

current price of $83 plus $3 shipping.

MAY/JUNE, I JUNE. 1980 ISSUE 4, 4 COMPUTE. 87 

Personal Computer Breakthrough 

„ .. 1O ... _. , _ ..„_. 

T. r\u-~ o • 4.-c- ~u u « i Challenger 1 IPP with Disk Capabilities 

The Ohio Scientific Challenger 1 is a 

r ... L . L 

r^,^ ,.- rvrt . .. c n , _ If you are familiar enough enouqh with computers to 

Dramatic Demonstration of Price and Performance 

tormance in a Single Package 

Challenger IP Mini Floppy is a prime 

Per- realize rea,izeythe importance of disk storage, then the 

consideration. 

Challenger 1 P Mini Floppy is a prime consideration. 

Announcing the microcomputer that scored a 

At $995, it is thee first microcomputer system to 

dramatic breakthrough in price and performance 

offer disk storage capacility under $1000, another 

at a terrific system price! 

breakthrough. The Cl C1PP MF offers the advantage of 

_ , ,_ - usinq using either Basic·in·Rom Basic-in-Rom or Pico·Dos, Pico-Dos, a compact 

Price/ Pnce/Performance Performance Leader 

DOS. D0S The unit unU comes standard with 12K of RAM. RAAV 

The development of the Ohio Scientific Challenger Additional memory cann be added anytime by 

1 IP P marked a price revolution for microcomputers. 

simply plugging p|ugging in additional RAM into the socketed 

Consider the following features: 

memory board. Upon adding BK 8K additional RAM to get 

(I) (1) Microsoft BK 8K Basic·in·ROM 

Basic-in-ROM to 20K, you may run OS65DV3.1, a full·fledged full-fledged DOS 

(2) 4K RAM··Expandable RAM-Expandable to BK 8K on board 

allowing named program and data files as well as 

(3) Full 53 Key keyboard with upper and lower case 

random and sequentialaccesscapabilities access ca lities to these files. 

(4) Elaborate graphic display capability Why System Packages? 

(5) Uses a standard cassette for input 

Microcomputers are sophisticated devices that re- reo 

(6) Uses a standard television telev.s.on with an RF modulator 

quire 

qujre 

more 

mQre 

than the initial 

jnitja| 

purchase. 

purchase_ 

Once the pur· 

pur. 

tor for video output 

chase fg made^ qujck second| thjrd c hase is made, a quick second, third, and even 

All A of these features makes the Challenger IP 1 P a best 

fourth trip is necessary to secure the accessories 

buy for a beginner or hobbyist on a limited budget 

necessary to operate properly. . To save you the addi· 

addi- 

wishing to get involved with microcomputer, such as 

tional trips, we have made two system packages 

students

Software for the PET 

lID 

(QJ 

OTHELLO S 9.95 

DOMINOES S 6.95 LETTER LETIER SQUARES 

S 6.95 

2m 

@J 

DIR/REF 

S RPN MATHPACK S19.95 $19.95 SUPER NIM S 6.95 CIR/ REF $ 6.95 

~ 

SPACE WARS S 9.95 GRAND PRIX S 6.95 E.S.P. S 9.959 FORECAST S 9.95 S 6.95 BLOCKADE S 9.95 

0 

, 

DEPTH CHARGE S 9.95 BASKETBALL S 9.95 SLOT MACHINE S 6.95 lJ 

HOME ACCOUNTING S 9.95 

, 

All orden orders include 3% postage and hllndling handling with ivilh a minimum 01 of 

5SI.00. 1.00. Califo.nia California . residents include 6'" 6% Sales T.~ Tax. . 

VISA 

MASTERCHARCE 

MASTERCHARGE 

, 

COM MODORE BUSINESS MACHINES. INC . BATTLE SH IP S 9.95 lJ 

PET IS A TRADEMARK OF 

COMMODORE BUSINESS MACHINES, INC. BATTLE SHIP S 9.95 

0 

PROGRAMMA RAMMA 

INTERNATIONAL. INTERNATIONAL, Inc. a. 

3400 Wilshire Blvd. 

Los Angeles, CA 90010 

I: 

384-1117 

2m 

~ 

~ 

~ 

UJ 

"tI 

ct 

~ 

III 

, 

(1) 

0 

CO 

(213) 384·0579 384-0579 

n 

384·1 384-1116 

6 ct 

384·1117 

SHOOTING GALLERY S 9.95 Oeal2f Dealsr InqUiries Inquiries InVited Invited ZAP S 6.96 6.95 

III 

3 

II

MAY/JUNE.1980 MAV/JUNE. 198O ISSUE.a 4 

COMPUTE. 89 

FOT For)'OIiT your cOl/lienie1lU: convenience i,l in making flU usr f!.f of the following fol/owillg (lTlide. article, I I'm '/'r lrprilltrd reprinted (I a 

/JlJrtioll portion oj of C~/lck Chuck.I0/I/ Johnson HOIl 's rxu:lIrnl excellent article ankle ill in Jjesl lies! of the PET 

Ga:etlr, Gazette, p. pA2. -I2, RCL 

PET ting WITH 

PET ting WITH 

AJOYSTICK 

HONey B. Herm on 

Harvey B. Herman 

Chemistry Deportment 

Department 

University of North Carolina 

at Greensboro 

Greensboro, N.C, 27412 

Greensboro, N.C 27412 

My y older style PET keyboard gets banged around 

quite a bit when my kids play games which use the 

number pad. , A recent PET-Pourri column in Kilobaud 

((1) I) prompted me to install a joystick on my 

PET in order to save my keylOps keytops from further wear. 

This article is intended to share my experiences 

with this project and lO to encourage other fumblethumbs 

like myself to try it. . 

fumble- 

I purchased the Atari-joysticks from Sears as 

suggested in the above column (catalog #6C99835) 

for r $9.95 each. Since I could not find a mating 

connector, eClOr, I cut off ff' each end and attached ached them to a 

User Pon Port connector as per the e instructions (see also 

refs 2 and 3). The latter connector can be purchased 

from any number of companies (e.g.,, AB All Computers). 

Four signal d iodes ( I N662), whose speci fi ca 

puters). Four signal diodes (1N662), whose specifica 

tions I believe are not t critical, ical, are also used in this 

s 

super simple interface circuit it which can be constructed 

in about 112 1/2 hour. Check to make sure thatt the 

diode cathodes are connected as shown in the e circuit 

diagram (1) I) and the color coded wires of the joystick 

are connected to the proper pins s ofo f the e User Port 

conneclOr. connector. OtherwiseO no special precautions are arc 

necessary. I did it right the first time e (yes brag!) brag') 

This neat hardware would, , of course, be useless 

withoutw software to work it. CursorC magazine e (4) 

has supplied several programs which have a joystick 

option. I tried these first (Demon, Canyon, Pickup 

and Nab) with happy success. . These programs area rc 

written to work withw various model joysticks wired \"ired and 

oriented in differentd llt ways. SinceS my configuration 

io n 

was fixed I modified the joystick subroutine uti in each 

Cursor program to lO skip the test step. That procedure 

can be tedious if a program is run repeatedly. TheT following g changes in the CursorC joystick subroutine 

should work for alla Atari-type type joysticks wired according 

to the circuit diagram in reference 1: I: 

610306 PRINT: FOR R I = ~ 0 to 5: READ T, T , P: 

GOSUB 61120: 6 T(I) T = ~ T: T : J(T) J ) = ~ P: NEXT I 

611206 T = ~ INT (T/16) I16) ANDA NDT: RETURNR U R N 

612506 DATA 255, 5, 223,4,239,6 239, 6 127,8, 191,2, 

1,2, 

63, 0.7, 0 1, I , 9, 3 

I ran the original program once to find the 

values in the T array and used data statements tement s in the 

modified program in order to skip the test step. This 

considerably speeds up thee beginning of a game. I 

have deliberately ignored thee rationall behind the bitt 

manipulations ns in statement 61120. 20, It is not necessary 

to understand that in order to use joysticks. I emphasize 

this point because I hope it will encourage 

PET users who may strain aatl bitss to attempt projects 

such as described here. I Inn a future an article e I 

may try my hand at a tutorialo forr those who wish 

to delve imo into thiss mystery further. er, 

If a program was nott writlen written with a joystick 

in mind another modification n procedure must be used 

to convert it a\",ay away from number pad usc. use. As an 

example I modified the programm Obsracl Obstacle e (5) which 

utilizes utlitzes the full keyboard as two pseudo-joysticks. 

Each player manipulates hiss piece (screen character) 

with the now standard keyboard patterns, ""W, , X X, , A 

and D" and "8, 2, 4, 6". The object is to keep from 

running into the screen traill left by the other 

player - the first to do so loses. As withh many games it 

is easier to use than to describe. The following 

statements in the original program are used lO to sense a 

keypress by a player and change direction if necessary: 

260 GET R$ 

265 IF RS R$ = ~ ""W" W " THEN AD = ~ 1I 

• 

300 IF RS ~ "8" THEN E 11D llD = 1 

• 

It If W is pressed the direction of the player on the 

leit's left's piece is changed to up. If 8 is pressed 

the direction of the player on the right's piece picce is 

also changed to up. . Player and direction are detc deterr 

mined by the above keyboard pattern which can be 

learned quickly by new pl ayers. 

learned quickly by new players. 

Converting a program like this s to joystick use is 

very easy. The following owing statements s will do this: 

260 M = ~ PEEK (59471) 

1) 

265 IF (M ORO R 240) = ~ 247 THEN AD = ~ 1I 

• 

300 IF (M OR 15) 

127 THEN E BD = 

• 

The elipsis is can be fleshed out with the help of 

the table below. . A peek ata t the User Port Pon gives a 

unique value e for each position on of o f the e joystick as long 

as only y one is being used. . It is necessary to "mask"" with 15 IS or 240 if the possibility ilit y exists of both 

being g used at the e same time. If only one joystick 

is used and it doesn't matter which, a further opera-

MAY/JUNE. 198O. 4. 

9O 90 COMPUTE. I JUNE, 1980. ISSUE 4. 

tion lion with w ith the peeked value generates simpler numbers 

(shown in in the last column of the table). This 

"trick" " was used in in statement 61120 6 20 in in the (he cursor 

subroutine and the resulting values used in in the main 

body of of the th e program. 

In summary, II feel this s is is an excellent project 

for a beginner. The interface is is quickly y and easily 

y 

put together. It It is is not difficult to 10 modify existing 

programs for joystick use. "Old" " PET owners with 

disappearing keytops keylOps will appreciate a the saving on 

wear and tear. To T o be fair I should say that every 

program ram is is not nor suitable e for conversion. When fine 

control comrol of movement is is required joysticks may be 

difficult to 10 use. Some players with poor hand-eye 

coordination may still prefer the keyboard. As for me 

It it seems quite e natural to chase and catch some seemingly 

elusive demon with my movements under 

reflex control by a joystick. 

Chuck Johnson 

JOYSTICK ATTACHMENT STANDARD 

The Atari Joystick J terminates with a DB-9 connec 

nnec 

tor; ; six of the nine circuits it s are used as follows: 

: 

DB-9PIN 

FUNCTION 

1 Up Switch 

2 

Down Switch 

5435 4 3 2 

1 3 

Left Switch 

4 

Right Switch 

5 

Not Used 

6 

Push-Button Switch 

98769 8 7 6 7 

Not Used 

8 

Ground (common) 

9 

Not Used 

Pin numbers for the DB-25P are marked on the e 

connector. User Port pins are on the e bolto bottom m row of 

a 12 position edge connector. Properr polarization of 

th e edge connector is stro ngly recomme nded. 

the edge connector is strongly recommended. 

A DB-25P P connector will accept two joystick connee 

connec 

IOrs tors; ; the DB-25 may then be wired 10 to a User Port 

edge conneClOr connector, , according to the following table: 

REFERENCES 

JOYSTICK 

I. 1. UUPP DOWL DOWN 

LEfT LEFT 

RIGHT BUTTON 

GGROUND 

DB-9S 

J 1 

2 3 4 6 8 PIN DB-25P PIN 

9 10 I 11 I 

12 22 24 USER PORT PIN 

f F 

E 

D 

C 

Diodes to E aand f F 

A 

REFERENCES 

1. 1. Kilobaud Microcomputing, Micl"Oco Robert W. Baker, Bakcr, January 1980. 

p. t'l 

p. 14 

2. 2 . PET User's Group Newsletter, Vol. 0. 0, No.3. p.6, 1978 

3. Best of PET Gazette, Gazelle, Chuck Johnston, , p.42, 1979 

4. Cursor Magazine, P.O. Box 550, Golcta, Goicla. CA C A 93017 

17 

5. Dilithium Press, P.O. Box 92. 92, Forest Grove, Grove. OR O R 97116 

TABLE 

T = PEEK (59471) 

- K (59'f71) 

POSITION Joystick J 11 Joystick ick 2 T = INT(T/16) 

- AND DT T 

center 

left h!ft right 255 223 239 255 253 254 15 

13 

14 

up 127 247 217 7 

down 

wn 

button buuon 

It'll left lip up 

righi 

ght up left tiown do right down 

:(ii 191 63 95 

111 III 159 

175 t75 

251 

1 243 245 246 249 250 

11 II 

3 

5 

6 

9 

10 

mask T ORO R 15 T ORO R 240 © 

From: PET AND THE DUAL JOYSTICKS 

Chuck Johnson 

Note that rhat the rhe buttons are wired through diodes 

to 10 both the e UPU P anda DOWN W N functions of their joysticks 

(pins s E and Ff and pins K & L). When a 

button n is pressed, presscd, the e PET data dara lines react as though 

the e joysticks were pushed up and down n simultaneously 

(an impossible conditionn for r the position switches to 

generate). The decoding standard will, w , as we shall see, 

interpret crpret this s condition n as a bUlIon button movement. movcme The 

diodes act as "one-wayn c~way stn.;c streets" ts" 

forr current fl How and 

prevent the real UPU P and DOVvN DOWN switches fromm closing 

both circuits. 

Orientation of thee diodes is very important. t. We \lVe 

want current ( to 0 now flow from Ih thee data lines to ground. 

Whc Whenn soldering the diodes in placc, place, orient them with 

their cathodes ("banded" ends) connecLed connected to the jjoy 

stick suttons to (pins 14 and 22 on the DB-25P). 

If thee user is not interested in using g the bU buttons, ltons, 

the butlOn button lines f'na mayy be Jc left rt unconnected and the 

diodes 

oomitted. 

miucd. 

JOYSTICK DB-9S PIN DB-25P PIN USER PORT PIN USER PORT FUNCTION 

USER PORT FUNCTION 

PA3 

PA2 

PA1 

PAl 

PAD PA0 

PA2 and PA3 

GROUND 

2. UP 1 1 L 

2. UP 

DOWN 1 

2 1 

2 L 

K 

LEfT LEFT 

3 3 J 

RIG RIGHT HT 4 4 H 

BUTTON GROUND 6 8 14 16 Diodes to K and L 

N 

PA7 

PA6 

PA5 

PA4 

PA6 and PA7 

GROUND 

PA6 and PA7

MAY/JUNE. I 1980. ISSUE a. 4. COMPUTE. 91 

APPLETIVITES AT THE 

APPLETIVITES AT THE 

WEST COAST COMPUTER FAIRE 

Joe Budge 

Joe Budge 

2507 25O7 Elderwood Lone Lane 

Burlington, N.C 27215 

The West Coast Computer Faire, held March 14-166 

advertising treatmem treatment in lAC IAC publications. Dues for 

this year, was the focal point for many Apple Compu 

members and sponsors will be $50 and $200, respecter 

dvelopments. Several companies introduced signifi ificant 

new software and hardware. These new intro 

Associate members pay no dues. 

ductions should greatlyy enhance nce the Apple's capa 

The "Apple Orchard" " will be bc thee lAC's IAC's official 

bilities. UScI' User groups from all over thee worldd convened 

magazine. It will be published quarterly, starting 

at the Faire to start an international user's group. 

September First. The ""Apple Orchard" will replace 

The group then sponsored a full day of seminars 

future editions of "Contact." "Contact" had been 

on the Apple, with subjects rangingg from the Apple's 

sent by Apple Computer to all registered users. 

invention to itss application in music and foreign 

Unlike "Contact," the ""Orchard" will be available 

language instruction. 

either by subscription or by sale through clubs or 

On March 13 representatives of 60 member clubs 

stores. Apple Computer Company intends to purchase 

tively. . They will be collected every January First. 

met in San Francisco to formally y initiate the International 

Apple Corc. Core. Directors were eJected, elected, lengthy 

sent to each newly - registered Apple owner to tell 

some ""Orchards" from the e lAC. IAC. One copy will be 

discussions were held, , and policies were worked out. 

them about usc userI' groups. 

Directors and officers met for the following two days 

A number of committees mitlces and special interest 

arranging quite a few important details. 

groups were established to deal with specific subjects. 

The International Apple Core (lAC) (IAC) will be a 

The IAC lAC will try to establishsh a hot-line for technical 

non-profit organization dedicated to thee exchange off 

and software problems. Until permancnt permanent arrangements 

information ion among Apple Computer users. This will 

can be made, Apple owners will have to continue 

be broadly interpreted to include technical informa 

using current lines provided by various clubs and 

tion, software, programming information, and any 

Apple Computer, , Inc. Neil Lipson's software 

thing else which can benefit t Apple users throughout 

committee will be collecting, documenting, and dis 

the world. In addition thee IAC lAC will provide for 

tributingg a diskette a month to the member clubs. . 

communications ions between members and the.; various 

These will contain public domain software and will be 

product manufacturers. The International Apple Core 

distributed free of charge. The IAC lAC will also distribute 

will not be affiliated a with Apple Computer or any 

to members application notes from m Apple Computer 

other manufacturer. Specific c areas of lIAC activity 

and other suppliers. pliers. Special interest support includes 

will include publication of the "Orchard", O mainte 

educational and legal application ion groups, a handi 

nance nce of a public-domain software library, support of 

capped usage group, and a ham radio nel. net. Anyone 

special interest groups, suppon support of software and hard 

wishing to cOlllact contact the International Apple Core may 

ware standards, technical support, , promulgation of 

write them at P.O. Box 976, Daly City, Ca. 94017. 

ethics, and organization off annual Apple - faires. 

The International Apple Core sponsorcd sponsored a series 

The IAC lAC does not intend to have individual 

of Apple seminars during the second day of thee Faire. 

memberships. . Only non-profit Apple user groups may The subjects covered a variety of fronts, from the 

bc be members. Educational institutions tutions and othcr 

other 

workings of graphics andd the e disk operatingg system 

interested non-profit organizations may become 

to applications ions of different languages such as Forthh 

associate members. They will be entitled cd to all the and Pascal. The most interest was shown in a pair 

free primed printed information ion the IAC lAC providcs provides its members, 

of lectures by Steve Jobs aand Steve Wozniak, the 

but can not vote for directors. . Commcrcial Commercial enterprises crpri inventors of the Apple. They told how the Apple 

may become sponsors, entitled ed to information and par~ 

started as a video terminal used to [Q play games on 

ticipation in standards establishment. They, toO, too, 

telecommunications networks. Beingg members of the 

would be non-voting, g , but would receive preferential 

Homebrew Computer Club, they thcy became interested

92 Q2 COMPUTE. MAY/JUNE. I 198O. 1980 ISSUE 44. 

in microprocessors. m With that,,Jobs thaI , J and Wozniak W started slanccl to add processing and memory to the video 

terminal, added a hand - assembled Basic Basi

MAY/JUNE. I 1980. 198O. ISSUE A. 4. COMPUTE. 93 

The APPLE PI Trading Library 

148 disc sides in our Apple PI library. Copies of our 

November catalogue (showing 2780 programs) are still 

We have well over 3500 public domain programs on 

148 di sc sides in our Apple PI library. Copies of our 

November catalogue (show ing 2780 programs) are still 

available for $1 plus 50 cents postage from our news 

available for SI plus 50 cents postage from our news 

leuer letter editor: 

Rodney Nelsen 

9711 JJosephine St. 

Thornton, CO 80229 Ph. (303) 451-7577 

Later arrivals are shown in oour monthly news 

letters, available at $1.00 each. 

letters, available at $1.00 each. 

While most of the approximately 800 plus programs 

on our our Apple PI slices #1 to 20 and 178 to 200 

are either original effon effortss by our members (both 

local and out-of-state) or have been modified for the 

local and out-of-state) or have been modified for the 

Apple II from a magazine listing, there are probably 

a few donations that originally came from other 

a few donations that origin all y came from other 

sources. Copyrighted programs are not supposed to be 

in our trading library out of respect to the commercial 

copyright holders. So if a copyrighted version of a 

program appears in error, please let us know so that it 

program appears in error, please let us know so that it 

can be removed. Also, , since many of our members 

belong to several Apple user groups, if they have 

belong to several Apple user groups, if they have 

accidentally donated someone else's program that they 

accidentally donated someone else's program that they 

did not have permission to LO donate LO to our group; 

and we listed it unknowingly, we are sorry again. . 

Please inform us. The approximately 2400 programs 

Please inform us. The approximately 2400 programs 

that we have received in trade from 21 other Apple 

user groups are arc listed on our Apple PI slices #21 

1 

to 126. 

Our programs were originally cataloged on a 32K 

Apple without the Applesoft ROM card. All of the 

programs on our disc slices (i.e. from 1 to 20 

and 179 to 200) should have been converted to the 

A.S. ROM card and should now work on a 48K Apple. 

(In fact, some programs require 48K to operate.) 

To convert an Applesoft program for r non-ROM 

use ; load the program, call 33 14. Then either save 

use; load the program, call 3314. Then either save 

it or run it. To convert a program from a non- 

ROM card source to ROM, call 54514. This is not 

ROM card source to ROM , call 545 14. This is not 

needed if you have either DOS 3. 2. or 3.2.1. 

The Hello programs on our disc sides (i.e., Apple 

PI slice XXX (YYYYYYYY) ) identify the type of 

programs on the disc (i. e. the word ' Games', 

programs on the disc (i.e. the word 'Games', 

'Finance', , 'Utilities', etc. will appear where the 

Y's are shown in brackets). The HelloH program 

on the disk slices that at we have received from other 

clubs is formatted the same way, except the club 

name or location is shown in place of the Y's 

when the Hello program is booted. Their name is also 

shown on the screen so that the donating groups 

receive credit for their programs. 

If you have a bombout , or sec possible improve 

If you have a bombout, or see possible improve 

ments, please either note the circumstances (including 

the configuration of your computer) of the bombout 

the configuration of your computer) of the bombout 

on a card to us so that we can fix the program if 

Terry N. Taylor 


Club Librarian 

neecled--or needed--or improve it yourself and resubmit it as 

your donation. Either way, someone else will then 

not have to wrestle with the same bugs you did. 

The reason we need your configuration is that not all 

programs will run on every Apple (you might not 

have a needed accessory). As a side note, if the 

have a needed accessory). As a side note, if the 

hires page from a previous program is still on, then 

((1) press CTRL-C to stop the program, (2) Poke 

-16298,0 to turn off the hires page, and (3) 

type run to start the program again. That should 

fi x that problem. All lores Graphic programs should 

fix that problem. All lores Graphic programs should 

aULOmat automatically y LUrn turn off thee hires page as one of their 

first statements. But some don't. 

TO TRADE (FINALLY!!!) 

FOR NON-LOCAL MEMBERS Other Apple user 

FOR NON-LOCAL MEMBERS. Other Apple user 

groups, or individuals who just want LO to trade. 

Please either send your discs or casseucs cassettes of programs 

to me: 


12319 E. Bates Circle 

Aurora, Colo 80014 Ph. . (303) 750-5813 

I wi ll co py you r programs and return your choice of 

I will copy your programs and return your choice of 

our slices on your discs and mail them right back to 

you. If you are a brand-new Apple user group, we 

will trade you two sides for one to help you get 

started, or even advance some programs on the understanding 

that you u will later send some of your own 

programs back to us. Fair enough? 

When you donate programs, please take a minute 

to j ot down on a 3 by 5 card the following: 

to jot down on a 3 by 5 card the following: 

1) Name Namc of the thc program (exactly (cxactl y as it will be on the disk). 

2) What language the thc program is in. 

3) What type t),pc of program il it IS is (i.e., , Music, Finance, 

Game, Hires, Hircs, Etc.) 

4) Author's name and, , if different, diITcren t, who actually ), listed 

stcd 

the thc program into die the.: Apple. Applc . 

5) Source of program (i.e., , original g ina l program, , or the.: 

Title, Title. Page, , and Issue Issuc # oi" of the thc magazine magazinc copied copicd 

from) 

6) Length of program (if known) Also the smiling staning 

address addrcss if it is a Binary program. 

. 

7) Whether Vv'hc thcr the program calls s up any y other mhel' programs, and, 

, 

if so, their names namcs 

8) What accessories, es, if any, are arc needed, nceded. (i.e., c ., programmers 

aid, , 48K, type typc of printer, tcr, disc or cassette 

c 

based, etc.) ctc. ) 

9) Finally, y, a short description (say 25 words or so) of 

what the program does. docs. 

If you don't t know one onc of the areas, just leave it blank. 

. 

Unfortunately, with over ovcr 3000 programs, not too many 

people peoplc can remember exactly y what each cach program does docs just 

by looking at the thc title; tlc; so any y help here hel'c is deeply dccply 

appreciated. . Still, , don't let leI it it stop you from donating 

g 

your ur program if you u feel feci Uit is a hindrance. hindrancc. It won't be 

the e only one thai that needs nceds some documentation. 

documcntat Thanks for reading this s far and happy programming. ( ©

94 COMPUTE. MAY/JUNE. \980. ISSUE 4 

94 COMPUTE. MAY/JUNE. 198O. ISSUE 4 

Introducing AppleSeed, our 

newest publication to whet 

your Apple* appetite! 

We invite you to subscribe to AppleSeed - the 

magazine that Is to the Apple II* what SoftSlde Is to 

the TRS-80**. It offers the newest in software pro 

gramming hints and Ideas tailored especially for 

your computer. AppleSeed features challenging pro 

grams for both the do-it-yourselfer and the in 

dividual Interested in pre-packaged programs and 

games... your own preview of the best available on 

the market today. A typical slice of AppleSeed con 

sists of one major (new 16K) commercial level pro 

gram (completely listed for your keying pleasure), 

accompanied by two or three applications for prac 

tical use or fun, supplemented by informative ar 

ticles to polish your Apple*. Get right to the core of 

your Apple* needs and order AppleSeed today! 12 

Issues, 1 year, $15.00. AppleSeed Is the newest 

member of... 

_5oft5i3e: 

PUBLICATIONS 

6 South Streat, Mllford, NH 03055 

(603) 673-5144 

*A registered iradamark of Apple Computers. "A registered trademark of Radio Shack and Tandy Corp. 

i

MAY/JUNE. 1980. 198O. ISSUE 4. COMPUTE. 95 ■5 

Edilor Editor's 'j Nole: Note: / In 11 flllllre future ismts, issues, llle'II/Jrtsrnl we'll present inlerviews interviews wilh with 

J\ Marketing ' arJ.:t:li".t: /Jrrsmlnel personnelfrom Alari Atari (Iud and Commodore. 

An Interview 

With 

Taylor Pohlman 

Taylor Pohlman 

Apple's Ap~le's Product 

Marketing 

Michael 

Manager g S Tomczyk 

Manager 

Recently, I had an opportunity to talk with Taylor 

Pohlman, Apple Computer's Product Marketing 

Manager. Taylor is 33 years old aand came to Apple 

less than a year ago from Hewlett Packard, where he 

was educational marketing manager. During our interview, 

he discussed two important areas -- computer 

dealers and consumers. 

HeH e described two basic types of dealers, noting 

that dealers are first of all businessmen and secondly, 

tend lend to operate in those markets they are most 

comfortable or experienced in. 

The first type of dealer is the hobbyist who becomes 

a businessman. For these dealers, technology is 

the e key. Since the first-round hobbyist market is 

pretty y much saturated, Pohlman n feels these dealers 

have to start moving g from hardware re —-- their original 

orientation -- to software, and the application io n problems 

ol of non-hobbyist users. 

The second type of dealer is the retail businessman. 

ToT o them, , selling computers is much like selling hi-fi 

stereo systems. A fair amount of retail audio-visual 

anda electronics outlets are personal computer dealers, 

he said, anda many have already y developed the exper 

tise needed to reach the computer market. A-V 

stores Stores may already be dealing with schools, for 

r 

example, and the educational market is a natural 

for them. . Small stores also relate well to small businessmcn 

because the dealers, as businessmen, , have them 

emselves 

encountered problems in general ledger keeping, 

manufacturing, accounting, etc. 

men 

"The " personal computer market is emphasiz 

ing g solution-oriented merchandizing as opposed to 

hardware-oriented merchandizing," Pohlman n said, 

and this poses important t challenges for r all types of 

computer dealers. He said Apple has 600 to 700 

computer dealers, all with different interests, sales 

and facilities. Some sell a single line and others a 

complete line, from m small games to LO minicomputers. 

m "The " question n they all have to ask is, who are an: 

those hungry people outside outsidc the store sLOre who have 

problems to be solved by a personal computer? m pUler? At 

Apple, we try to 10 turn the dealers on to those markets -- 

and solutions -- whatever the dealer's ''focus'. By 

''focus' I mcan mean hobbyist, businessman, educator, , home 

entertainment user. .... . .but whatever it its s focus, a 

good Apple store doesn't n )t confuse the e custOmer. 

customer. 

""For example, the businessman doesn't ' t want to 

know this microprocessor runs 20 percent faster than 

that one. He wants to know will it solve hiss 

problem? On the other hand, the store that just has 

a bunch of hardware silting sitting aaround may respond well 

to the hobbyist by making the hardware available on 

the floor aand letting himm look inside." " (Incidentally, 

Taylor Pohlman's n definition of a computer hobbyist is, 

""the e individual who's interested ted in thee manmachine 

interface.") 

Hee kept emphasizing that the key to the overall 

personal computer market is problem-solving. In this 

regard, rd , Apple's magazines aand other literature ture are 

rc 

designed to trigger people's problem-solving 

approaches and stimulate their imagination. ation . He also 

called attention to the company's seminarr program, 

which encourages dealers to get out and give seminars 

where thee people are arc -- at Rotary Clubs orr real 

estate groups, forr example. Apple provides instruc 

tional and advertising materials to dealers for this 

purpose. 

""For the dealer to survive in the new marketplace, 

he's also goingg to havc have to provide service aand 

suppOrt support -- not just j sales," he said. Consequently, 

Apple has a modular design and can be field-repaired 

at over 500 dealer-based repair centers, in 24 hours. 

If the e dealer can't ' t repair it, , he can simply replace the 

failed part aand send it to Apple for repair. This is 

especially {"spcciall y important to the businessman, who can't 

allord afford to have his general ledger or other system 

go down for a week. 

Turning his s attention attcn tion to consumers, he guessed 

that there therc are "tens " of 0(" thousands" of Apples in 

homes, mcs, schools, and companies. "We're " the oneo personal l computer vendor that has achieved a truly 

disk-basedd population n -- as opposedo to those who are 

still outo there hyping g cassettes. es. Disk-based software 

is more ma rc sophisticated and makes the e Apple more useful 

and powerful as a problem-solving tool. LOol. 

"What " I, as a consumer, , want t is a computer 

that allows me to define e a problem and allows the 

machine to solve it in language and terms that t I 

can n understand. nd. If the problem is solved I could care 

less what the e machine is doing." He added that lhal the 

e 

level of computer pUler awareness is very high but the 

level of computer literacy is not nearly high enough to 

create the e "home " computer revolution," mostly y because 

right now using g a computer means you u have to: 

- define a problem 

- create an algorhylhm ythm lo to solve the problem 

- write e programs to express the algorhythm 

hm 

- put the e program in the e computer 

- run n and debug (he th e program 

"A lot of time lime is wasted trying tryill g to translate LranslaLe information, 

, 

and a this is wasted time is directly y related to the reluclance 

—-- or lack of reluctance -- of customers lo to tance get

MAY/JUNE. 198O 4 

96 96 COMPUTE. 

MAV I JUNE. 1980 ISSUE 4 

involved with a personal nal computer/1 r," he he said. He went wenl 

on to to say that the home computer revolution rcvolUlio n will not 

t 

truly y arrive until you can more morc effectively vely separate 

the user from the intricacies of hardware and a nd software, 

so he doesn't ' t have to understand the inside of 

the m achine or the inside or the soft wa re in Drei e r 

the machine or the inside of the software in order 

to to use li se it. 1( . 

He also spoke of ora a "vast " dumping ground1' ground" where 

a lot of people who buy computers encounter encounlcr so 

many m a ny stumbling blocks b to using them (language, 

interface, hardware) that they wind wincl up juking j them, lilCITl , 

and said Apple is is working hard to solve this and 

other problems p s not only through product p develop 

ment and dealer d support, suppon, but also by encouraging 

such vocal forums as the International ti Apple Core. 

He H e concluded by saying that he doesn't ' t think 

Apple II is a mature lUre product after two years and a indicated that future Apples will maintain compati 

tibility, 

as opposed to some companies n which have come 

out with w new machines which weren't ' t compatible 

with earlier versions. He H e said, "If " I f people think 

Apple is going to somehow change it's product or o r it's 

way of o f doing business, they're wrong." 

-^ 

6502 

MACRO ASSEMBLER 

AND TEXT EDITOR 

• Versions for PET, APPLE II, SYM, KIM 

Versions for PET, APPLE II, SYM, KIM 

and ATAR I (1st quarter 1980) 

Written entirely in machine language 

Occupies 8K of memory starting at $2000 — 

Apple version with disk occupies just over 

• Written entirely in machine language 

• Occupies 8K of memory starting at $2000 - 

9K 

• Macro and conditional assembly 

• 36 error codes, 26 commands, 22 pseudo ops 

• Labels up to 10 characters 

• Auto line numbering and renumber command 

• String search and string search and replace 

• Copy, move, delete, load, save, and append 

commands 

commands 

Cassette and Manual $49,95 

Cassette and Manual $49.95 

(including U. S. postl1ge) 

postige) 

Eastern House Software 

3239 Lind. Dr. Win, ton-Salem, N. C. 27106 

3239 Linda Dr. Winston-Salem, N. C. 27106 

GIVE YOUR APPLE 

A BYTE OF THIS... 

. 

GPA ELECTRONICS' 

Programmable, 

Intelligent I/O. 110. 

More than a 

Completely programmable via Resident Monitor in 

PROM, the Intelligent I/O 110 lets you YOIl 

select the operation you YOII desire, 

then helps you complete the task. 

FEATURES: 

• 6502 Microprocessor. 

• 2K E-PROM; IK I K RAM as buffer. 

•* Serial and parallel raliel I/O 110 through four ports. Device can 

communicate with two peripherals simultaneously; 

RS-232 dcvices devices can communicate with parallel 

devices. 

•* Hard copy interfacing with h either RS-232 or 20mA 

devices (Please specify.) 

• Accommodates all li baud rates to 9600. 

■* * Selectable line feed. feed, carriage return delay and characters 

per linc. 

line. 

• Supports standard ElA EIA modem-control signals. 

• Handshaking, of course. 

*• Functions as Data Channel, , SPOOLER or Program 

mable Filter. 

• Remote access to Basic. 

• Fuliy Fully disk compatible. 

*• Will provide secure, encrypted telecommunications 

with optional programming. 

• Completee dial-up and time sharing fUllctions. 

functions. 

*• Allows ganging of microcomputers for multii 

processing. 

*• Accesses and comrols controls servos, sensors, articulated 

devices or transducers (with appropriate firmware. 

firmware, 

available from GPA.) 

*• Functions as disk controller, resident assembler, 

E-PROM burner (with optional firmware.) 

*• Integral power supply (5VDC @ 350mA.) Completely 

portable, stand-alonc stand-alone computer. 

*• Fully y documcntcd, documented, tested and guaranteed. . 

See your dealer today, oor r order direct from m CGPA. 

Just $299.95 (110VAC ) or S320.95 (250VAC) 

I'.O.BoxWI 

b~ ].;iiii>imlk-.CA l lI", illr.CA II~~ 1545-1 

j 707. (707lt»H4-6270 

11~ ·6270 

A|>|ilr fa .i rrgMrn-d Irailc murt, nf Appli' CompQltr. lac. 

GPA ELECTRONICS' 

Programmable, 

More than a 

telecommunications 

I/O. 1/ 0. More than an 

intelligent hard copy 

interface. GPA's 

Intelligent I/O 1/ 0 is a 

COMPLETE 

MICROCOMPUTER 

on a4W'x7"card! 

a 4V2 "x7 " Completely programmable via Resident Monitor in 

FEATURES: 

then helps YOII complete the task. 

Just $299.95 (I IOVAC ) or $320.95 (250VAC) 

.~ 

€~~ 

~n.@9~lr 

".D. no\ 11,\ 1

MAY/JUNE. . 19So. 198O. ISSUE 4. COMPUTE. 97 

MADE IN THE SHADE: 

MADE IN THE SHADE: 

AN INTRODUCTION TO "THREE 

"THREE- 

DIMENSIONAL" GRAPHICS ON 

THE ATARI COMPUTERS DovidD ° D · i~~~~~~~ 

Innovision „„«*s 

If you know anything at all about thee Atari 400 

and 800, , you probably know that these machines give 

you access to 256 colors. What you may lIot not realize is 

that these colors are specified with two independent 

parameters which allow you to create "three- 

threedimensional" 

objects on the display. 

The (WO two parameters off interest are hue and 

luminosity. Atari gives you access to sixteen colors 

(the hues), each of which can be darkened or lightened 

by setting the luminance to one of eight levels. 

Traditionally, computers that offer limited colors 

(sixteen total, for example) prc-selcct pre-select different hues and 

luminosities for each color so that inter-color r contrast 

is always apparent, even when the picture is shown 

on a black and white display. If two colors have the 

same luminosity, you will not see any difference 

between the colors when they are shown on a black 

anda white display - a phenomenon you should demonstrate 

to yourself sometime. 

The beauty of the Atari scheme is that the wide 

range of available colors leads to the ability to create 

some pretty y pictures, even though only four colors can 

be displayed at one time. TheT program presented here 

illustrates a common graphics task - the representation 

of a solid three-dimensional object through shading. 

Since we can display three colors plus the background 

in a moderate resolution graphics mode, this 

lets us represent a shaded cube. After all, , you can 

only see sec a maximum of three faces of a cube at any 

given time. The function of the program, then, , is to 

create a two-dimensional representation of a cube in 

which the e "realism"" results from the control of o f the 

shading on each visible face. 

In case you are not familiar with Atari graphics, 

a short shan digression is in order. Displayed colors are 

established by the SETCOLOR O R command which takes 

the form SETCOLOR A, B, C in which A is the 

color register (0-4), B is the hue (0-15) and C 

is the luminosity (an even number from 0 to 14). (I 

don't 't know why luminosity isn't set with numbers 

p.o P.O. Box 1317. 1317, Los Altos. Altos, CA 94022 94O22 

between 0 and 7, but the use of even numbers doesn't 

present too much of a problem, as you will see.) The 

hues (see Table I) are the various basic colors you can 

use to draw your pictures, and the luminosities control 

the brightness from 0 (very dark) to 14 (almost 

white). Once you have set the color registers, you 

need to indicate which register should be used for the 

various plotting commands. This function is performed 

with the COLOR statement. This statement has the 

form COLOR D in which D refers to the color 

register in which the desired color is located. Now for 

reasons that I don't understand, the value of Dis 

generally larger than the color register number by 

one. In other words, D = A + 1. 

PROGRAM LISTINGL 10 REM •• SHADING DEMO 

20 GRAPHICS 23 

30 OPEN #l,4,0,"K:" 

#I ,4,O, " 40 FOR I 1 =0= 0 TO 4: SETCOLOR 1,9,4 : NEXT I 

50 X0=48 XO = : Y0 YO = 36 

60 COLOR 1 

70 FOR I =0= 0 TO T O 40 

80 PLOT X0,Y0 XO ,YO + I : DRAWTO X0 XO + +40,YO 40,Y0 + I 

90 NEXT I 

100 COLOR 2 

110 FOR I 1 = 1 TO 24 

120 PLOT X0 XO + I,Y0-I I,YO-I 

DRAWTO X0 XO + +1 I 

+ 40,Y0-I 40,YO-I 

130 NEXT I1 

140 COLOR 3 

150 FOR I 1 = 1 TO 24 

160 PLOT X0+40 XO + I,YO-I 

I 

DRAWTO X0+40 XO + I, 

170 NEXT I 

YO+40-1 

+ 40-1 

180FOR I =0 =OT02 TO 2 

190 GET #1,A #I,A 

200 IF A

98 

98 

COMPUTE. MAY/JUNE. MAV / JUNE. 1980. ISSUE &..:1, 

Now that t these tips lips on on Atari color are under your 

belt, it it is is time to to try tryout the the program. 

The listing starts out OUl by by setting tting a moderately high 

resolution full-frame m e graphics mode in in statement 20. 

This mode allows the display of of four colors and contains 

160 x 96 96 picture elements -- plenty for our need. 

The OPEN statement lets us us use a GET statement to to 

receive data from the keyboard without having to to press 

RETURN. Note that the Atari version of GET is is 

very different from the version you may be accustomed 

to from Microsoft BASIC. Next, the color registers 

are all set at the same color value so that when the 

cube is is first drawn you cannot see it. The front face of 

the cube is is drawn in COLOR 1 (from SETCOLOR 

register 0) in lines 70-90, a nd the other two 

register 0) in lines 70-90, and the other two 

faces are drawn in COLOR 2 and COLOR 3 in 

lines 110-130 and 150-170 respectively. At this 

point the computer waits s in line 190 until a key is 

typed. (Note that in Microsoft BASIC the program 

would not stay at a GET command, but would 

look once and be on its way.) y.) Since I expect 

to be GET-ting a keystroke from keys 0 through 7 

(which have the Atari-ASCII values 48 through 55), 

lines 200 and 210 convert the keystroke to an even 

number between 0 and 14 for use in the SETCOLOR 

command. This program looks for three keystrokes - 

one for each face of the cube. As each key is 

typed (try 5, 6 and 7, for example) a cube face will 

become visible. The result is that a ""three-dimen 

three-dimen 

sional" " representation of a cube is now nicelyy 

displayed on your TV screen. . 

If you want to change the shadings, type three 

more numbers between 0 and 7 and see what happens. 

Next, for some more excitement, type J, K and L. 

Once again you will see the shaded cube, but the 

color will have changed from gold to more of a 

magenta. As you can see, luminance values greater 

th than an 14 cause the hue to change. 

Now that you u know about shading, you should be able e 

to make some truly beautiful pictures on th the e Atari 

computers! 

Table 1. Hue Values For The Atari Computers 

COLOR 

HUE VALUE 

CRAY GRAY 0 

LIG LIGHTORANGE O R 1 

ORANGE 2 

RED·ORANGE RED-ORANGE 

3 

PI PINK NK + 

PU PURPLE 5 

PURPLE-BLUE 6 

BLUE 7 

ANOTI-I ANOTHER lOR BLU BLUE E 

B » 

LIGHT BLUE E 9 

TTURQUOISE U 10 10 

GREEN-BLUE 

II M 

GREEN 12 12 

YELLOW-GREEN W 13 13 

ORANGE·G ORANGE-GREEN REE, 14 14 

LIG LIGHTORANGE O E 15 15 © 

INTRODOCING 

INTRODUCING 

FOR THE ATARI TM 

FOR THE AT ARr M 

GUESSWORD - 

GUESSWORD — Based 

on tm tn ~ TV shov. she ,"" Password, lJ~ l.\.'ord . the 

computer C0m ~ r 

gives clues ('lues to :0 the 

secret ' !: e~re l word. wo;d. Tr.c Tnc faster last!;:r vou 

guess gut's!:. the word the I t>e hiahei higher 

your you: score. s..:-ore. For Fe·, one C'ne or two 

players (grades 19rades 6-M 6+1 cass. ss. S15.00 S WA,"ITED - 

WANTED — Be a detective df>IC'(1h:tana 

track t ra~'k aowr. OOWI. the e wc;d; wc;e! that 

have escaped esci:ptd your vocabulary. '.c:nDulal). 

Clues appear app.::~r 

on the me screen in Ir: 

the tht' form of 01 a 'Wanted' 'Wantec" poster puster 

(grades (9 r "d e ~ 4-8)... 4·8). cass 515.00 $15.00 

WORD-SCRAMBLE - 

Unscramble UnSCff of Fish M!.'h with the computer. (OmpUlei, 

Tl Tius lls time tiine esk ~sk tor lor the homonyms homenrm!' 

to to the Ul~ word-cards word·cards that appear ap~ar in In 

your hr.nd. h2.nd. (grade; \grades. 3-6) 3·6) . 

cass 

SI5.00 

S15.00 

WORD-MATE - 

WORD-MATE — Bjiid R"ild 

compound CC'n1jX>U;):i words with v.'lth the words word" 

tha1. tha: have ha'ie been l ~ dealt deal! to you. yOl ' 

Try TT)' to make ;na..:e mote m Ol€, compound 

COr1roun d 

words w() ~ than the computer cornlJuter Don't 

\ 

get gel stuck with lA~th 

the last la!.t card ::ard 

(grades 3-6). 3·6 ). . o-ss CC1SS 515.00 S COMING S OON .. 

PRESCHOO L FUN 

COMING SOON . . . 

PRESCHOOL FUIN 

MATH FACTS iI 

CR1BBAGE 

CRIBBAGE 

Or Call: (313) 595-4722 

DEALER ORDERS 

WELCOME 

Imagine. Imagine, berng being .lble able 10 to put In in memor) memory aany 3·D 3-D obJcct ob|ect. .md and Vle\\ view II it Tra trom m 

any ~' location and dcgfcc degree oof f fOla rotation, llon. undc underneath, rnealh. 1Il51df' inside of! Th.s This I is ~ ,1 a 

set of .14 pfOg,illllS programs W/llstings l lr ~tmg \ th.l that l Will will fun run III in 8K' RK! H,t- ifiK mill mm fOI for HI 

RlS RfcS I'fogfiHllllled Programmed In in B.Hl Hasit e but c"ecutcs executes VCf\' very f.lSl. fast, ,lnu and I"OgIMl1 program " is 

cas\ easy 10 to ('~I).Hld expand Muh.plc Multiple color icilor conlfo control, l. ~oft software \ \

MAY/JUNE. I 1980 I960. . ISSUE 4. 4 COMPUTE. 9Q 

Atari Tape Data Files 

Atari Tape Data Files 

A Consumer Oriented Approach 

Introduction 

This article is based on a major axiom of consumer 

computing: 

Easier is Better 

The specific coroll ary when writing a program which 

The specific corollary when writing a program which 

saves data between program runs is: 

Use only one tape. Program and data should be on the 

same tape. They should, in fact, be the same thing. 

A consumer should be able to load his program, run 

it 10 to update hiss checkbook and balance hiss budget, and 

then save the program on tape when done. The next 

day, he can load his program and all data changes 

from the previous day should be there. 

" Impossible", you say? Well , perhaps. It is cer 

"Impossible", you say? Well, perhaps. It is cer 

tainly y impossible on some of the computers on the 

market. But it is not impossible on the Alari. Atari. The trick 

is to fool Atari Basic into saving all dimensioned 

variables when a program is saved to tape. We won't 

try 10 save the simple variables. Since I am not a 

try to save the simple variables. Since I am not a 

revered expert, I won't make the mistake of saying 

this is impossible. (But, I think it's impossible.) 

this is impossible. (But, I think it's impossible.) 

Saving the dimensioned variables with a program is 

relatively easy. 

Write your program 

Listing 1 is a simple program. Nothing tricky. But 

Listing 1 is a simple program. Nothing tricky. But 

notice that I print the dimensioned variables in Lines 

70-130 and then assign values to them in Lines 140- 

190. I am assuming the variables have valid contents 

before changing them! The only important restriction 

here is to type the line containing the DIM 

statement firsl. It doesn't have to be the first line 

statement first. It doesn't have to be the first line 

in the program. Just make sure it is the first line 

typed. 

The Atari Basic variable sy mbol table is con 

The Atari Basic variable symbol table is con 

structed when each line is typed in, , not when the program 

is run. Later we will need to find the locations 

of the string variables in the table . This is 

tions of the string variables in the table. This is 

easier if they are the first variables present. For a 

more complete discussion of the symbol table, see the 

text in the box. 

text in the box. 

50 DIM A$(10),B(2 , 3) 

50 DIM A?(10),B(2,3) 

70 ? A$ AS 

80 FOR 1=0 TO 2 

80 FOR 1=0 TO 2 

90 FOR J =0 TO 3 

90 FOR J = 0 TO 3 

1100 PRINT B{I,J), B( 110 NEXT J 

120 PRINT 

130 NEXT I 

14~ ? "STRING=";:INPUT A$ 

140 ? "STRING=";:INPUT AS 

150 15~ ? "I=";:INPUT I 

160 IF 1=9 THEN 200 

160 IF 1=9 THEN 200 

170 17~ ? "J=";:INPUT "; : I A:B(I,J)=A 

, 190 GOTO 150 

190 GOTO 150 

200 END 

50 DIM A$(10),B(2,3) 

70 ? A$ 

110 NEXT J 

1120 PRINT 

130 NEXT I 

140 14~ ? "STRING=";:INPUT ";: INPUT AS A$ 

1501 5~ ? "I=";:INPUT I 

160 IF 1=9 THEN 200 

Al Baker 

2327 S S. Westminster 

Wheaton, IL 6O187 

210 A=A+82 

220 POKE 141,INT(A/256):POKE , 140,A-PEEK(141)*256141 230 CSAVE 

procedure won't work. 

AI Baker 

Wheaton, IL 60187 

Suppose the program is already written and you 

didn't type the DIM statement first. Write your 

program 10 to tape using the command LIST"C". Type 

NEW. Now type the DIM statement from your program 

with the string variables first. Finally, reload 

the program from tape with the command ENTER 

"e". "C". Now the string variables are at the beginning 

of the variable tables. 

Protect the Dimensioned Variables 

The next step is to fool Basic into treating the 

dimensioned variables as part of the program. Also, 

you have to add the code to let the program save 

itself to tape. In an application, saving the program 

to tape will be the final program option selected by 

the user. In Listing 2 this is added to the program 

in lines 200 through 230. 

50 Dnt A$( 1 0) ,B (2 ,3) 

80 FOR 1=0 TO 2 

90 FOR J=0 TO 3 

100 l~ ~ PRINT B(I,J), 

110 NEXT J 

130 NEXT I 

1 60 IF 1=9 THEN 200 

170 ? "J=" "J=";:INPUT ; :INPUT A: A:B(I,J)=A B(I , J)=A 

190 GOTO 150 

200 A=PEEK(140)+PEEK(141)*256 

)*256 

210 A=A+82 

230 CSAVE 

Locations 140 and 141 contain the address of the 

end of the computer program. Program line 200 places 

this address in the variable A. In line 210 we add the 

size of the dimensioned variables. Each string variable 

containss as many bytes as its dimension. Each 

numeric array contains 6 times the number of 

members of the array. The B array is 6x(2 + l)x(3 + 1) 

= ~ 6x3x4 = ~ 72 bytes. Thus we had to add 10 + 72 or 

82 to the end of the program in the example. 

Now run the program and let the internal CSAVE 

create a tape. Turn the computer off and then on. 

Now reload the newly created program from tape. 

For some reason this step is important. (I don't 't 

know why.) If you do not use the new tape, this 

procedure won't work. 

Finish the program 

We now have a program in memory which has an 

invalid program - end pointer. See Sec the third listing. 

Add lines 10 through 40 to your program. Make sure 

that you use the correct number instead of 4' -82" 

that you use the correct number instead of "-82"

1OO 100 COMPUTE. MAY/JUNE. I 198O. 1980. ISSUE 4. 

in line 10. Remember that this number is the size 

of your dimensioned variables. 

Refer R to Table T 1. Locations 140 and 141 form 

the program-end address. . Locations 142 and 143 form 

the stack address and locations 144 and 145 form the 

pointer to the end of memory used by the program. 

The RUN command sets all of them equal to the 

incorrect end-of-program pointer. . Lines 10 through 40 

correct them. 

Here H comes the only hard part. You are going 

to have to peek around in memory. The RUN R U N 

command sets the length of all strings to zero. You 

must repair their lengths if you want to save string 

data. 

Table 1. 

Table 1. 

These two byte addresses point to (Q important a nt areas used by 

Atari Acari Basic. 

Use this 

To get the location of this 

PEEK(130) PEEK( 130) + PEEK(131)*256 PEEK(131)"256 Variable Va,;able name table ,able 

PEEK(134) + PEEK(135)'256 PEEK( 135) "256 Variable Va,;able value table ,able 

PEEK(136) +PEEK(137)*256+ PEEK(137)"2S6 Beginning Seg;n n; ng of program 

Use these only when program running 

Use these only when program running 

PEEK(HO) PEEK(I40) + PEEK(141)'256 

PEEK(141)"256 

End of program and d beginning of dimensioned 

variables 

PEEKO42) PEEK( 142) + PEEK(143)*256 

PEEK( 143)"256 

End of dimensioned variables and beginning of 

stack 

PEEK(144) I44) + PEEK(145)*256 

PEEK(145)"256 

End of memory mory used by program 

Look at Table 3. The third entry in the variable 

value table is the string ALPHAS. ALPHA$. Its current length 

is 5 + +0*256 0'256 or 5. These two bytes must be set to 

the correct length of the string. Type the command: 

PRINT PEEK(134) + PEEK(135),256. PEEK(135)*256. 

Now you 

know where the variable value table is. If you have 

been writing the program in the listings, you should 

get the answer 2056. Assume the string is the first 

entry in the table. The locations of the length is 

Table 3 

Table 3 

The variable value table; table: Each entry is eightt bytes. 

V ariable 

Variable 

ABI AB1 

Table Entry 

Table T 2 

The T variable name table: Entry lengths are different. differcllI. 

Box symbolizes that 128 is added to ASCII value of last 

character to show the name's end. cnd . 

Variable 

Variable name 

Variable Variable name 

AB1 ASI 

AB [Tj 

AR{3,4) AR(3,4) 

AR[JJ 

CD 

CDOG(17) 

I CDOGjTJ 

IT] 

ALPHAS (10) ALPHA[|j ALPHAI1I 

E [El []) 

FIG 

FI [G] 

AS ill 

Note: Variable names can be up to 120 characters long 

and are a completely unique. Variable ABCA i.s is different 

from variable ABCD. A Variable names DO NOT appear 

in the program in memory. Only a I1 byte pointer to 

the variable name in the variable name table appears. 

Table Entry 

Contents 

1234561 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Meaning 

, 01 0/ 0/64/,.0, 0/64/5,0. 0,0, 0 First byte is 0; 0: this is a number. Second byte is 0: this is thee first entry. 64 

is the exponent. 5 is the binary coded decimal value. 

FI IQ) 

3 character number name 

2 character array name 

e 

4 character array a name 

6 character string name 



Note; Variable names can be up to 120 characters long: 

the variable name in the variable name table appears. 

2060 anda 2061. Since the length of the string of data 

being saved in the example is 10, I set location 

2060 to a 10 lOin line 60 of the program. 

Try it out 

The program is complete. Save it. Now RunR it. You 

will probably get garbage in the print out. Put a 

10 character string in the string variable. Now put 

numbers in various entries in the B array. Typing 

a 9 for the I subscript will end the program with a 

CSAVE. C Do this CSAVE onto a new tape. TurnT the 

computer off and on. Now load this new copy of the 

program and run it. Viola! TheT data is still there! 

Now load this new copy of the program and run it. 

Viola! V ! The data is still there! Now just imagine that 

this was your budget information, , address book or 

other files. . You have a no-hassle one-tape system. 

. 

Conclusion 

I have provided more information about this internals 

of the Atari than is really necessary to solve 

thiss problem. If you are interested in this kind of 

information, , study it. If not, skip it. If you have 

any questions, I would be glad to answer them. . One 

warning. Doo not press break while the program p'rogram is 

running and then type RUN. Always use the CONT 

AR(3,4) 

AR(3,4) 

doe,n', 

doesn't 

matter 

matter 

64 + lillO, 1/1/0, 0/4, 0/5,0 

64 makes this an array. + I 1 means thatt it has been dimensioned. 0 ° +0*256 is the 

displacement displacement into thee array area. 4 + 00*256 is the size of the first dimension and 

5 +0-256 +0*256 is the size of the second dimension. . 

CDOG( 17) 

CDOG(17) 

doe,n', 

doesn't 

matter 

64 + 1/2/120,0/18,0/1, 120.0/ 18,011,00 

This array is displaced 120 bytes into the aarray aarea, and it is ddimensioned 

18+0*256+ 0 by 1 +0*256. 

ALPHAS( IO) " 1234S " 

ALPHA$(10) 

FIG 

"12345' 

E .05 

.05 

FIG -S 

128 + 1/31228,Of!), 1/3/228,0/5, OliO, 0/10, 0 

01 4/63/5,0, 0,0, 0 

0/ 4/63/5,0, 0,0. 0 

01 S/64 + 12815. 0.0, 0 

0/ 5/64+ 128/5, 0.0, 0 

128 makes this a string. + I 1 means that it has been dimensioned. . It starts 

228 + +0*256 bytes into the array area. . The current length of the string is 

,) 5 +0*256. The maximum imulll size of the string is 10 +0*256. 

This is a number. The exponent is now 63 so the number is only 11 1/100100 of its 

integer value, or .05. 

This is a minus number ( + 128 on exponent) nt)

MAY/JUNE. I 1980. 198O. ISSUE 4. A. 

COMPUTE. 

101 

command after pressing BREAK. K . Otherwise the statements 

in lines 10-40 will destroy thee program data. 

This can be prevented if youu know what thee correct 

value of A should be in line 10. Replace line 10 

with l10A OA = =n, n , where n is this number. Do this for 

your finished producl. 

product. 

10 A=PEEK(140)+PEEK(141)*256- 82 

10 A=PEEK(140)+PEEK(141)*256-82 

20 POKE 141,INT(A/256):POKE , 140,A-PEEK(141)*256 

, ) 30 POKE 143,INT(A/256):POKE , ) , 142,A-PEEK(143)*256 

, ) 40 POKE 145,INT{A/256):POKE , (A/256) , 144,A-PEEK(145)*256 

) 50 DIM A$(10) AS{10),B(2,3) 

, 70 ? A$ A? 

80 FOR 1=0 TO 2 

90 FOR J=0 TO 3 

90 FOR J=0 TO 3 

100 PRINT B( I, J) , 

110 NEXT J 

120 PRINT 

100 PRINT B(I,J), 

110 NEXT J 

120 PRINT 

130 NEXT I 

140 ? "STRING=";:INPUT A$ 

150? ? "I=";:INPUT INPUT I 

160 IF 1=9 THEN 200 

170 ? "J=";:INPUT "J=M;:INPUT A:B(I,J)=A 

190 GOTO 150 

200 A=PEEK(140)+PEEK(141)*256 

210 A=A+82 

220 POKE 141,INT{A/256):POKE (A/256) , 140,A-PEEK(141)*256 

140,A-PEEK(141}*256 

230 CSAVE 

230 CSAVE 

The Atari Basic 

Symbol Table 

Most Basic interpreters assign values to the symbol 

table as the program is run. Not true with the 

Atari. Alari. New variables are placed in the symbol table 

when the program line they Ihey are contained in is 

first 

rsl typed. 

If you later la[cr change variable names, the old 

variable names are not removed from rrom the table. 

They stay forever! rorever! Even the CLRC command mand docs not 

remove them. Ihem. They continue to 10 take up room. . How 

much room? 8 bytes plus the Ihe length of the name. 

Add another byte if the variable is an array. 

Fortunately, it is possible to 10 clean up the Ihe variable 

table. Write \"'rile the Ihe program to cassette using g the 

command LIST"C", type NEW, , and then reload 

the program from tape with the command 

ENTER"C'\ 

"e". 

A program can often be made to run faster 

by placing selected variable at the beginning of 

the variable table. This decreases the time it takes 

(o to find variables which are used in time-critical 

routines. 

To place these variables at the beginning of 

the variable a table, write the program to cassette casse(le 

using the command LIST"C" and then type NEW. 

Now use usc those variables. For example, if the 

variable A must be the first variable in the table, 

type A =0. = O. If the string BS must be used, , type 

DIM D B$(l). BS(I ). You are "ordering" the variable table. 

When \'\Ihen you u have finished placing as many variables in 

their correct order as you want, lll , load the program 

you )'Oll saved to 10 tape rape with the command ENTER"C". 

" e" . 

This T s does docs not interfere with the contents cO of the 

variable 

table. 

Changing Atari program to save 

the dimensioned variables. 

Changing Atari program to save 

the dimensioned variables. 

• Gel Get Ih thee program working. 

• Place the string variables at the bcgi:1nin beginningg 

of lhe the variable lable. 

table. 

• Change the program so thai that it internally 

poinls points Ihe the program-end address paS! past Ihe the 

dimensioned ned variables ables and then saves it itself 

to tape. 

• Run thee program, m , creating a copy oonn 

lape. tape. 

• Turn the computer off, on, , aand then 

reload Ih thee program. . 

• Add lhe the slalemenlS statements 10 to Ihe the beginning of 

thee program to correct the program-end 

pointer, stack pointer, and cnd-ofmemory 

pointer. poimer. 

end-of- 

• Add the code 10 to restore lOre the aClual actual SIring 

string 

variable lenglhs lengths 10 to Ihe the variable able value 

lable. 

table. 

• Save your finished program to la tape. 

. 

Figure 1: 

Basic Progra m Memory Layout 

Basic Program Memory Layout 

System and 

Basic overhead 

Basic overhead 

Variable name 

table 

Variable 

Value table 

Value table 

Program 

Dimensioned 

Variables 

Variables 

Stack 

Stack 

Unused 

Unused 

Screen 

Screen

102 COMPUTE. MAY/JUNE, 198O ISSUE 4 

MAYIJUNE, 1980. ISSUE 4. 

I 

TM 

H 

FOUR EXCELLENT PROGRAMS FOR YOUR ATARI ATARI'· 800 

□o CLOCK 

o ZAP 

□o LOGO 

N0_tnis No-this isn't another digital clock! It's an old- 

oldfashioned 

wall clock, with chimes to charm you. 

And it keeps on ticking .. .... 

Grab a joystick and try to zap the targets. Has an 

"attract" mode when you don't want to play. You'll 

also learn how to use the ATARI IstartI ISTARTI button in 

your Basic programs. 

A flashy demo that shows off the ATARI color registers. 

□ POLYGONS Your ATARI constructs beautiful geometric 

patterns. 

IRIDIS #1 is available now. You get a C-30 cassette or a high-quality diskette with 

four excellent programs for your ATARI 800. The programs are ready to "Load" 

and ""Run". ". You also receive the 24 page IAIDIS IRIDIS GUIDE which provides clear instructions 

for the programs, as well as important information about how to get 

more out of your ATARI. 

Our programs are written to be studied as well as used. The GUIDE will have complete 

source listings of selected IRIDIS programs. Not just li listings, but an explanation 

of what's going on. If you are new to programming, IRIDIS is one of the easiest 

ways you can learn advanced techniques. If you're an old hand, you'll still find 

IRIDIS to be a rich source of ideas and ATARI techniques. 

ATARI is a trademark of ATARI, Inc. 

Please send me IRIDIS #1 for my ATARI 800 immediately. 

o □ $9 $9.95 Cassette 

0 D $12.95 Disk 

Name 

State/ Zip ___________________________________________ 

Stale/Zip 

D MasterCharge Expires 

Signature 

o POLYGONS 

------------------------------------------------ 

Name __________________________________________ ___ 

Address ____________________________________________ 

City _____________________________________________ 

o VISA Card Number ______________________________ 

□ VISA Card Number 

o MasterCha rge Expi res _____________________________ 

Signature 

Programs for your A TAR"" 

Programs for your ATART 

Published By: 

The Code 

The Code 

Works 

Works'" 

Box 550 

Goleta. Goleta, CA 93017 

805-967-0905 -0905 

Dealer Inquiries Invited. .

MAY/JUNE, I JUNE. 1980. 198O. ISSUE 4. 4 COMPUTE. 103 1O3 

"ENTER" WITH ATARI 

"ENTER" WITH ATARI Len Lindsay 

The power to insert or append program segments is 

The power to insert or append program segments is 

built right into your ATARII computer, even though it 

is not mentioned in the ATARI documentation. 

Here is an example of how thiss capability can be 

utilized. Let's say you just finished ished writing in g a program 

called FASTTRAP. You have it saved either on tape 

ca lled FASTTRAP. You have it saved either on tape 

(CLOAD) or an di sk (SAVE" D:FASTTRAP"). 

(CLOAD) or an disk (SAVE"D:FASTTRAP"). 

Now you are developing g another program called 

NEWPROG. There are several routines in FAST- 

NEWPROG. There are several routines in FAST 

TRAP that you would like to include in NEWPROG. 

TRAP that you would like to include in NEWPROG. 

The hard way to do this, of CO course, UI'se, is to type [hcm them 

in again. The easy way is to entcr enter them from 

FASTTRAP, and here is how to do it. . 

Any program sections that you wish to merge into 

another program should be recorded on tape or disk 

another program should be recorded on tape or disk 

usi ng th e LI ST command. The format for tape is: 

using the LIST command. The format for tape is: 

LIST"C:",sssss,eeeee 

" ,sssss,ccccc 

The format forr disk is: 

LIST"D:FILENAME",sssss,eeeee 

The sssss should be replaced by the starting line 

The sssss should be replaced by the starting line 

number of the section, and the eeece eeeee should be re 

placed by the ending line number. If you wish all 

placed by the ending line number. If yo u wish all 

th e lines reco rded you may leave air th e lin e 

the lines recorded you may leave off the line 

numbers. 

There are two routines in FASTTRAP that you 

There are two routines in FASTTRAP that you 

would like to use in NEWPROG. Lines 2000 to 

20099 are a routine that allows the ATARI to 

determine which plug your joystick is attached ached to. 

With the program F ASTTRAP in memory save the 

With the program FASTTRAP in memory save the 

routine to tape like this: [his: 

LIST"C:",20000,20099 

or to diskd like this: 

LIST"D:IDENTIJST. LIST' ' IDENTIJST .SUB" SUB", ,20000,20099 

The other routine in F ASTTRAP you would like to 

The other routine in FASTTRAP you would like to 

reuse is one that allows the user to easily y choose 

what color his piece will be. It is in lines 20300 to 

what color his piece will be. It is in lines 20300 to 

20399. Save this s routine to tape like this: 

LIST"C:",20300,20399 

LIST' 'C:" or to disk like this: 

LIST"D:COLORSET. LlST" D .SUB" SUB", ,20300,20399 

You still have your program FASTTRAP saved on 

tape or disk. In addition you now have twO other 

tape or disk. In addition you now have two other 

tapes or two other disk files, as created above. . Now 

type NEW and enter your new program, NEWPROG, 

as usual. At any time during your programming ming you 

may Ill append the routines previously recorded. Here is 

how you would insert sen the routine to set the piece 

color from tape: 

color from tape: 

ENTER"C:" 

or from disk: 

ENTER"D:COLORSET.SUB" 

Now you might as well insert rt your ur other o routine like 

this (from tape): 

ENTER"C:" 

or from disk: 

ENTER' ENTER"D:IDENTJST.SUB" 

' After Alter yo you u have inserted these, do a LIST aand you 

will see that your program does indeed now include 

the two routines. Lines ENTERed in this manner wi will 

automatically y be placed in the appropriate section of 

the program (by line number). If an identical line 

number is already used in your program, it will be 

replaced by the one you a re ENTERing. You can 

replaced by the one you are ENTERing. You can 

insen insert or append program sections in any y order you 

wish. If you accumulate a library of subroutines 

wish. If you accumulate a library of subroutines 

in this manner, writing new ATARI programs will 

be easier, since some ooff the program is all rcady ready 

to go , ready to be ENTERed whenever you need it. © 

to go, ready to be ENTERed whenever you need it. ^ 

Atari Program 

Saving · Part II 

Atari Program 

Saving-Part II 

SAVE"D:FILENAME.EXT" 

LOAD"D:FILENAME.EXT" 

Len 

Lindsay 

Lindsay 

Last issue I listed some methods of SAVING a 

program to tape. Here are the updates for disk. sk. 

To save a program to disk in the normal way 

(tokenized form) enter this: 

SAVE" D:FILENAME.EXT" [RETURN] 

[RETURN] 

If you have more rc than oneo disk, you can save to disk 

sk 

number two by using g D2 in place of the D0 in all 

examples. 

A program saved in this normal manner ner can be 

loaded back by this command: 

LOAD" D:FILENAME.EXT" [RETURN] 

[RETURN] 

You also can save your program onto disk in its 

untokenized form like this: 

LIST"D:FILENAME.EXT" 

LIST"D:FILENAME_EXT" [RETURN] 

It then can be read back using this command: 

: 

ENTER"D:FILENAME.EXT" [RETURN] 

Using LIST, you can save the whole program (as 

above) or just a section of it. To save any section, seClIon, 

simply specify the starting and ending line numbers 

of that section like this: 

s: 

LIST"D:FILENAME.EXT", ,100-900 

[RETURN] 

This will save just lines 100 through 900. ©

MAY/JUNE. 1980. 1CW 104 COMPUTE. I 1960. ISSUE 4. 

Block Access Method 

Block Access Method 

Map for a Commodore 

2O4O 2040 Disk Drive 

Map for a 

San Jose, Calif. CommodoreanJOSe, f. 95136 

OVERVIEW 

OVERVIEW 

The Block Access Method (BAM) map program will 

allow you to see where your files arc are allocated. You 

can save and delete files and observe the allocation 

technique. 

DESCRIPTION 

The purpose of the BAM is to protect allocated 

files so they are not written over and therefore 

destroyed. The BAM map resides on the directory 

track 18. The BAM is in the first half of sector 0. O. 

The layout looks like this: 

BAM Dump 

TRACK 18 SECTO R 0 

TRACK 18 SECTOR 0 

Track 

a 

b 

NUMBER 

00 :/112011012 0011 00|l5FFFFlFl 

5 I FI 

08 : IS 15FFFF1F 

FF I F IS 15FFFF1F 

IF 

10: 15 15FFFF1F FFFF IF 15FFFF1F 

IF 

18: 15FFFFIFI5 15FFFF1F 15FFFF1F FFFFIF 

20: IS 15FFFF FF FF I IF F IS 15FFFF1F FF FF IF 

28 : IS 15FFFF1F FF FF I F IS 15FFFF1F FF FF IF 

30 : IS 15FFFF1F FF I F IS 15FFFF1F FF FF IF 

38 : IS 15FFFF1F FF FF I F IS 15FFFF1F 

IF 

40: 15 15FFFF1F FFFF IF IS 15FFFF1F 

IF 

48 : 12 FC FF OF 14 FF FF OF 

48 12FCFF0F 14FFFF0F 

50 : 14FFFFOF14FFFF0F 

58 : 14 14FFFF0F14FFFFOF 

60 

60 

: 14 FF FF OF ............. 

12 FF FF 03 

12FFFFO3 

68: 12 12FFFF03 FF03 12 12FFFF03 

FF03 

70 70: : 12 12FFFFO3 03 12 12FFFFO3 

03 

78 78: : 12 12FFFF03 FF FF03 ..........._— 

II FFFFOI 

2 3 

4 5 

6 7 

8 9 

10 II 

10 11 

12 13 

14155 

1617 

16 17 

18 19 

18 19 

2021 

21 

2223 

23 

24 

25 

26 27 

28 29 

30 

11FFFF01 31 

80: : II 11 FFFF01 OIII 11 FFFF01 OI 

3233 

33 

82 82: : I11I FFFF01 0 I II 11FFFF01 0 I 

3435 

35 

a •- Address of the next sector which is where the directory begins. 

b .- The start of the BAM map for trackk I. 1. 

24 

30 

25 

31 

Detail Explanation 

a b c d 

00: : 1201 1 01 0 1 00ll5|FF|FFllF| 

001151 FFI FFII FI 

a - Total free sectors for track 1. I. In this case it is hex 

15 or decimal 21. 2 Since track 1 has a maximum of 21 

sectors, track 1 is totally (Otall y empty. 

b - The bit configurations for sectors 0 thru Ihru 7. Bit on 

means empty sector scc lO r and bit off orf means allocated sector. 

hex FF = bits" "1111 III 1111" 

" 

I Oth Ath sector 

lth 1 sector 

2th sector 

r 

3th sector 

lOr 

4th sector 

5th sector 

6th sector 

7th sector 

hex FF = bits ""1111 1111" " 

Detail Explanation 

7th sector 

Therefore all sectors are empty. 

c - bit configurations for sectors 8 thru 15 

I ~th 

8th sector 

9th sector 

Oth sector 

11 llth 

sector 

12th sector 

13th sector 

4th sector 

15th sector 

d - bit configurations for sectors 16 thru 20. 

hex IF = bits ""0001 1)1" 

1111" 

16th sector 

7th sector 

18th sector 

19th sector 

20th sector 

71 6T?~aq~~aa~ 

secto r 

15th sector 

d - bit configurat ions for sectors 16 thru 20. 

16th sector 

20th sector 

In a ny empty disk, the ' d ' byte changes from 1 F, OF , 03, 01 

In any empty disk, the 'd' byte changes from IF, OF, 03, 01 

to compensate for varying number of sectors per track. 

track, 

hex 1 IFF is the pattern where there arc 211 sectors 

as in tracks 1 thru 17. . 

hex OF is the pattern where there are 20 sectors as 

in tracks 18 thru 24. 

hex I IFF is the pattern where there are arc 18 sectors as in 

tracks 25 thru 30. . 

hex 1 IFF is the pattern where there are 17 sectors as in 

tracks 3311 thru 35.

MAY/JUNE. I 1980. 198O ISSUE 4. COMPUTE. 105 1O5 

OBSERVATIONS USING THE BAM MAP 

PROGRAM 

The BAM turns ofT off the bits when it allocates a 

sector. The BAM Map Program looks at these bits 

and if the bit is on (meaning it is free and has not 

been allocated) it will print either a "~~ "&" : " or a white 

sqare. By looking at the map you can determine 

how full or empty the disk is. 

Varying numbers of sectors. 

The reason for the varying number of sectors per 

track is LO to pack more data on the disk. Using the 

worse case which is 17 sectors per track and propagate 

throughout the disk would decrease the number 

of sectors per track by 95 sectors or 24k. 

Sectors not contiguous 

The sectors are in 255 byte blocks. A program 

file, which is stored in 255 bytes, is not written 

on the disk contiguously but wrillen written approximately 

one-halftrack apart. . Using thee BAM program, m , you 

can see when youu save a program on a empty disk, 

that DOS will save the first 255 bytes on track 17 

secLOr sector 0, the second 255 bytes on sector 10, the 

third 255 bytes on sector 3, and so on. The purpose 

of these gaps is to speed up the processing by not 

S0 

El 

C2 

T3 

0 4 

R5 

6 

~ 

to 

II 

TRACKS TRftCKS 11111111112222222222333333 

1234567891312345678901234567891312345 

123456785012345678581234567B90I3345 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

IS 18 

19 

2Q 20 wsmmmmmmmmt—free blks= s?e 

CKS TRACI(S 111111111112222222222333333 

U11111112222222222333333 

12343678901234567890123456765012345 

12345678901234567890123456789012345 

se Sfi 

I 

El 

I 

C2 

II 

I 

T3 

04 

• I 

I 

R5 

6 

• I 

I 

7 

8 " 

I 

I 

9 

18 10 

I 

I 

11 II 

12 • 

I 

I 

13 

14 I " 

I 

I 

15 I 

It 16 I • I 

17 I 

18 I 

,-- 19 I • .-- 

I 

I I DR*=EMPTV 

OR*=EMPT'y' 

20 I 

l"FREE :REE BLKS= £lLKS= @ £I 

References: 

Parsons, s, James Jamcs C, C .. "Display y Track and d Sector", Scctor", Commodore 

Newsletter Ncwslclle!' Vol. 1I Number 8, January 1980. 

. 

Commodore Business ti ll Machines, Commodore CBM C Dual Floppy 

py 

Disk Model 2040 User U SCI' Manual, al , July J y 1979. 

waiting for a full rotation of the disk. If the pro 

waiting for a full rotation of the disk. If the pro 

gram was written contiguously after each write, , DOS 

would have to wait an entire rot rotation of the disk to 

write the next sequental sector. Thus, when one is 

looking g at the BAM Map, one will see where alternating 

sectors are allocated. 

ing sectors are allocated. 

Allocation of sectors 

DOS allocates disk space very efficiently. SecLOrs 

Sectors 

are allocated around the directory (track 18) . This 

are allocated around the directory (track 18). This 

reduces the read/write head movement because it reads 

the directory first, , then reads the fil file. By having the 

file e close to the directory, head movement is reduced. . 

Where sectors are allocated 

When you delete the first program on a full disk, 

the BAM Map will show free sectors near the directory. 

When you save a new program, it will start by 

allocating those free sectors nearest the directory and 

will start filling in where you deleted the old file. 

If thee new program is larger than the old program, 

it will tJ'>' try to (o allocate sectors further and further 

from thee directory. By using this allocation technique, 

the need for a disk compress is eliminated. 

PROGRAM EXPLANATION 

PROGRAM EXPLANATION 

100-170 Initialization 

180-190 Which drive? 

200-430 Prints s the BAM Map outline. . 

100 REM* REI·l* BLOCK ACCESS METHOD NETHOD DUMP * 

110 REM* WRITTEN BY TOM T011 CONRAD * 

120 REM* 

130 REM* RE~I* 

140 REM* INITIALIZATION 

I NITIAL IZATION * 

150 DIM A(4) 

160 NL$=CHR$(0) 

170 T=0: REM REI1 TOTAL FREE BLOCKS 

175 REM* REI1* WHICH DRIVE * 

180 PRINT"fiVHHDRIVE? "fifttWDRIVE?"" 

190 GET D$: IF D$="" GOTO 190 

195 REM* PRINTS THE BAM MAP ~lAP OUTLINE * 

200 PRINT"fi rTRACKSr LTRACKSf 111111111122222 

-.22222333333" 

, 210 PRINT" 123456789012345678901234567 

8 -.89012345" 

,89012345" 

220 PRINT"! PRINT"} $$$SS$$$SS$S$$$$SSSSSSSSSSS 

$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$ 

-,$$$$$$$S" 

,$$$$$$$$" 

230 PRINT"rSr0_L 

"LSf0.'. ' 

, 1" 

240 PRINT"xEfll 

".r.Efl.'. 

, 

-i 

1" 

250 PRINT"j:Cr21 

".r.Cf2.'. 

, 1 " 

260 PRINT"rTf31 

".r.TD.'. 

, 1" 

270 PRINT"iOr4J. 

"Lof4.'. , 

, 1 " 

280 PRINTnrRf51 

".r.Rf5.'. 

, 1 " 

290 PRINT" " 61 6.'. 

, 

-i ■1 " 

300 PRINT" 71 7.'. 

, 1"

1O6 106 COMPUTE. MAY/JUNE. I 1980. ISSUE 4. 4. 

440-460 Sets up SS with h 25 cursor downs. Sets up T$ TS with 40 

cursor rights. 

470 Initializes the requested drive ve & checks for r a disk error. 

. 

480 Allocates buffer 0 to channel 2 for biock block commands that 

at 

follow. 

ow. 

490 User command

Said the Toolkit to the Word 

Processor: "You're "YouVe in My Space!" 

Said the Word Processor to the 

l'oolkit: "Let's Share ... here's 

)Toolkit: "Let's Share...here's 

Socket 2 Me!,, 

Me!" 

From the original producer of peripherals exclusively for 

PET lovers everywhere ... the device that allows you to 

PET lovers everywhere . . . the device that allows you to 

select between the BASIC Programmer's Toolkit and the 

Commodore Word Processor II while they occupy the same 

address space. 

Complete with the first-rate installation and operating instructions 

you've come to expect from all Skyles documentation. 

YOU HAVE AN ORIGINAL 2001-8 PET? 

YOU HAVE AN ORIGINAL 2001-8 PET? 

No problem. The Socket 2 ME interfaces with the BASIC 

No problem. The Socket 2 ME interfaces with the BASIC 

Programmer's Toolkit model TK 160E or TK 160S can· con 

nector board, the Word Processor II interfaces with the 

Socket 2 ME, the slide switch is placed on the PET base. 

Then, as long as the PET 2001·S -8 has at least SK 8K of memo 

Dry ory expansion, the system is up and running. 

MHiJ 

---- 

The Socket 2 ME .... . . doubles your memory expansion in 

a single socket. It's a 2.5" x 2.75" board that fits neatly 

into the ToolkitlWord Toolkit/Word Processor socket on the main logic 

board of all new PETs. Then both the Word Processor and 

the Toolkit plug into the Socket 2 ME. 

A miniature slide switch -— part of the kit -— mounts with 

double·stick double-stick tape (supplied) to the front part of the right 

side of the PET base, almost hidden by the overhang of 

the top of the PET cabinet. The slide switch is connected 

to the Socket 2 ME by a special cable (also supplied) .... . . 

and you're up and running. 

Up and running; installation took only a minute or so. Flip 

the switch from Toolkit to Word Processor. And back. No 

need to open the PET. 

ORDER NOW - with Skyles' 10-day money-back guarantee: 

YOU HAVE A COMPUTHINK DISK AND YOU 

WANT A BASIC PROGRAMMER'STOOLKIT? 

How w would you like to switch between the Computhink 

and the Toolkit with a single SYS command? 

and the Toolkit with a single SYS command? 

Just add two small jumpers to the Computhink system and 

a short program to the DOS diskette. Plug in the BASIC 

Toolkit TK 80E, enter the SYS command and your system 

is up and running. 

NO ROOM ON THE PET 2 

COMPUTHINK DISK BOARD? 

COMPUTHINK DISK BOARD? 

All your sockets are booked? Fret not; Skyles comes to the 

rescue. Skyles Electric Works now has a modified EPROM 

board available with sockets for the Toolkit and Computhink 

ROM chips. Plug in the ROMs, add a jumper (sup· {sup 

plied) to the PET 2 Computhink disk board, plug the new 

EPROM board into the Computhink disk board. Power up 

and enter a short switching program into the DOS diskette. 

Switch between the Computhink disk and the Toolkit·witkit-with 

a single SYS command. 

Tool- 

Socket 2 ME: : $$22.50' 

$$22.50* 

BASIC Programmer's Toolkit 

Commodore Word Processor II: $100.00' 

$100.00* 

Model TK80ED SOED $S5.00· 

$85.00* 

Commodore Word Processor III: : $200.00' 

$200.00* 

Model TK 160ED 

$95.00't 

$95.00"t 

•'Add $2.50 to each for shipping and handling. 

tNote: If Computhink EPROM board is returned, after purchase of TK 160EO, 160ED, Skyles will refund $20.00. 

"Socket 2 ME" is the trademark of Skyles Electric Works. 

California residents: please add 6% or 6.5% sales tax as reQuired 

reauired 

:& 

VISA, MASTERCHARGE ORDERS CALL (800) 538·3083 538-3083 (except California residents) reSidents) 

CALIFORNIA ORDERS PLEASE CALL (408) 257-9140 



Mountain View, CA 94041 

1 

(415) 965-1735 

Skyles Electric Works Mountain View, CA 94041 

(415) 965-1735

108 

1O9 

COMPUTE. COMPUTI. MAY/JUNE. I 198O. 1960. ISSUE 4. 

PEr 

PET 

SOFTWARE 

COFTWAHE 

LAS VEGAS CASINO SERIES: 

: 

These four lour programs were developed Doih both as a tutorial lor those Ihose planning to 10 visit 

a Casino and wanting to lean learn to play correctly, correctly. and as a means for lor the Ihe serious 

gambler to develop and thoroughly tes! test a gambling 'system1 ' under actual Casino 

conditions. All betting belling odds and options available in the Ihe Casino ot of the MGM Grand 

Hotel in Las Vegas have been incorporated into inlo these Ihese programs. Full screen 

graphics have been used to show trie the cards being dealt, the Roulette Wheel 

spinning, , and the Dice being thrown in order to increase realism and heighten 

enjoyment. entoyment. 

1. CASINO BLACKJACK: 

For 1 to 10 5 players plus the lhe dealer. Keeps track ol 01 winnings or losses for lor each 

player plus number ot 01 hands won. won, lost, 10sl, and tied lied and the Ihe number of times limes 

the Ihe dealer and each player has busted. . Play with 1,2, t.2. or 4 decks. Change 

decks or reshuffle at any time. . Split Splil pairs, Double Down, or place an 

Insurance bet. Full Casino rules and many other olher options. ............. $ S 7.95 

2. CASINO ROULETTE: 

Bet on one number, two numbers, , odd, odd. even, black, , etc. . Watch the numbers 

come up as the wheel spins SpinS , ...... . . S$ 7.95 

3. CASINO BACCARAT: 

James Bond's favorite game. Two games in one. . Casino style slyle and Blackjack 

style. includes Includes special features to help in developing de'/eloping a winning 'system' system1 . 

..... .. S5 7.95 

4. CASINO CRAPS: 

Bel the Dice to Pass or Fall Otf. Off. Bet the Hardway or Press with Double Odds. 

Ten ways to bet . . .............. S5 7.95 7,95 

5. CASINO PACKAGE: 

All four tour Casino Programs above . ... ....... S24.95 

STRATEGIC GAMES: 

: 

6. BACKGAMMON: : 

Play Backgammon against your PEl PET. . Excellent graphics and aoubling doubling option 

make for a fast last and exciting game . .5 S 9.95 

7. SPACE INVADERS: INVAOERS: (with sound) 

Wrinen Written by COMMODORE·JAPAN. COMMODORE-JAPAN. Performs exactly like the popular video 

arcade version being played all over Ihe the country. . Machine language 

graphics and sound provide hours 01 of entertainment ... .......... . .. $ S 9.95 

B. 8. CHECKERS: 

Play against the PET. PET plays a good. good, fast game according 10 to Inlernational 

International 

Checker Rules. . Excellent graphics show the board and all checkCls. checkers. Watch 

your PET move his man around the board. . Clock shows elapsed time 

foreachmove . .. ......... $ 7,95 7-95 

9. aUBIC-4: 

QU8IC-4: 

This is three dimensional Tic·Tac·Toe Tic-Tac-Toe played on four, tour. 44x4 x 4 boards. 

PET plays a fast exciting game choosing one of three strategies for each 

game .. .. .. S $ 7.95 7-95 

10. . GO MOKU MOKII: : 

Ancient Chinese board game playea played on a 9 x 9 board. . Get 5 men in a row 

before betore your PET. . A dilierent different strategy for each eaci game .. .............. S $ 7,95 7.95 

11. . OTHELLO: 

English game known as Revers!. Reversi. Try to capture the PET's men before he 

captures yours. Play against the PET or against your friends. Fast and 

fun tun , ..... S $ 7.95 

12. CRIBBAGE: 

An Excenent Excellent version of this favorite tavonte card game. All cards are shown using 

PET's excellent graphics. . The PET plays a cool logical game dillicult difficult to 

beat even lor for the best players ...... . ... 5 % 7.95 

13. GAME PACKAGE: 

Any six of the above programs . . .. ..... $34 S34.95 

GUARANTEE: All programs are guaranteed to be free tree from Irom errors and to load on any 

PET. . Any defective detective fapes tapes will be replaced tree free of ot charge. 

Order From: eM CMSS SOFTWARE, SOFTWARE. 51 511515 Menefee Drive, Oallas, Dallas, TX 75277 

'" BUSINESS -ii '" EXPERIMENTAL H'" EDUCATIONAL 

'" TELECOMPUTING *'" PERSONAL ft '" RENTALS 

Biicro ~icro systems s~st~ms by b~ 

FÊTTETIDi PE"ED 

hardware mith a soit touchf 

hardware with a soft touch 

SPECIALIZING IN 

Commodore Business Machines 

PRODUCTS PROOUCTS BY 

CmC. CmC, NOVATION, TNW CORP., BIZCOMP, MICRO, CENTURY 

RESEARCH, TAB, POWR PROTECTR, systems, BASE 2, 

OSBORN, Eaton, SOURCE, MACTRONICS, MicroNet, Skyles, 

KILOBAUD, Dr. Or. DALEVS, OALEYS, INSTANT SOFTWARE, ASCRO. ASCRO, MICRO 

SOFTWARE SYSTEMS, COMPUTER FORUM. FORUM, COMPETITIVE 

COMPETITATIVE 

SOFTWARE. SOFTWARE, HAYDEN, ATARI, NEECO, COMPUTE* COMPUTE!. COMPUTE II, 

DYSAN, OYSAN, CREATIVE COMPUTING, LIVERMORE RESEARCH, 

, 

ROBOTICS AGE, SYBEX, KNIGHT ENTERPRISES. 

Another Last Minute Minure News Note: Commodore has announced that 

Ihe the three for two rwo educational offer oHer is on again. 

Send For Our Free Catalog 

Mail Orders To: 

PETTED 

PETTED 

P. O. BOX 21851 

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53221 

PETTED micro systems 

is located across from the SURFIN' TURF skate board park. 

Highway 1-894 /·894 & Hwy 36 

4265 W. Loomis Rd. 

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 

VOICE 'JOICE (414) 282-4181 *'t! PBBS (414) 282-81188 

VISA' 

TCB687 

masiei charge 

10041,101 

IN Michigan Dial PBBS#1 (313) f313) 484-0732 

-/;■ -:r Vendors Display Your Products With Us. -tr 

I ITS I COVERS ._ __ 

A BEAUTIFUL 

COMPLEMENT 

TO ANY DECOR! 

• Attractive. Attractive, Durable, , leather-Grained Leather-Grained Vinyl 

• Double Stitching lor for htra Extra Strength 

• Corded Selms Seams Assure Perfectt Fit 

• Colors - Gold. Gold, Chestnut Brown, Olivee Green 

or Black 

PET/CBM - 518.95 

S18.95 

Apple II - 512.95 

S12.95 

Apple Disk - 58.95 $8.95 

OTHER COMPUTER 

COVERS AVAILABLE. 

VAILABLE, 

WRITE FOR DETAILS 

NEW-CURSOR FOR for PET pet 1001 2001 OLO old ROM rom 

INSTANT PUSHBUTTON CURSOR RETRIEVAL 

• Reviewed in Issue ~ » I 1 of COMPUTE 

• RUlIt1 Restart without touchillg touching power 

• Machilll Machine 1'lIgUlgl language programs in second CISsell, cassette bulle, buKei not 10s1. lost. 

• Simple, illustratld illustrated illstructions 

instructions 

• IlIstlll.d Installed ill in minutes - 110 no ssoldering 

• Improved moullting mounting -— no sticky tapt tape 

LJNCRASHER for PET/CBM 2001 - New ROM — $14.95 

VISA' 

INTERNATIONAL TECHNICAL SYSTEMS, MS. INC. . 

BOll Box 264 Woodbridge, Woodbridge. Virginia 22194 

Phone Orders (804) {804) 262·9709 

262-9709 

SHIPPING AND HANDLING ADD S1 SI 00

MAY/JUNE. I 1980. 198O. ISSUE 4, 4. COMPUTE. 

1O9 

r;)~. nm{) 

~ 

nGARO LjuARD @OPY '" U)ITHour ITliOUT II A PRINTER ... 

EVfN Evfm IF YOU'RIO: 

You're AX>T wot A a PIIO'T"OGoRAPHY 

photography 

BUFF, Buff, YoU you Ulr-l T. FIRST , h Jt COSTS COST5 

ASOUT ABOUT A euc,," BUCK 'fI' TO CoEr GET II A 2+ 24- cit oR :U-E)tPoSIJRE 3£-E*PoSURE RoL.L. Roll 

OF NEGATIV~ NEGATIVE* OEVELOptP, DEVGLOPEP, (lOOK. (LOoK Folt FOR Po A PLACE ),JITH U)1TH 

NEICf-I)AY W6W-DAY SEeVIC[), SCRVtCt), AIIlD flroD 'fOLl YOU CA~ CAO RfAl) READ 'EM f6M VIA ViA A 

SLIDE PIlOJECTOIl(IF PROJECTORfiFYoO 'foil HAvE HAVE OOlE) OM£},OR lOR A /tANO HAwj> 

"'IEwE~ VIEWER (A~ER ÂOoTHER BUCJC.). 3UCk). Irs It's Ci>NIIENIENT'IlI CONVENIENT 1b /1011111" 

rtOOMT 

'OlE THE IIlftoI'TIVE!> WEftATIVES 11'1 IfJ loZ. 2»2. SLIDE SUDE MO\.lt-n'S MOUWTS (AVAILII8LE (AVAILH8LE AT ~y A«Y 

f't\OTO photo $T'ORE). store^. WHIIT What YOU you SEES sees IS is IoIHIIT' what "/'0\.1 You G£TSj aers-, II a 

GREAT SREAT AOIIA~AISE ADVANTAGE O'IfR. OVER Mosr MOST Pltlfl1f'EltS, PRINTERS, WHICH DON'T 

HAIolOlE HAf)OL€ 'OlE THE GoItAPI·IIC:S 

GRAPHICS i $ CUIl501l CURSOR ~LS coUTROLS hlELL· WELL- 

. Clr AT Al.L!). 

' SET THE SCREEM BKlfiHTAJCSS COWTROC AS DI/\ AS 

POSSI81~(foR MAi(I_ AXI*OW SHftWrtESS), SIIAItPIIlE$S), flwD AI)O USE uSE A SLOvJ SUlIJ SMUTTffc SI!U1T"fR 

SPEED Sl'EED ro 1"0 AVOID AvoIO RASTER RAS1'ER SY«CH S",,,CH PftoBUMS. P!ZoSLEMS. If YOUR CftnEW* e"",eltA 

HAS AM AIIl INTtRMAL I~RNAl UCHT L\C;HT METER, , IT vJlLL ~IlL OVCREXPoSE, OV(eJ;XPoSE. Si»C£ SINCE 

THE METER ME'T'ER TRIES f"RIES FbR foR AM AN flvERA&E AVHA'E DC^Sm, O£~m, oRSoi,/!^ 

Olt SO"', A/IlD 

HOST SCREEN I/HAGES flRE 95+i BLAcK. Usi^ PuOS"X 

1'1OST SCltEEIll IAA'fS ARE '1~~ BLAcK. USING. Pws-)\ 

F1L* FILM (A.S.A. |25), 125), TRY 'T'R'f OME ONE SECOND ftT AT f/,,; || ; USE A 

CABLE RELEASE. RELE~. If IF' THE CHARACTERS CIIARACTUS TUftO ~ OUT OVl" DENSE DENse ^~ 

POZZY, FUZZY, THEY'RE THEy'RE CVERE^PoSEP; Oo'ERf)llIllOlY.1O 1o USE lISE 

flW AN If^TERNAL INTERNAL METER, MUER, RUN THIS PRO&RAn(*V PROCOItM(/1'1 FAVORITE F'I\'/ORITt Of OtJE'~lflE~) ; 

II POKE PoKE 3Z7feS-HOOo#RND(|}(2S4*RKM»(l):6oT& 

3t768.IOOO"'R~D(I), t5'4' RO-» (I) , Go 11> I 

1"IIE SCRgEfO SCREEN u»LL wiLL FILL fl II To 'It> 5D%BRI4KTMESS;-ffiKE SOr. 6RIQrnoJESS; 11\1(£ YOUR REAOIWS, ItEADIIIlG., 

1\1011> USt THIS '0115 EXPOSURE E}lf'OSORE foR fOR ALL FUTURE FIiTlJ RE SHOTS- SI\OTS. 

SC.~E.E" 

M£T~L rum: 

~ 11M T1lI (to .. 

SCUw tutU: 

[;lIPOSIlRf- SET "fHE SCII.£~Ol BRICHTAI(SS COOITIIOl AS 011'\ AS 

~MOSI All'( (AHEM. (At.! BE MADE TO 

.MOST AUY CAMERA CAW SE MADE TO 

\.lORI(, WORK, IWT &LTT A 35«n ...", 

5INCOLE· 5|N(5LE - L£NS LEWS- 

I{E Re FLE,c flex (SI.1l.) (slr) MAM.ES makes T1HN~ 

thin&s VASTLY 

vastly 

EASIER. A~ Q too. . 2. CLoseUp CloSEuP l.ENS LENS WILL 

GET SET YOU YoU CLoSE CLOSE (f')oUGI4 ENOUGH 'It> TO FILL ~E THE 

FILM AREA ARfA WITII UtTH 'f'IoIE THE $CRUll SCREEU II'IA'-E. 

Folt FoR. SIMP~E simple CA cameras MUllS ^~ PoLAItoI D, 

EICPEItIM(NT EXPERmEJOT WITH II A PIECE of Of 'TAACING 

PAP£R PAPER TAPEP 'Tb "R) THE 

OPEN CAMEItA 

CAMERA 

8AC< I5ACJ(. 'Tt> TO IOEf" fitTTHETHE RIGHT "liT DlSTftjoCE DISTlINCE ^~ 

FOCUS. 

®WCE @IIlCE YoyVE YoUV£ GoT OoT you* '(O~ 

WORKED wot.I(ED OUT, OVT, MAKE A fKAMt ~AHE flj" (~.. pLY- PLY- 

WOOO 101000 IS F/WE), I=INE), WHICH IoIIiICH SltPS SLIPS ON $ t 

OfF oFF EASILY. EASIL'i'. If IF %" ~f IS fbo 0(00 SLOPPY, SLOPP'(, 

GLUE CAROSOARP CARDBoARD i/oR YOf/. FELT ~LT 3HIHS 3HIMS 

TO .,.0 THE ilIE ftRMS ARr'IS WH\Crt 1oI1\\C1\

FLOPPV DISK FOR PET. K IM.SVM. AIM 

- S100 EXPANSION .. , _\~ 

~ 

tm Tho PE*DISK P E 'CIBK SYSTEM Iron hom cgrs CGRS Mi«*i M.ero,"" p.a*i 1>''''' ...... twin oo,n ,~"'" ipicd 'flOOd floppy f~oPP V disk DISK jna _ »r. on sioa 5100 

EXPANSION dm(l 0 PEi PET Tlit Tho tiiTenn** • • !On" .. ind """ drve-w d ...... Dto-JucT "'''"'''c, ollfngi Oltll""l' ot 0" the ' ht STOO 5100 boi 1>.1, include Inc' " 110 "" """Y. 110. To"~ I ~ I .. I_ c:..d\ 18 .... 

SflfCliic Soloc"", Inuha, In, •.t""". Arnica """'" I/O, 1/0. Voice Yoo« Gfntmori c;.,,..'.,on."" inu e>en ..... Voice ........ Input , Cudi C ..." 

«ADD - AOO I/O,VOICE, 1/0, MEMORY 

■-LOAO,SAVE LOAD, INSTANTLY 

"PLUG-IN -PLUG-IN HOOK UP 

-UP TO FOUR O ISK ORIVES 

UP TO FOUR OISK ORIVES 

rx- Tho PET3ISK P E 'CIBK SYSTEM Dlfntn olt .... ..... ~ 'oM_ l o \t>opo_o t .A _"'II''''''( l I' olt." ............ 

e«pinnon • • _ C4[i*tiilny .._ ,,,. m... j. vinqlc ""'fJo~. pick*o; The n .. FLOPPY f lOPPY 0 151( v .., _ 18M 3HO '......'.0 ..._ ,. ......""',1>0/.,. ..,Ih .,_ '........ 

IRjd.o Shjtkl Tht SlOO EXPANSIOM u«s The most idely supported I CII"" ... Sh"" ~ I . ,'" SHlO EXPANSION " ... ".. ...,.. " "'" ~_" ... ""..-""om""',, 

computer bui 

bU. 

in 

In 

Ihr 

"" 

rnduilry 

"""'''fV 

Sl.mdird 51~d, Ec [ ......... 1

MAY/JUNE. I 1980. ISSUE 4. COMPUTE. 111 Ill 

CHEEP PRINT Hard Copy For Soft 

CHEEP PRINT SOFTWARE 

Cheep Print for PET is written mostly in 

BASIC; a little bit of machine code is used to 

BASIC; a little bit of machine code is used to 

insure accuracy in timing the output signals. I have 

chosen to put the machine code in the second cassette 

buffer, but the code is completely relocatable and may, 

for instance, be placed in high memory if you change 

the top-of-memory pointer and command CLR before 

trying to run the program (neglecting CLR causes 

trying to run the program (neglecting CLR causes 

strings to overwrite the machine code; you can guess 

how I found thiss out.) 

The BASIC part of Cheep Print is designed to 

live at the beginning of some other program, which 

I[ will refer to as the host program, and serves both 

to list the host program while it is under development 

and as data output software after the program has been 

completed. The host program is assumed to have 

line numbers of 100 and up. I have tried to structure 

Cheep Print so that it contains subroutines that can be 

called by the host program. . If you look over the 

listing of Cheep Print, which was produced by Cheep 

Print itself-- the comments were added afterwards 

for documentation -- you will see that most of the 

program is taken up with formatting the output for 

the printer, and with the details of listing a program. 

To use Cheep Print, start by making a master 

copy of the program that contains all the options that 

you might ever need; this copy should be saved for 

future use. Then make a sub-master that has the 

various parameters and options for the printer that 

you will be using most. You can simply load the 

master and delete those options that aren't needed, 

incidentally gaining more space for the host program. 

You will probably want to use Cheep Print to list 

itself a few times, just to make sure that the formatting 

is satisfactory, and to gain familiarity with 

the sequence of operations required. When you are 

about to start developing a new program, enter the 

sub-master copy of Cheep Print and then key in the 

host program. As you save your host program, 

Cheep Print will come along with it. Line 1 of 

Cheep print is a GOTO to the entry point of your 

host program, so that a simple RUN command will 

execute the host program. If you want a listing of 

any part of the program, m , simply command RUN 10; 

you will be prompted to check that your cassette 

recorder is properly set up -- — cables connected and 

running in record mode -- ~ and then you will be 

asked which lines you want listed. The options are 

the same as for the screen listing on PET: hit 

RETURNRN only, and gett everything; enter A-B B (a 

hyphen must be used as a separator here) and you get 

lines A through B inclusive; A- gives everything from 

Cost Cos! 

C A McCorlhy 

McCarthy 

1359 W Idaho Ave 

SI St Poul. Paul. MN 55108 

A onwards, B- gives everything up through B; and A 

alone, with no hyphen, lists the single line A. As the 

program listing proceeds, the line that is currently 

being processed for the Cheep Print output is listed 

at the top of the screen. When the message "BREAK 

IN 80" appears, the listing is done and you can turn 

off the recorder. 

One of the Cheep Print listing options is to put 

One of the Cheep Print listing options is to put 

each statement on its own private print line, thus 

leaving much welcome space for comments. I have 

used this style for the listing of Cheep Print; I hope 

that the comments on this listing suffice to explain 

what is going on, , and how to structure the various 

options for your specific needs. There is, however, 

one point that must be emphasized. The LIST instruction 

of line 2 needs to have precisely five characters as 

argument. The first time that you enter Cheep Print 

from the keyboard, key in something like 2 LIST 

LIST- 

LINES or 2 LIST12345. This is important because 

eventually line numbers are going to be POKED here 

by the commands of line 19; we need to leave 

enough room for the longest possible line numbers of 

five digits. 

The other principal subroutines of Cheep Print, 

which the host program may find useful, are: 

which the host program may find useful, are: 

3-4 contains identification information such as the 

name of the program, date, revision, etc.; I have 

found this useful also when SAVEing or VERIFYing 

a program with PET's internal cassette recorder. The 

command LIST 3 puts this data on the screen, then 

I type the word ""SAVE" and two spaces over the line 

number and S$-; hit RETURN, and the program gets 

saved with a title, without the fuss of entering 

the title by hand. 

7 outputs the string PS, P$, and 8 outputs the single 

character which has ASCII code P. 

39 effects a carriage return and linefeed, and 

updates the variables PX and PY which give the 

current print position at the printer. 

40-41 checks whether it's time for the printer to 

go to the next page, and if so, it executes 42-44. 

42 linefeeds to the end of the current page, 

43 is an option, useful for continuous roll paper; 

if the initial "RETURN" is deleted, a line of hyphens 

if the initial "RETURN" is deleted, a line of hyphens 

is printed at regular intervals, so your paper can be 

cut neatly into single sheets of uniform size. With 

fan-fold paper, line 43 may be ignored. 

44 linefeeds to the top margin of where you 

want to start printing on the paper. 

45-49 format the string S$ for output: space from 

the left edge of the paper to the left margin, print SS S$ 

if it fits on the current line; if it doesn't fit, output as 

much as does fit, , aand then repeat the process with 

the portion of SS S$ that's left over. 

70 is a general purpose start-up routine. It calls 

70 is a general purpose start-up routine. It calls

112 COMPUU. MAVIJUNE . 1980. ISSUE 4. 

112 COMPUTE. MAY/JUNE. 198O ISSUE &. 

50 to start outputting MARKS, pokes the lower case 

mode for PET screen output, and then calls 52 

50 to start outputting MARKS, pokes the lower case 

mode for PET screen output, and then calls 52 

for the prompt to to check that your cassette is is running 

and 54 to initialize variables and the details of 

and 54 to initialize variables and the details of 

paper size and format that you wish to to use. 

71 simply outputs the current S$, then carriage 

returns and, if if required, linefeeds to the next page. 

80 cleans up: linefeed to to a blank page so that 

garbage created by turning off the audio doesn't 

spoil the beautiful page that Cheep Print has just 

produced, then ding the bell on the printer to announce 

that it's done, followed ed by a wait loop for a little 

trailer on the tape. Then the shift register at 59467 

is reset so that the PET tape read and write will 

operate properly and the graphics mode for screen 

operate properly and the graphics mode for screen 

output is is restored. 

98 converts the hex string Q(uery)$ into the 

equivalent number A(nswcr). A(nswer). 

99 loads (hex machine) C(ode)$ into memory 

locations beginning at MA. 

Lines 5 and 6 serve only as an index to the 

program lines that structure Cheep Print for the 

printer you use. I have included the most common 

options in the listing. 

Line 23: : with the REM, we list the program 

with extra space for comments. Delete the REM, and 

the program is listed single spaced, with the print 

output strung across the whole page. This is useful 

during development; not only does it execute more 

quickly, but it is an advantage to have as much as 

possible of the program in view at once, provided 

that the details of what is supposed to happen are 

fresh in your mind. 

Lines 50 and 63-66 are involved in setting the 

baud rate and whether originate or answer mode. In 

line 50, only the mode needs to be determined, and the 

two possible choices are snuck in following the REM. 

Lines 63-66 contain that portion of the machine code 

which depends upon the baud rate and the mode. 

The four options given are receive and originate 

mode at 110 and 300 baud (10 and 30 characters 

per second), and which one you use is determined 

by which of the initial REM's isn't there. Table 2 

gives the details of getting output at different 

frequencies and baud rates. The timing parameters 

MF and SF determine the mark frequency and the 

space frequency appropriately for you to be in 

originate or answer mode; the decimal equivalent of 

MF also needs to be reflected in the initialization at 

line 50. Usually you will want to be in answer 

mode when talking to a terminal and in originate 

mode when talking to a mainframe. The baud rate is 

determined by the timing loop parameters XR and 

YR, and the duration of the stop bits by SB. I did 

some experimenting with these parameters and found 

that the baud rate could be off by 7 or 8 percent 

and the mark and space frequencies off by 4 percent 

and still get solid copy; SB only needs to to be 

sufficiently long. The output can be structured in in 

any way you wish, of course; for instance, you 

could generate tapes to Kansas City standards if if you 

wish. The most important thing is is that your cassette 

recorder should run at the same speed at home as 

it it does at your printer, but it it doesn't matter what 

the speed is. If you are forced to use battery 

operation at your printer, then you should use 

battery operation at home or else experiment with 

the timing parameters to compensate for the speed 

difference that many recorders exhibit between battery 

and a nd AC line operation. 

. 

Lines 85-86 contain the formatting data for the 

two styles of listing, and lines 87-88 contain two 

types of carriage return- line feed sequences. These 

are implemented by LISTing 85-88 on the screen, 

deleting the line number and REM from the data 

you wish to use, usc, and then hitting RETURN; 

the PET screen editor picks up the line number 

55 or 56 that remains and inserts these statements 

into the program. Lines 85-88 remain unchanged for 

future use. The carriage return-line feed sequence 

that you need will depend on the printer you use. I've 

used a DECwriter and a thermal printer in which 

carriage return (Control-M) does not also give a 

line feed (Control-J), and a Selectric which includes 

the line feed with the carriage return whether you 

like it or not. Further, the DECwriter requires no 

nulls to waste time while the print head returns to 

the left side of the paper, the thermal printer sometimes 

requires as many as four nulls, and the Selectric 

wants a goodly number of nulls. The Anderson 

Anderson- 

Jackson Selectric has an 800 character buffer to 

deal with transmission faster than the print mechanism 

can keep up with, and the nulls plus the program 

execution time seem to be enough to keep the buffer 

from overflowing. If you have a Selectric, one solution 

is to make every other character a null, , which is 

included in the REM of line 8; if you use these 

nulls, declarations of P will have to go inside the 

FOR-NEXT loops of lines 44, 47, 53, , 22, and 17. . I 

doubt that the line 8 nulls are a good solution for 

a Selectric, because there is a mechanical clutch 

that continually engages and disengages, and probably 

wears more than it needs to. . This clutch is also the 

reason that the listing output is generated line by 

line, rather than simply printing individual characters 

when ready; ; 

As an example of using Cheep Print to serve a 

host program, I wrote a quick 6502 disassembler in 

Basic so that Cheep Print could list its own machine 

code for commenting. The disassembler isn't included 

here because there's nothing particularly exciting or 

instructive about it. The disassembly shows that the 

machine code is only a simple software timing loop, 

performed with interrupts inhibited (this is important!) 

so that the timing doesn't get messed up. The 

machine code outputs the start bit, and then the 

contents of memory location 1023/03FF low order bit 

first. All the printers I know ignore the highest

MAY/JUNE. MAY/JUNE, 1980. ISSUE 4. 

COMPUTE. 

113 

order data bit, so I let programming convenience 

override generality, and output the highest order 

bit always as a mark, followed by sufficient marks to 

act as stop bits and marks until the next data come 

along. 

along. 

Table 2 Output parameters 

A. The frequency output by the 6522 shin shift register is given 

by the formula 

Frequency = System clock frequency, 

4 •* (contents ts of T2 low + 2) 

assuming that the shift register contains 01010101 or 10101010. 10. 

The PET sys tem clock appears to be spot on 1 MHz, 

The PET system clock appears to be spot on 1 MHz, 

and we calculate 

use T2 low 

For frequency 

use T2 low 

2225 Hz 

6E hex -= 110 decimal answer mark 

2025 Hz 

79 hex -= 121 decimal answer space 

t270 1270 Hz 

C3 hex R = 195 decimal originate mark 

1070 Hz 

E8 hex '"" = 232 decimal originate space 

If desired, frequencies may be halved by usingg 00110011 

in the shift register, and divided by four by using 00001111. 

Depending on the equipment used, , a certain amount of 

inaccuracy can be tolerated. I found no equipment that 

would give errors in the following ranges: 

69 to 71 instead of 6E 8B55 to D3 instead of C3 

76 to 80 instead of 79 DA to 10 F8 instead of E8 

B. The timing loop as given by the present machine e code yields yictds 

Bit time = 1284 XR + YR - 1257 

clock cycles between successive loads of 6522 T22 low, 

give or take one cycle due to the difference in execution 

times between n mark and space caused by the branch at 0347. 

With the e PET's one microsecond dock clock period, period. we have 

XR = - INT( Bit time + 1257 ) , 

1284 

1284 

YR = _ Bit time + 1257 - 1284 XR 

XR 

For baud rate 

one data bit time XR YR SB S8 

110 0 

9091 1 us. 

08 

OF( ( = - 15) 

16 (=22)( - 300 

3333 us. 

03 

93( ( = . 147) 

07 

4% error seems to be tolerable. For for 110 I ill baud, we can 

range from XR.YR XR, =07,CO= to 08,60; for 300 baud we can 

range from 03,70 to 10 03,B8. 

1 GOTO 1000 Bl00 

2 LIST 99 

3 SS="8.03 S$; S14: 11 4: CHEEP PRINT MASTER WITH -. ~ 

YR 

-.DISASSEMBLER" 

~DISASSEMBLER~ 

4 RETURN 

5 LINE FUNCTION: 23 LIST STYLE: : 43 BOLL ROLL -. ~ 

-nPAPER:50, ~PAPER:50,63 63-66 - 66 

BAUD RATE 

6 LINE FUNCTION: 55 PAGE FORMAT FORHAT FROM -. ~ 

i85-86: ~8S - 86 : 56 CRLF FROM 87-88 

7 P=LEN(PS):IF P:LEN(P$) : P THEN FOR P0=1 PO:1 TO P: 

-.P=ASC(MID$(PS,P0,l) ~P:ASC (MID$(P$ , PO,l)) ) ;GOSUB8: :GOSUB8 : 

-.NEXT ~NEXT P0: : RETURN 

8 POKE 10 IB23,P: 23,P:EYS(M0) SYS(M0) :RETURN:REM : RE~! POKE -> ., 

-dB23,0:SYS{M0) :RETURN:REM FILL -. 

.,1023 , O: SYS(MO):RETURN : REM FILL ~ 

.,NUL LS 

-.NULLS 

10 GOSUB 70:GOSUB : 3:PRINT 3 : SS:INPUT S$:INPUT -. ~ 

-."LIST .,"LIST_~~~- «F=(F+(Q=3 4} ) AND1:C=C-(F*Q=5 8) : NEXT 

25 IF PY+OPV-PB PY+C>PV-PB THEN TI.IEN GOSUB 41 

26 F=1:FOR F:1:FOR J=Y TO Z:Q=PEEK(J):F=(F+(Q=34 

Z:O=PEEK(J) :F:(F+(O;J4 

i) .,)IAN01 

)AND1 

27 IF Q*F=58 O·F=58 THEN GOSUB GaSUS 45:GOSUB :GOSUS 46: 

: 

-.GOSUB -.cOSUB 39:SS=" 39:S$. " :":GOTO 30 

28 GOSUB GaSUB 32:IF PL+LEN(S$)+LEN(A$) (£5) (AS) >= >:., -i 

.,PH-PR THEN GOSUB 45 : GOSUB 46: 

-.PH-PR THEN GOSUB 45:GOSUB 46: 

-.GOSUB ,casus 39:S$=" 39 : S$=" 

29 SS=SS+A$ S$=S$+AS 

30 NEXT J:GOSUB J : 45:GOSUB 45:GOSUS 46:GOSUB 46 39: 

-.GOSUB -.cOS US 39:GOSUB 40:GOTO 16 

32 AS="":IF A$="":IF Q>127 0 >127 THEN AS=CHRS(114}: 

A$=CIIR$(114): 

-.Q=Q-128 "0"'0-128 

33 IF Q>63 0 >63 THEN A$=A$+CHR$(115):Q=Q-64 

A$. A$+CHR$(l 1S ) :0=0-64 

3344 AS=AS+CHRS(Q-64*(Q

114 

114 

COMPUTE. MAY/JUNE. I 198O. 1980, ISSUE 4. 4. 

50 POKE59467 , 16:POKE59464 ,110: POKE59466 , 

5D POKE59467,16:POKE59'164,110:POKE59466, 

i85:RETURN:REM 

... S5:RETURN:Rnl 59464~195=ORG; 

59464-195:0RG ; 

-.110=ANS .,110=ANS 

52 PRINT "ifriHWHEH READY. HIT THE RETURN -. 

,](£X" 

52 PRINT "V'VVli1:1t.N R£AIU:, H.l.T TIU: RETURN ..... 

53 INPUT ~TTTCHECK! D£YIC£ REApY ~~~. 

53 INPUT "TTTCHECK! DEVICE 

-.;A$:PRINT "WOK" "VVOK ": : RETURN 

54 S$="":J=0:P=0:P$="":Q=0:Q$='"1:A=0 

54 S$="" :J=D:P-O : P$="":Q=O:Q$="":A=O 

55 PX=0:PY=I:PH=79:pv=66:PL=12:PR= 3: 

55 PX=0:PY=1:PH=79:PV=66:PL=12:PR= 3: 

-.PT=6:PB=6:REM ..,PT=6 : PB:6: ~l 

FOR COMPACT LIST 

56 R$=CHR$(0):FOR R$=CH8$(0) :FOR J=1 TO 4:RS=R$+R$: 

4:R$=R$+R$: 

-.NEXT ..,NEXT:RS : R$-CHR$ = CHRS( (13) )+R$: RETURN iREM : REH IBM 

58 IF ASC(A$)=160 ASC{AS)-160 THEN A$=HID$(A$+" A$:::mO$(A$+" ", .. 

-.2) ... 2) :GOTO :GOTQ 58 

59 RETURN 

59 RETURN 

60 DEFFHD(X)=X-48+7*(X>64) 

DEFFNO(X)=X-48+7*(X ) 

61 DEFFNK(X)=256*PEEK(X+1)+PEEK(X) 

DEffNK(X)=256*PEEK(X+l ) +PEEK(X) 

62 HA=826:M0=HA:C$="780EFF0338E014A2": 

MA=826:MO=MA:C$E"780EFF0338B014A2": 

-.COSUB99 

..,GOSUB99 

6 3 REHiC$="08A00FA9E89002A9C38D48E888D0F 

63 REM : C$="08AODFA9E89002A9C38048E888D0F 

... OCADOFA186EFF0)OOE79004A216" : 

-.DCADOFA186EFF03D0E790O4A216": 

-.REH ..... REI'1 OR110 ORl10 

64 REM!C$="08A00FA97 RE"I: "OBABOFA9799002A96E8D4 99002A96E8D48E888D0F 8E888n0F 

-.DCAD0FA186EFF03D0E79004A216": 

,DCAD0FA186EFF03n0E79004A216": 

-.REH ,REM AN110 ANlI0 

65 REH:C$="0 REM : C$="03A093A9E89002A9C38D48E888D0F 

3A9E89002A9C38D48E888D0F 

•JJCAD0FA186EFF0 3D0E7 9O0 4A207": 

,DCAD0FA186 EFF03D0E79004A207" : 

,REB OR300 

66 C$="03A093A9799002A96E8D48E888D0FDCAD 

,OFA186EFF03DOE79004A207" : REM All300 

iREM OR300 

66 C$="03A093A9799G02A96E8D4 8E888D0FDCAD 

10FA1B6EFF03D0E79004A207":HEM AM300 

67 GOSUB99:C$="D0E95860":GOSUB99:RETURN 

GOSUB99:C$="DOE95860":GOSUB99 : RETURN 

68 FOR J=l TO 8000:NEXT 8000 : NEXT J:RETURN 

70 GOSUB COSUB 50:POKE 50 : POKE 59468,14:GOSUB 52: 

--GOTO 54 

71 GOSUB GOSUS 45:GOSUB 45:COSUB 46:GOSUB 46:COSUB 39:GOTO 40 

80 GOSUB COSUB 41:P=7:GOSUB 41:P=7 : GOSUB 8:GOSUB 68: 68 : 

-.POKE ,POKE 59467,0:POKE 59467,0 : POKE 59468,12:STOP 

: 85 REM REB 55 PX=0:PY=l:PH=79:PV=66:PL=12: 

PX:0:PY=1:PH=79 : PV=66:PL=12: 

-iPR=41:PT=8:PB=8:REH ,PR=41:PT=8:PB=8:REN FOR COMMENTED COMl-IENTED -... 

87 REM 56 R$=CHR$(E):BS=CHR$(13)+CHR?110 

-i)+R? ,) +R$+R + RS $+R$ + + +R$ R?:RETURN:REM : RETURN: RE~! DEC CRLF 

88 REM REB 56 R$=CHR$(0):FOR R$=CII R$(O) : FOR J=l J ~l TO 4: 

-.RETURN:REM IBM 

98 A=0:FOR A: O:FOR J=l TO LEU(Q$):A=16*A+FND(ASC 

LEU(Q$ ) :A=16*A+FND(/,SC 

-

MAY/JUNE, I JUNE. 1980. 198O. ISSUE 4. COMPUTE. "5 115 

Relocate PET Monitor 

Almost Anywhere 

The Monitor program provided on tape to owners 

of PETs with the old ROMs occupies locations (in 

hex) $0400 to 5076B, S076B, right where the PET stores 

BASIC programs' programs! If you're only interested in working 

with 6502 machine language routines, that location 

for the Monitor poses no problem. . 

Unfortunately for me, I wanted to have the 

Monitor available at the same time as BASIC programs. 

Despite a variety of attempts, I was unable 

to find a combination that would allow me to enter 

and run BASIC programs while having the Monitor 

available in its original location. 

On the other hand, if the Monitor could be 

moved somewhere very near the highest available 

memory location with which the PET is equipped, 

then the end-of-memory pointer could be reset to 

protect the Monitor. Then a BASIC program could 

be run, and it would not interfere with the 

Monitor. 

Myy problem appeared to be solved when I found 

an article by Professor Harvey B. Herman of the 

University of North Carolina ("Move It", MICRO, 

September 1979). . Although a critical figure seemed 

to be missing from the article, it was not too difficult 

to puzzle out, since the technique was based on 

an article by Jim Butterfield in the PET User Notes 

(Issue I, 1, Vol. 2). Incidentally, Jim has been a key 

figure in unravelling the secrets of the PET, both 

publishing information himself and pointing others in 

the right direction. . 

Although a relocation technique is summarized 

in this article, the discovery that got me excited 

was a simple e but powerful extension to make ii it do 

many relocations, after the first one was completed. 

Why would anyone want to relocate the MonitorM to many different locations? The answer lies in the 

earlier observation that it would be desirable to 

locate it near the top end of available memory. 

With a 4k PET, a good location for the MonitorM would be starting at the 3k location. On an 8k PET, 

you would want to locate it from 7k up. If a 4k PET 

had ana n 8k memory extension attached, giving a total 

of 12k, the Monitor should be located at the Ilk 

point. Other combinations of PETs and external 

memories would lead us to want Monitors located 

ata t 15k, 19k, 23k, 27k and 31k. 

. 

With the approach described here, all of those 

Monitors can be created in little more time than it 

takes to SAVE each one. 

First, we must create one working Monitor 

relocated to a position where it does not conflict 

with the e original. Here's one way to do it: 

1. I. LOAD the e Monitor (Prim (Print STATUS; PEEK 

(630) to insure that the LOAD was good ... 

Roy Busdiec ker 

Roy Busdiecker 

Micro Software Systems 

PO P.O. Box 1442 

Woodbridge, VA 22193 

PET should print 0 0). Rewind the tape. 

2. Type SYS62894, then press RETURN. You 

will get the message PRESS PLAY ON 

CASSETTE #1. Insert the Monitor tape 

tape and press PLAY. The tape will run 

until the FOUND MONITOR message 

appears, then it will report READY. At 

this point the tape header has been found 

and loaded into locations 634 through 638, 

but the Monitor itself has not started loading. 

Here is the meaning of bytes 635 

through 638. 

635 

636 637 638 

10 lo byte 

First location that 

program tape will 

load into. 

hi byte 10 lo byte Last location that 

program tape will 

load into. 

hi byte 

3. By changing the values in these locations, we 

can make this second copy load into a 

different area of memory. For this exercise, 

let's put it into locations 3k (decimal 3072, 

hex OCOO) 0C00) and up. To do that, 

POKE 636, 12:POKE 638,15:SYS 62403 

The tape will run and PET will report 

LOADING until the MonitorM is in. . Rewind 

the tape and set it aside. At this point, 

you will have two identical copies of the 

Monitor. M One is located from $04000 to 

S076A ($ (S indicates a hex value), as shown 

in Figure 1. The other copy is in locations 

S0COO SOCOO to $0C6A SOC6A (see Figure 2 for the first 

128 locations). The second copy, of course, 

will not work because its addresses point to 

the wrong locations. 

4. In order to make the $0C00-0C6A $OCOO-OC6A copy 

of the Monitor usable, you must alter 

(patch) the contents of 84 memory locations. 

There area several ways to do this, but the 

straight-forward approach I used (outlined 

below) is about as easy as any other. 

a. TypeT SYS 1039 and a press RETURN. 

This transfers control to the $0400- S0400- 

$076B Monitor, M which will display 

PC SR AC XY YR SP 

C6ED 30 33 39 00 FE 

b. b . Consult Figure 1I to see which values 

are to be changed (the circled numbers). 

A circled value in line 0410 calls for a 

change in the corresponding position in 

line 0C10. OC Line 0500 corresponds to 

OD 10, 0600 to OEOO , and 0700 to 

0D10, 0600 to 0E00, and 0700 to

' 

' 

116 COMPUTE. MAY/JUNE, I JUNE. 1980. ISSUE 4. 

OFOO. If the circled number is 04 in 

the original Monitor, that value in the 

copy should be changed to OC. . Likewise, 

05 changes to OD, 06 to OE, 

and 07 to OF. Figure 3 shows the first 

128 locations in the copy after changes 

have been made. 

have been made. 

c. To makem the changes, list a section of 

copy with the M command, as in 

M 0C00 OCOO 0C7F OC7F 

which prints the first 128 bytes in 16 

rows. Next, use the cursor controls to 

position the cursor over the value to be 

changed, type the corrected value, and 

press RETURN. Even if several values 

in a line are changed, you only need to 

press RETURN once per line. Repeat 

the procedure until all 84 changes are 

made. 

d. d . For insurance, save a copy of your new 

3k Monitor before testing it. 

S 01.3K 01,3K MONITOR 3087,0C00,0F6B 

3087,OCOO,OF6B 

is the command to use. To be on the 

safe side, make several copies on the 

tape. Rewind this tape, mark it "3k 

Monitor", , and set it aside. 

5. Now test your 3k Monitor, to make sure it 

works correctly. Type X, then RETURN to 

get out of the original Monitor. TypeT SYS 

3087, then RETURN, , to transfer control to 

the 3k Monitor. Tryout the features 

described for the Monitor in your manual. 

When you are confident that you have created a 

working Monitor at the 3k point, you are ready to 

make as many working copies in other locations 

as you have memory to accommodate. If you have a 

full 32k, you may use all the procedures below 

exactly as written. Otherwise, just delete (or ignore) 

references to locations beyond the end of your RAM. 

Here is the procedure: 

1. LOAD the 3k Monitor. Rewind and remove 

the cassette. 

2. Put the original Monitor tape in the cassette 

unit, , and do step 2 of the earlier process. 

3. POKE 636,28:POKE 638,31 :SYS 62403. 

This puts a copy of the original Monitor 

in memory starting at 7168 ($ICOO). 

(SlCOO). 

4. POKE 135,12. . This tells your PET that 

end-of-memory is just below 3k, so the 

BASIC program described below will not 

mess up your Monitor. 

5. Type NEW and press RETURN. This is 

very important! 

6. Type in and run the following program, 

which will create working copies of the 

Monitor at the high end of every 4k incre 

Monitor at the high end of every 4k incre 

ment of memory. 

MONITOR MULTIPLE 

RELOCATOR 

i 

i 10 REM F~ E r'l MONITOR 1'10N I MULTIPLE f'l T I F'LE RELOCRTOR 

F:ELOCATOF; 

20 2~) PEN F~ E M COPYRIGHT COP'T'R I NQV ~lO"'·J 197? 1979 BY f:'T' 

30 ~:ft REM REN 

ROV RO'T' BU5DIECKER 

BUS!I I ECKEF; 

40 413 REM REI" 

MICRO r'1 I SOFTWHRE '30FHIARE SVSTEMS S,,'STH1S 

56 513 REM F:Ef1 

P.O. BOX 1442 

60 REM REr-1 

NOODSRIDGE. HOODBF: . VR '·/A 22193 

~: 

?U 70 REM REN FILL ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 

80 : 

91:::1 ~< = 6 

1130 100 K= 1024 11324 : M1 r'1 1 =5072 =3072 ■: M2=7168 !'12=7168 : K4=4*K 

1101 1tl F0RI=0TO875 

FORI =£IT0875 

12'3 13 C1=PEEK

■ 

■ 

' 

MAY/JUNE, AY/JUNE. 1980 198O ISSUE 4. 4 

COMPUTE. 117 

•3509 

0310 

0513 

8520 

052S 

0539 

UH 

41_ 

■ 

1 

•-JD 

3E 

Kl 

■ - 

-t 

■■-■ 

. ■ 

9E ?E 28 50 4 3 £0 20 5 

52 20 41 43 20 5S 52 20 

5S 52 20 53 50 m5 OB D8 

BSje F2W126 37|gj20 

-U' 2 

m: a 

iji\ m>' '■'■ 55 

0578 4ft[O7] 38 0S 20 B2 FF C8 

0530 D9 F5 L? 7F 20 D2 FF 20 

0583 2fl F3 F0 28 H6 Ofl B8 1C 

9590 20 Ft3Rg}S8 !? 20f£SM 

oz?z *:■ 2e •=!.=■ ?h io — E3 ■.■ 

OSftS tl IWIFS DS 

05C0 D9 Dft 2B 

0SC8 90 E5 R9 OS 5 il 20 . 

05110 (13 20 CF [04] DO FS F0 I

MAY/JUNE. 1980. 4. 

118 116 COMPUTE. I \980. ISSUE 4. 

. 

USE OF SOFTPAC-1 MAY 

BE HABIT FORMING 

We would like to announce a NEW STANDARD in Software Packaging! With 

SOFTPAC-1 SOFTPAC-l we are combining QUALITY software with BACK-UP COPIES on all serious 

programs. There is a sheet describing how to ADD SOUND to your PET or CBM for 

$13! Some of the programs include SOUND in them. The Floppy version has a animated 

DEMO program which allows 1 key loading of any program of your choice. From the 

programs you can automatically return to the DEMO, to choose a different program! You get 

18 Programs on Disc or 17 Programs on Cassette. The difference is you get TWO Discs or 

TWO Cassettes with the SAME programs for redundancy in PROTECTING YOUR 

Investment! A clear vinyl page holds the discs and cassettes. This all comes packaged in a 

Strikingly Silk-Screened, virtually indestructible NOTEBOOK! We Sincerely feel l that you 

will be so impressed with the High Quality Software and package, that we are offering a 

10 day Return Privilege! See disclaimer at bottom of Ad. This package will RETAIL in 

stores at $34.95, but for a LIMITED time to COMPUTE READERS we will make the follow 

ing 

offer: 

FOR $29.95 + $1 Shipping 

"SOFTPAC-IF" "SOFTPAC-1F" "01 

YOU GET ALL THIS! 

MAY/JUNE, I JUNE. 1980 198O. . ISSUE 4. COMPUTE. 119 

' APE 

PET PROGRAMS ON T 

Gene Bea Bedsls 

TAPE A Box 516 

Montgomeryville. IvionlgomeryV'He, PA 18936 

EXCHANGE 

FORCES - Everett Luinpkm mpki n -- — Calculatc Calculate resultant of vcct vector 

forces 

FORMAT - Elizabeth Deal -- - PRINT USING subroutincs 

subroutines 

The ""programs on tape" 

service and exchange 

w/rounding 

functions as a low cost method for software distri 

HISTORYH O R Y QUIZ U - Dave Ray -- - Simple CAIl program 

bution. . The copying cost is $1 per program. 

HORIZON COORDD - R. R . Grokett rokctt Jr. -- - Calculate ate altitudes/ tudes! 

We e can put up to 4 programs (8K) on a C-10 

-I O 

azimuths or of celestial objects 

INDEX BOTH - R R. . Wagner & Wilcox -- - Indcx Index program 

tape, or 12 on a C-30 tape. Please add $1 SI per 

modijicd modified fur for

120 COMPUTE. MAY/JUNE. A Y/JUNE, 1980. I960. ISSUE 4. 

12O 

Capute 

Capute 

Wherein we 

Wherein we 

acknowledge recent 

goofs... 

goofs ... 

This page brought to you by Robert Lock. 

This page brought to you by Robert Lock, 

Editor/Publisher and our (sometimes mes hostile) 

but always active readers. 

It seems appropriate, on this sackcloth aand ashes page, 

to start with a new resolution: I promise to try to 

avoid continuation articles of the type used last issue. 

Charlie McCarthy's CHEEP PRINT software is in 

this issue. Phew. Your comments and letters are 

hereby officially acknowledged. Ouch. I won't do it 

anymore. Groan. 

Perhaps the biggest blooper in Issue 3 was the accidental 

deletion of the last part of an OSI software 

listing. I can report, with some conviction, that the 

article was read by OSI owners. The corrected listing 

was printed in Issue #1 of compute II. . 

Corrections to Issue 3: 

U Utinsel, page 36. 

The program line 780 printed as 

780 POKEj,BL:j POKEJ,BL:J=J ~j + 1 

should read 

780 POKEj,Bl:j J.B1J-J ~j + 1 

The Learning Lab, pages 52-53. 

The copyright symbol shows up in various places 

in the listing. It should be the up-arrow (exponentiation) 

symbol instead. 

We'll keep you posted in the unlikely event that 

more errors surface. © 

Program Listings for COMPUTE 

Cursor control characters will appear in source listings 

as shown below: 

h=HmlE 

Jl=HOME , fi=CLEAR SCREEN 

V=DOWN ^=D0WN CURSOR , T=up T = UP CURSOR 

>=RIGHT ~=RIGHT CURSOR, «=LEFT ~=LEFT CURSOR 

L=REVERSE 

X.=REVERSE , r=REVERSE OFF 

Graphics (i.e. shifted) characters will appear as the 

unshifted alphanumeric character with an underline. 

This does not apply to the cursor control characters. 

The Spinwriter thimble doesn't have a backarrow 

symbol, so a """,, "~"" is used instead. 

The .. "~i" ..," is used to indicate the beginning of a 

continuation line. It is also used to indicate the end 

of a line which ends with a space. This prevents any 

spaces from being hidden. © 

PET Word Processor 

8K 

and 

16/32K 

PET 

versions 

This program permits composing and printi ng let· 

This program permits composing and printing let 

ters, flyers, advertisements, manuscripts, s, etc., using 

the COMMODORE PET and a printer. 

the COMMO DORE PET and a printer. 

Printing directives include line length. length, line 

spacing, left margin, centering and skip. Edit com· 

mands allow you to insert lines, delete lines, move 

mands allow you to insert lines, delete lines, move 

lines and paragraphs, change strings, save files onto 

and load filess from cassette (can be modified for 

disk), move up, move down, print and type. 

disk), move up, move down , print and type. 

Added features for the 16/32K version include disk 

and cassette support written in, string search for 

editing, keyboard entry during printing for letter 

salutations, justification, multiple printing, 

pagination, tabbing, paragraphing, and more. 

A thirty page instruction manual is included. 

The CmC Word Processor Program for the 8K PET 

The CmC Word Processor Program for the 8K PET 

is $29.50. The 16/32K version is $39.50. 

Order direct or contact your local computer store. 

V'SA VISA AND D W/C M/C ACCEPTED-SEND- UIID ACCOUNT ACCDUNT II NUMBER, UW'ER , UP,ltAliON EXPIRATION DATE AII ANDO SHI SI0NN ORDER ORDEN. . 

ADD IS »S PER ORDERO ~DU'OI'I FOfl SHIP,.'NQ SHIPPING " ft HANDli HANDLINGNG - ' FOREIGN £ IGII ORDERS ORD[~$ ADO D IDe!. 10% '011 FOR AIR ,.OSTAO(. 

POSTAGE. 

CONNECTICUT 


150 750 POCONO ROAD 

BROOKFIELD, CONNECTICUT 06804 

TEL (203) 775-9659 TWX: 710-456-0052 

Finally, MAE - 

A PET 

Finally, MAE - A PET 

DISK-Based MACRO 

ASSEMBLER/TEXT 

ASSEMBLER/TEXT 

EDITOR 

EDITOR Works with 32K PET 

- Works with 2040 Disk, and can drive 2022/20232023 

Printer, and/or RS232/20 20 rna ma Device thru User Port. 

- 

- 

100% Disk Based, 100% Machine Language. 

Macros. Macros, Conditional Assembly, and a new feature we 

developed called Interactive Assembly. 

- Coexists with Basic, Auto character repeat, Sorted 

Symbol Table. 

- 27 Commands. Commands, 26 Pseudo Ops, 5 Conditional Ops, 38 

Error Codes. 

- 

- 

- 

- 

Creates relocatable object code on disk. 

Assemble from Memory or Disk. 

String search, search and replace, and inter· inter-line edit. 

Auto line #-ing, tf-ing, move, copy, delete, renumber. 

- Labels up to 31 characters -— user specifies length. 

- Includes extention to PET monitor (disassemble. 

(disassemble, 

trace. trace, etc.), Library of PET ROM locations. Relocating 

Loader, plus more. 

Manual. Diskette, U. S. postage - S169.95 

Manual, Diskette, U. S. postage - $169.95 

(Requires completion of License Agreement -— 

Write for details) 

Eastern House Software 

3239 Linda Drive Winston·Salem, Winston-Salem, N. C. 27106

COMPUTE. 

COMPUTE. 

TM 

The Journal For Progressive Computlng. 

Computing. 

compute II. 

TM 

The Single-Board COMPUTE. 

The Single-Board COMPUTE. 

□ Please enter my 1 year (6 issue) subscription to COMPUTE. 

D □ Please enter my 1 year (6 issue) subscription to ccompute II. 

My computer Is: is: PET _ _ APPLE __ ATARI AlARI __ OSI __ SYM __ KIM _ 

AIM_ AIM __ Other __(Speclty) (Specify) _______________ 

Check One: 

__ S9.00 S9.OO (U.S. Mail Order Subscription) 

__ S12.00 $12.00 U.S. (Canadian Subscription) 

S18.OO U.S. (Canadian Subscription) 

compute II. 

D Please enter my 1 year (6 issue) subscription to COMPUTE. 

Check One: 

D I want Both! 

__ S15.00 S15.OO (U.S. Mail Order Subscription) 

__ S18.00 U.S. (Canadian Subscription) 

My Name, Address: 

Charge my Visa _____ MC _____ 

Number 

Expires / / 

COMPUTE ?UTE end and compUte compute U It ore are publicatIOns puDlicaiions 01 of Smon Small System ServICes. Services, Inc. inc. QQO·902 9OO-9O2 Soflflg Spring Gorden Garden SL St. 

GreensbofO. Greensboro. NC 27403919·272-

Place 

Stamp 

Here 

COMPUTE./compute II 

COMPUTE./compute I 

Post Office Box 54O6 5406 

Greensboro, NC 274O3 


Place 

Place 

Stamp 

Here 

Here 



Post Office Box 54O6 5406 

Greensboro, NC 274O3 


Place 

Place 

Stamp 

Here 

Here 



Post Office Box 5406 54O6 


274O3

Dear MICRO-ED: 

Dear MICRO-ED: 

I would like further information on 

your educational programs 

your educational programs 

Name ____________ _ 

Name 

Address ___________ _ 

Address 

City _____ State _____ Zip _ 

City State Zip

PLACE 

STAMP 

HERE 

MICRO-ED, INC. 

MICRO-ED, INC. 

P.O. Box 24156 

Minneapolis, MN 55424 

Minneapolis, MN 55424

Look To MTU 

For 6502 

System Expansion 

System Expansion 

Micro Tech 

Micro Technology Unlimited 

~.o . Box 4596 ~401logy Unlimited 

P.O. Box 4596, 841 Galaxy Way 

ancheste ' Galax W 

603.627.146;' 

Manchester, N.H. 

. 03108 Y ay 

603-627-1464 

Call Or Write F For Our Full L· Line me Catalog

·- 

The Great 

American Solution 

Machine. 

More than SO,OOO 

More than 50,000 

students, teachers and 

administrators solve 

problems with this 

reliable Commodore 

computer. 

computer. 

You're looking at the 

You're looking at the 

Number One computer in 

education today. 

In fact, fact'Jou've you've probably 

already used it. 

The Commodore. 

You know it teaches. 

Guides. Challenges. 

Analyzes. Organizes. 

Simplifies. 

Simplifies. 

"3i 

But did you know it has 

But did you know it has 

capabilities that are far 

beyond its price range? 

You can accomplish tasks 

with The Commodore at a 

price/performance ratio that 

price/performance ratio that 

leads the field. . 

You can also count on 

The Commodore showing up 

for class every day. 

It's a remarkably sophisticated, 

remarkably reliable 

machine. Around 

the world in 

schools- and businesses 

schools—and businesses 

too-there too—there are more 

than 100,000 Commodore 

computers now at work. 

If you sense a snag in the 

flow of knowledge in your 

classes, we think you should 

challenge The Commodore. 

Compare it against any 

computer in—or in-or above-its 

above—its 

field. 

See if it won't raise the 

level of interest and accomplishment 

among your 

students. 

And simplify the complex 

in your administrative 

duties. 

. All at a price that makes 

it stand alone. 

For the name of your 

nearest authorized Commodore 

dealer, just write to: 

Commodore Business 

Machines, Inc., 3330 Scott 

Blvd., Santa Clara,CA 95051 

Blvd., Santa Clara, CA 95051 

Call now toll·free. Ask for operator 973, 

Call now toll-free. Ask for operator 973: 

800-824-7888 

(In Calif., Callf .. 800-8527777) 

SOO·S52-7777) 

(In Alaska and Hawaii, HawaII. 800-824-7919) 

SOO-824-7919) 

( .: commodore 

ore

May June 1980 - Commodore Computers

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

Delete template?

Save as template?